The books in the LRC are arranged by topic using Library of Congress classification system. Here are a few call number ranges to explore:
M2-2.3 Musical sources
M5-1480 Instrumental music
M1000-1075 Orchestra
M1495-2199 Vocal music
M1530-1609 Choruses
M2198-2199 Popular religious and devotional music
ML159-3785 History and criticism
ML430-458 Composition and performance
ML459-1380 Instruments and instrumental music
ML3795 Music as a profession. Vocational guidance
ML3805-3817 Physics and acoustics
MT5.5-7 Music theory
MT40-67 Composition. Elements and techniques of music
MT728-735 Ensembles
MT820-915 Singing and vocal technique
For Subject searches using the Worldcat Discover, try:
To do Keyword searches, you can either use add terms or use phrases.
Searching for Music Production?
Test out "music AND production" or "music production" as searches and see what you can find.
The AB Music Production program is the pioneering program in the realm of contemporary music and audio education in the Philippines. Students learn the process of recording, engineering and production. This makes for a more well-rounded education and lays the platform for them to develop their own unique production style.
This subject guide gathers in one place carefully evaluated and selected resources on music production available and accessible at the CLR and its subscribed databases. Books (both print and electronic) are categorized per course; while journals, online databases, and industry report are recommended for the entire Music Production program.
QUICK LINKS
Advanced Arranging and Orchestration
This course is a continuation of the 1st orchestration class (ARRORCH). It is primarily focused on the advance exploration and application of various concepts, designs, techniques and idioms in musical arranging using the orchestra. This will be in cursory consideration of utilizing aspects and use of different mediums as a preparation to applied subjects such as jingle writing, composition and film scoring. Through this approach, the course provides a study of complex forms and modern approaches of orchestrating utilizing western, non-western and non-traditional concepts. This is accomplished in relation to the development of musical ideas in the modern or contemporary style as well as hands-on training and analysis.
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer by
Get complete guidance on both traditional orchestration and modern production techniques with this unique book. With effective explanations and clear illustrations, you will learn how to integrate the traditional approach to orchestration with the modern sequencing techniques and tools available. You will discover how to bridge the two approaches in order to enhance your final production. The accompanying CD includes a comprehensive and wide selection of examples, templates and sounds to allow you to hear the techniques within the book. By covering both approaches, this book provides a comprehensive and solid learning experience that will develop your skills and prove extremely competitive in the music production business.
Arranging for Horns by
(Berklee Guide). Write for a horn section! In this book, you will learn how to add saxophones and brass to a rhythm section ensemble. You will learn the capabilities and characteristics of the most common instruments, and how to order them effectively. You will also learn the different roles that a horn section can serve in your ensemble. Online audio tracks demonstrate the key concepts, as exemplified in a complete score. Online audio is accessed at halleonard.com/mylibrary
Behind Bars : the definitive guide to music notation by
Behind Bars is the indispensable reference book for composers, arrangers, teachers and students of composition, editors, and music processors. In the most thorough and painstakingly researched book to be published since the 1980s, specialist music editor Elaine Gould provides a comprehensive grounding in notational principles. Behind Bars covers everything from basic rules, conventions and themes to complex instrumental techniques, empowering the reader to prepare music with total clarity and precision. With the advent of computer technology, it has never been more important for musicians to have ready access to principles of best practice in this dynamic field, and this book will support the endeavors of software users and devotees of hand-copying alike. The author's understanding of, and passion for, her subject has resulted in a book that is not only practical but also compellingly readable. This seminal and all-encompassing guide encourages new standards of excellence and accuracy and, at a weighty 704 pages, it is supported by 1,500 music examples of published scores from Bach to Xenakis. Chapters include: Section I - General * Conventions: Ground Rules * Chords -- Dotted notes -- Ties * Accidentals and Key Signatures * Dynamics and Articulation * Grace Notes, Arpeggiated Chords, Trills, Glissandos and Vibrato * Metre * Tuplets * Repeat Signs. Section II - Idiomatic Notation: Woodwind and Brass * Percussion * Keyboard * Harp * Classical Guitar * Strings * Vocal Music. Section III - Layout and Presentation: Preparing Materials * Score Layout * Part Preparation * Electroacoustic Music * Freedom and Choice.
The Berklee Book of Jazz Harmony by
(Berklee Guide). Learn jazz harmony, as taught at Berklee College of Music. This text provides a strong foundation in harmonic principles, supporting further study in jazz composition, arranging, and improvisation. It covers basic chord types and their tensions, with practical demonstrations of how they are used in characteristic jazz contexts and an accompanying recording that lets you hear how they can be applied. The price of this book includes access to audio tracks online, for download or streaming, using the unique code inside the book. The audio features PLAYBACK+, a multi-functional audio player that allows you to slow down audio without changing pitch, set loop points, change keys, and pan left or right available exclusively from Hal Leonard.
Bohemian Rhapsody : music from the motion picture soundtrack by
(Piano/Vocal/Guitar Songbook). The music biopic of 2018 is destined to be Bohemian Rhapsody , which chronicles the journey of the legendary rock band Queen and its iconic late lead singer, Freddie Mercury. This songbook features 20 Queen songs from the motion picture soundtrack arranged for piano, voice and guitar, including the title track plus: Another One Bites the Dust * Crazy Little Thing Called Love * Fat Bottomed Girls * I Want to Break Free * Killer Queen * Radio Ga Ga * Somebody to Love * Under Pressure * We Are the Champions * We Will Rock You * and more.
The Cambridge Guide to Orchestration by
Demonstrating not only how to write for orchestra but also how to understand and enjoy a score, The Cambridge Guide to Orchestration is a theoretical and practical guide to instrumentation and orchestration for scholars, professionals and enthusiasts. With detailed information on all the instruments of the orchestra, both past and present, it combines discussion of both traditional and modern playing techniques to give the most complete overview of the subject. It contains fifty reduced scores to be re-orchestrated and a wide range of exercises, which clarify complex subjects such as multiple stops on stringed instruments, harmonics and trombone glissandi. Systematic analysis reveals the orchestration techniques used in original scores, including seven twentieth-century compositions. This Guide also includes tables and lists for quick reference, providing the ranges of commonly used instruments and the musical names and terminology used in English, German, Italian and French.
Contemporary Orchestration : a practical guide to instruments, ensembles, and musicians by
Contemporary Orchestration: A Practical Guide to Instruments, Ensembles, and Musicians teaches students how to orchestrate for a wide variety of instruments, ensembles, and genres, while preparing them for various real-world professional settings ranging from the concert hall to the recording studio. Unlike most orchestration texts, it includes coverage of contemporary instruments and ensembles alongside traditional orchestra and chamber ensembles. Features Practical considerations: Practical suggestions for choosing a work to orchestrate, and what to avoid when writing for each instrument. Pedagogical features In the Profession: Professional courtesies, considerations and expectations. Building the Score: Step-by-step construction of an orchestration. Scoring Examples: Multiple scoring examples for each instrument. Exercises: Analyzing, problem solving, and creating orchestration solutions. Critical Thinking: Alternate approaches and solutions.
Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production by
Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production shows readers how to get the most out of four of the leading audio sequencers - Apple's Logic Pro, Avid's Pro Tools, MOTU's Digital Performer, and Steinberg's Cubase, and is the book for readers looking to build their skills in composition, orchestration, and mixing using software tools. With a focus on essential tools now part of the everyday creative process in a digital production environment, author Andrea Pejrolo also covers the most recent and cutting-edge techniques, including swipe-comping, time-stretching, and pitch correction. nbsp; First published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company.
The Guide to MIDI Orchestration 4e by
Since its initial release in 1997, Paul Gilreath's The Guide to MIDI Orchestration has been the premiere text on creating realistic emulations of a symphony orchestra using samplers and computer recording techniques. Now in its fourth edition, The Guide to MIDI Orchestration explains how to merge this ever-expanding technology with the artistry of orchestration to produce the most lifelike recordings possible. The book is written for composers, arrangers, and MIDI musicians of all levels, and will be helpful to game composers, film and television composers, traditional orchestral composers, teachers, instructors, and the serious hobbyist. Highlights of the book include: Introduction to and overview of the orchestra In-depth discussions of each orchestral section Detailed information on each instrument's timbre, range and uses Discussions of orchestration techniques Demonstrations on how to build an orchestration from the ground up Presentations on techniques for achieving balance and musical interest Setup and recommendations for software and equipment Details on setting up a multi-computer network for use as slave computers Overview of software sampler and Digital Audio Workstation software Presentation of note entry methods DAW and sampler template implementation Detailed steps for achieving realistic reverberation and instrument placement Start to finish steps to achieve a final mix Insightful interviews with top mastering engineers Visit www.focalpress.com/cw/gilreath-9780240814131/ for updates and enhanced content including PDFs of orchestral library reviews and additional written content, audio files of musical examples from the book, video demonstrations, and much more.
Instrumentation and Orchestration by
An accessible and complete introduction to writing and scoring music for each instrument of the orchestra. Clear explanations, vivid descriptions of various instruments, expert advice, and numerous musical examples to maximize the student's understanding of concepts being presented. A valuable resource and reference for students in their future professional endeavors, this text maximizes its usefulness beyond the classroom.
Jazz Arranging and Orchestration : a concise introduction by
Working on the premise that readers learn by doing, Sabina takes readers step-by-step through the basics of arranging for the big band. Over 200 music examples support the theory presented in this text, and over 60 of the most valuable examples also appear on a dynamic, interactive CD-ROM that is shrink-wrapped with every new copy of the book. Music examples appear in two formats with synthesizer sound: locked Finale files (for analysis) and unlocked Standard MIDI Format files that allow readers to experiment with sound and technique as they change the musical examples. Using the MIDI files, readers can manipulate, print, and save their arrangements. The text and CD-ROM also include three complete arrangements that span from swing to jazz-rock. Back matter includes a comprehensive glossary, bibliography, and discography.
Music Composition for Dummies by
Want to turn that haunting tune in your head into an awesome sound in your ear? You can! Music Composition For Dummies demystifies the process of composing music and writing songs. It guides you through every step of writing your own music, from choosing the right rhythm and tempo to creating melodies and chord progressions and working with instruments and voices. In this fun and practical guide, you'll learn how to match keys and chords to the mood you want to convey, work a form without limiting your creativity, and hammer out a musical idea, even when your mind is drawing a blank. You'll find out how to create popular songs, classically structured pieces, and even film, TV, and video game soundtracks. And, you'll learn what you need to know about music composition software, including Finale, Sebelius, Pro Tools, and more. Discover how to: Preserve and organize your musical ideas Work with established chord progressions or create your own Develop great rhythms Select the right instruments Find melodies in your head, your instrument, and the world around you Use major and minor scales Work with modes and moods Build melodic motifs and phrases Use the circle of fifths to harmonize Write for multiple voices Make a demo recording Filled with creative exercises to build your composing skills, Music Composition for Dummies is the resource you need to get that melody out of your head and into the world.
The Technique of Orchestration by
The emphasis is on the practical fundamentals of orchestration. The Sixth Edition has been expanded and revised to reflect new developments in instruments and orchestral practice, and a new listening compact disc has been added that contains selected examples of orchestration. A listening compact disc features selected samples intended for use in conjunction with the book. New musical examples and listings, and an updated bibliography which includes many recent publications. A short chapter on scoring for high school orchestras, and information on nonorchestral instrumental groups, including the band and the wind ensemble. As a reference on the practical fundamentals of orchestration.
Advanced Arranging and Orchestration
This course is a continuation of the 1st orchestration class (ARRORCH). It is primarily focused on the advance exploration and application of various concepts, designs, techniques and idioms in musical arranging using the orchestra. This will be in cursory consideration of utilizing aspects and use of different mediums as a preparation to applied subjects such as jingle writing, composition and film scoring. Through this approach, the course provides a study of complex forms and modern approaches of orchestrating utilizing western, non-western and non-traditional concepts. This is accomplished in relation to the development of musical ideas in the modern or contemporary style as well as hands-on training and analysis.
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer by
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer, Second Edition provides effective explanations and illustrations to teach you how to integrate traditional approaches to orchestration with the use of the modern sequencing techniques and tools available to today's composer. By covering both approaches, Pejrolo and DeRosa offer a comprehensive and multifaceted learning experience that will develop your orchestration and sequencing skills and enhance your final productions. A leading manual on its subject, the second edition allows experienced composers and producers to be exposed to sequencing techniques applied to traditional writing and arranging styles. The book continues to provide a comprehensive and solid learning experience and has been fully revised to include the latest tools and techniques. The new edition has been updated to include: A new chapter on cover writing and sequencing for vocal ensembles Coverage of writing for different ensemble sizes A new final chapter on writing and production techniques for mixed contemporary ensembles. All new techniques, tools, and sound libraries available to today's composer. A companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/pejrolo) includes a wide selection of audio examples, templates, sounds, and videos showcasing operational processes, allows you the opportunity to listen to the techniques discussed within the book.
Bach's Well-Tempered Clavier : The 48 Preludes and Fugues by
This is a comprehensive treatment of the most consequential work of art ever to be executed in Russia - the equestrian monument to Peter the Great, or The Bronze Horseman, as it has come to be known since it appeared in Alexander Pushkin's poem bearing that title. Schenker deals with the cultural setting that prepared the ground for the monument and provides life stories of those who were involved in its creation: the sculptors Etienne-Maurice Falconet and Marie-Anne Collot, the engineer Marin Carburi, the diplomat Dmitry Golitsyn and Catherine's commissar for culture, Ivan Betskoi. He also touches upon the extraordinary resonance of the monument in Russian culture, which, since the unveiling in 1782, has become the icon of St. Petersburg and has alimented the so-called St. Petersburg theme in Russian letters, familiar from the works of such writers as Pushkin, Dostoevsky, Gogol and Bely.
Berlioz's Orchestration Treatise : A Translation and Commentary by
Provides both a translation and detailed commentary on Berlioz's own practice as an orchestrator.
Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production by
An inspirational guide for all levels of expertise, Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production shows you how to get the most out of the four leading audio sequencers, Logic, Pro Tools, Digital Performer, and Cubase. Using real-life examples, Andrea Pejrolo demonstrates a wide range of technical and creative techniques, giving you tips and new ideas to help you take your work to the next level. If you are producing music and looking to build your skills in orchestration, composition, and mixing you will find all the techniques and practical advice you need in this book. Featuring essential tools, that are now part of the everyday creative process in a digital production environment, to give you the most recent and cutting edge techniques- including swipe-comping, time-stretching, pitch correction, elastic-time, advanced-freezing, and new software synthesizers. The material on the website contains loops, templates, audio examples, and end of chapter exercises to practice new skills, this illustrated practical guide provides all the tools you will need to give your music the vital edge. Whether you are a student or amateur aspiring to more professional results, or a professional wanting to master new skills, this book will help you to improve and take the quality of your work to the next level. *Covers all key sequencing topics such as recording and editing techniques and automation groove quantization, converters, sounds layering, tap tempo, creative meter, tempo changes, and synchronization *Teaches mixing techniques that takes advantage of plug-in technology, maximizing the use of effects such as reverb, compressor, limiter, equalizer, and much more *A website loaded with more than 90 examples of arrangements and techniques, giving you advice on how to troubleshoot those common mistakes and perfect your music production.
My Orchestras and Other Adventures : The Memoirs of Boyd Neel by
Trained as a surgeon, renowned as a conductor, Boyd Neel led a life rich in innovation, achievement, and enthusiasm. He worked on this memoir until his death in 1981; it was brought to publication thereafter by J. David Finch. Their work has produced a vivid portrait of a man who contributed much to twentieth century music performance.
Nine Seventeenth-Century Organ Transcriptions from the Operas of Lully by
Jean-Baptiste Lully is perhaps best known in the history of music as the founder of French opera. Although Italian-born himself, he created a form of opera so suited to French tastes and needs that it alone, among the attempts of various other nations at operatic forms of their own, was able to resist domination by Italian opera and to maintain its individual identity during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. The impress he made upon French music was enormous, and it affected every musical medium of his day. Evidence of his influence in a field as remote from his own as the literature for the organ is seen in the nine pieces that make up this present collection. Despite their operatic origins, the Lully transcriptions should be useful to the present-day church organist, as the pieces have no secular associations for present-day listeners. The overtures make excellent preludes for festive services, and the marches are suitable both for processionals and postludes. For recital use, several of the pieces could be very successfully grouped together into a suite.
Orchestral Revolution : Haydn and the Technologies of Timbre by 
The Sound of Broadway Music : A Book of Orchestrators and Orchestrations by
Broadway's top orchestrators - Robert Russell Bennett, Don Walker, Philip J. Lang, Jonathan Tunick - are names well known to musical theatre fans, but few people understand precisely what the orchestrator does. The Sound of Broadway Music is the first book ever written about these unsung stars of the Broadway musical whose work is so vital to each show's success. The book examines the careers of Broadway's major orchestrators and follows the song as it travels from the composer's piano to the orchestra pit. Steven Suskin has meticulously tracked down thousands of original orchestral scores, piecing together enigmatic notes and notations with long-forgotten documents and current interviews with dozens of composers, producers, conductors and arrangers. The information is separated into three main parts: a biographical section which gives a sense of the life and world of twelve major theatre orchestrators, as well as incorporating briefer sections on another thirty arrangers and conductors; a lively discussion of the art of orchestration, written for musical theatre enthusiasts (including those who do not read music); a biographical section which gives a sense of the life and world of twelve major theatre orchestrators, as well as incorporating briefer sections on another thirty arrangers and conductors; and an impressive show-by-show listing of more than seven hundred musicals, in many cases including a song-by-song listing of precisely who orchestrated what along with relevant comments from people involved with the productions. Stocked with intriguing facts and juicy anecdotes, many of which have never before appeared in print, The Sound of Broadway Music brings fascinating and often surprising new insight into the world of musical theatre.
This course offers a more detailed discussion and deeper coverage of recording principles and techniques. You will learn additional recording techniques for a wider range of instruments and musical styles. A wider coverage of mixing techniques will be taken up to further elevate the quality of your music productions. Continued use of the Pro Tools recording system will further improve your operational skills of said software. Aside from further enhancing your listening skills and perception of sound quality, this course will also introduce to you the audio post-production process as employed in video, TV and film productions.
The Art of Mixing : a visual guide to recording, engineering, and production by
David Gibson uses 3D visual representations of sounds in a mix as a tool to explain the dynamics that can be created in a mix. This book provides an in-depth exploration into the aesthetics of what makes a great mix. Gibson's unique approach explains how to map sounds to visuals in order to create a visual framework that can be used to analyze what is going on in any mix. Once you have the framework down, Gibson then uses it to explain the traditions that have be developed over time by great recording engineers for different styles of music and songs. You will come to understand everything that can be done in a mix to create dynamics that affect people in really deep ways. Once you understand what engineers are doing to create the great mixes they do, you can then use this framework to develop your own values as to what you feel is a good mix. Once you have a perspective on what all can be done, you have the power to be truly creative on your own - to create whole new mixing possibilities. It is all about creating art out of technology. This book goes beyond explaining what the equipment does - it explains what to do with the equipment to make the best possible mixes.
Audio Production Worktext : concepts, techniques, and equipment by
Audio Production Worktext, 9th Edition　provides readers the best introduction to　audio　and　radio　production. It shows how to navigate modern radio production studios and utilize the latest equipment and software. The 9th edition is updated to cover new mobile technologies, digital consoles, and audio editing apps and software,　as well sound for the visual media and Internet radio.　The new edition continues to include the worktext/website format tailored for both students and teachers and features like Production Tips that provide notes relevant to various audio production topics, self-study questions and projects, an updated Glossary, and an up-to-date companion website with invaluable student and instructor materials.　Included　in　this edition are offers and features from Pro　Sound Effects, FilmTVsound.com, and　RadioFX, as well as updated color graphics and images throughout the text.
Bass, Mids, Tops : an oral history of soundsystem culture by
An oral history of the UK's soundsystem culture, featuring interviews with Dubmaster Dennis Bovell, Skream, Youth, Norman Jay MBE, Adrian Sherwood, Mala, and others.In the years following the arrival of the Windrush generation, the UK's soundsystem culture would become the most important influence on contemporary pop music since rock and roll. Pumped through towering, home-built speakers, often directly onto the thronged streets of events like the Notting Hill Carnival, the pulsating bass lines of reggae, dub, rave, jungle, trip hop, dubstep, and grime have shaped the worlds of several generations of British youth culture but have often been overlooked by historians obsessed with swinging London, punk, and Britpop. This oral history, consisting of new interviews conducted by respected dance music writer Joe Muggs, and accompanied by dramatic portraits by Brian David Stevens, presents the story of the bassline of Britain, in the words of those who lived and shaped it. Features interviews with Dubmaster Dennis Bovell, Norman Jay MPE, Youth, Adrian Sherwood, Skream, Rinse FM's Sarah Lockhart and many others.
IPractice : technology in the 21st century music practice room by
This book provides new practical tools that bridge the gap between familiar, easy-to-use technology and musical practice to enhance musicianship and motivate students. Authors Jennifer Mishra and Barbara Fast provide ideas for use with students of all levels, from beginners to musiciansperforming advanced repertoire. This book is written for teachers (both studio teachers and ensemble directors), but can be read by performers to help give new guidance to their own practice sessions.Some strategies in this book would not have been possible without advances in technology; others expand tried-and-true practice strategies with the use of technology. Most of the technologies discussed are free or inexpensive and don't require extensive specialist equipment or learning. Rather thanreplacing quality practice strategies, technology brings new tools to the practicing tool box. The strategies lay the foundation for how technology can be used in the practice room and are intended to spark creativity. The book encourages teachers and students to vary the integration of practicestrategies with technology in personal ways to fit their own studios or practice routines.This book is all about exploring our musical practice through technology. The ideas in this book will invigorate your musical practice and lead to even more creativity between you and your students
Media Now : understanding media, culture, and technology by
Providing a thorough explanation of how media technologies develop, operate, converge, and affect society, MEDIA NOW: UNDERSTANDING MEDIA, CULTURE, AND TECHNOLOGY, 9e empowers you to think critically about the media and its effects on culture. It provides a comprehensive introduction to today's global media environment and the ongoing developments in technology, culture, and critical theory that continue to transform this rapidly evolving industry?and affect your everyday life. With its cutting-edge coverage of the essential history, theories, concepts, and technical knowledge, MEDIA NOW helps you sharpen your media literacy skills?preparing you for work in the expanding fields of the Internet, interactive media, and traditional media industries. It includes the latest developments and trends in social media, e-publishing, policy changes for Internet governance, online privacy protection, online ad exchanges, the changing video game industry, and much more.
Musical Sound Effects : analog and digital sound processing by
For decades performers, instrumentalists, composers, technicians and sound engineers continue to manipulate sound material. They are trying with more or less success to create, to innovate, improve, enhance, restore or modify the musical message. The sound of distorted guitar of Jimi Hendrix, Pierre Henry's concrete music, Pink Flyod's rock psychedelic, Kraftwerk 's electronic music, Daft Punk and rap T-Pain, have let emerge many effects: reverb, compression, distortion, auto-tune, filter, chorus, phasing, etc. The aim of this book is to introduce and explain these effects and sound treatments by addressing their theoretical and practical aspects.
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook by
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook provides an easy-to-read guide for music-making in the studio setting, from equipment fundamentals to recording and mixing almost any instrument. In six sections, lessons give a comprehensive introduction to microphone settings andtechniques, audio processing and effects, controlling acoustics, and history lessons on songs recorded with a given technique. The second half of the handbook delves into background theory on microphones, EQ-filters, compressors, and acoustics to give the reader a general understanding of practicalrecording techniques before acquiring deeper comprehension of the tools and the recording processes.Throughout the chapters, lessons on recording methods gradually build complexity and detail to keep readers engaged and challenged. Whether a university student in an audio recording course, a novice audio engineer who needs to build technique, or a busy professional who requires a quick refresh onspecific techniques, any reader will find an essential resource in The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook.
Recording Studio Design by
Recording Studio Design, Fourth Edition explains the key principles of successful studio design and construction using straightforward language and the use of practical examples appreciated by readers of previous editions. Updated to reflect new industry standards, this fourth edition addresses improvements in cinema sound, with specific attention paid to B-chain electroacoustic response and calibration. Using over 50 years' experience, author Philip Newell provides detail on the practical aspects of recording in various environments, not only exploring the complex issues relating to the acoustics but also providing real-world solutions. While the book contains detailed discussions about performing rooms, control rooms, and mobile studios, concepts of the infrastructures are also discussed, because no studio can perform optimally unless the technical and human requirements are adequately provided for. In this new edition, sound for cinema provides a platform for highlighting many, wider electroacoustic topics in a way that is relatively easy to visualise. The way in which sound and vision interact is an important aspect of many modern multimedia formats. The new edition includes: A new Chapter 22 that will thoroughly reflect recently published SMPTE investigations which will drastically impact standards for cinema sound; The inclusion of new academic research and its practical applications; An entire new illustrated chapter on room construction principles; and The consolidation of ideas which were only emerging when the earlier editions were published.
Sounds, Screens, Speakers : an introduction to music and media by
Sounds, Screens, Speakers provides a broadly comprehensive survey of the emerging field of music and media. Music has been present at the advent of nearly every new media form since the turn of the 20th century. Whether we look at the start of sound recording, film, television or the Internet, music has been a crucial participant in the social changes brought about by these new tools for making and listening to music. This book examines such changes starting in the late 19th century to the present. From the introduction of the microphone all the way through to music in reality television, the purpose of each section is not simply to move chronologically towards the present, but to focus especially on the tangible social relationships created through specific forms of mediation. With readings at the end of most chapters, key questions to facilitate additional discovery and research, and direction to additional readings and resources on popular websites and news sources, this text serves as the ideal introduction to popular music and media.
Sound Systems by
Sound Systems: Design and Optimization provides an accessible and unique perspective on the behavior of sound systems in the practical world. The third edition reflects current trends in the audio field thereby providing readers with the newest methodologies and techniques. In this greatly expanded new edition, you¿ll find clearer explanations, a more streamlined organization, increased coverage of current technologies and comprehensive case studies of the author¿s award-winning work in the field. As the only book devoted exclusively to modern tools and techniques in this emerging field, Sound Systems: Design and Optimization provides the specialized guidance needed to perfect your design skills. This book helps you: Improve your design and optimization decisions by understanding how audiences perceive reinforced sound Use modern analyzers and prediction programs to select speaker placement, equalization, delay and level settings based on how loudspeakers interact in the space Define speaker array configurations and design strategies that maximize the potential for spatial uniformity Gain a comprehensive understanding of the tools and techniques required to generate a design that will create a successful transmission/reception model
This course offers a more detailed discussion and deeper coverage of recording principles and techniques. You will learn additional recording techniques for a wider range of instruments and musical styles. A wider coverage of mixing techniques will be taken up to further elevate the quality of your music productions. Continued use of the Pro Tools recording system will further improve your operational skills of said software. Aside from further enhancing your listening skills and perception of sound quality, this course will also introduce to you the audio post-production process as employed in video, TV and film productions.
Audio Engineering 101 by
Practical, concise, and approachable, Audio Engineering 101, Second Edition covers everything aspiring audio engineers need to know to make it in the recording industry, from the characteristics of sound to microphones, analog versus digital recording, EQ/compression, mixing, mastering, and career skills. Filled with hand-ons, step-by-step technique breakdowns and all-new interviews with active professionals, this updated edition includes instruction in using digital consoles, iPads for mixing, audio apps, plug-ins, home studios, and audio for podcasts. An extensive companion website features fifteen new video tutorials, audio clips, equipment lists, quizzes, and student exercises.
Classical Recording by
Classical Recording: A Practical Guide in the Decca Tradition is the authoritative guide to all aspects of recording acoustic classical music. Offering detailed descriptions, diagrams, and photographs of fundamental recording techniques such as the Decca tree, this book offers a comprehensive overview of the essential skills involved in successfully producing a classical recording. Written by engineers with years of experience working for Decca and Abbey Road Studios and as freelancers, Classical Recording equips the student, the interested amateur, and the practising professional with the required knowledge and confidence to tackle everything from solo piano to opera.
Digital Signatures : The Impact of Digitization on Popular Music Sound by
How sonically distinctive digital "signatures"--including reverb, glitches, and autotuning--affect the aesthetics of popular music, analyzed in works by Prince, Lady Gaga, and others. Is digital production killing the soul of music? Is Auto-Tune the nadir of creative expression? Digital technology has changed not only how music is produced, distributed, and consumed but also--equally important but not often considered--how music sounds. In this book, Ragnhild Brøvig-Hanssen and Anne Danielsen examine the impact of digitization on the aesthetics of popular music. They investigate sonically distinctive "digital signatures"--musical moments when the use of digital technology is revealed to the listener. The particular signatures of digital mediation they examine include digital reverb and delay, MIDI and sampling, digital silence, the virtual cut-and-paste tool, digital glitches, microrhythmic manipulation, and autotuning--all of which they analyze in specific works by popular artists. Combining technical and historical knowledge of music production with musical analyses, aesthetic interpretations, and theoretical discussions, Brøvig-Hanssen and Danielsen offer unique insights into how digitization has changed the sound of popular music and the listener's experience of it. For example, they show how digital reverb and delay have allowed experimentation with spatiality by analyzing Kate Bush's "Get Out of My House"; they examine the contrast between digital silence and the low-tech noises of tape hiss or vinyl crackle in Portishead's "Stranger"; and they describe the development of Auto-Tune--at first a tool for pitch correction--into an artistic effect, citing work by various hip-hop artists, Bon Iver, and Lady Gaga.
Modern Recording Techniques by
Modern Recording Techniques is the bestselling, authoritative guide to sound and music recording. Whether you're just starting out or are looking for a step-up in the industry, Modern Recording Techniques provides an in-depth read on the art and technologies of music production. It's a must-have reference for all audio bookshelves. Using its familiar and accessible writing style, this ninth edition has been fully updated, presenting the latest production technologies and includes an in-depth coverage of the DAW, networked audio, MIDI, signal processing and much more. A robust companion website features video tutorials, web-links, an online glossary, flashcards, and a link to the author's blog. Instructor resources include a test bank and an instructor's manual. The ninth edition includes: Updated tips, tricks and insights for getting the best out of your studio An introduction to the Apple iOS in music production Introductions to new technologies and important retro studio techniques The latest advancements in DAW systems, signal processing, mixing and mastering
Musical Techniques : Frequencies and Harmony by
This book is built to start from elementary and fundamental bases to the first degrees of harmony. It provides many theoretical and technical bases of music, presenting in detail relations between physics and music (harmonics, frequency and time spectrum, dissonance, etc.), physiological relations with human body and education.
Parametric Time-Frequency Domain Spatial Audio by
A comprehensive guide that addresses the theory and practice of spatial audio This book provides readers with the principles and best practices in spatial audio signal processing. It describes how sound fields and their perceptual attributes are captured and analyzed within the time-frequency domain, how essential representation parameters are coded, and how such signals are efficiently reproduced for practical applications. The book is split into four parts starting with an overview of the fundamentals. It then goes on to explain the reproduction of spatial sound before offering an examination of signal-dependent spatial filtering. The book finishes with coverage of both current and future applications and the direction that spatial audio research is heading in. Parametric Time-frequency Domain Spatial Audio focuses on applications in entertainment audio, including music, home cinema, and gaming--covering the capturing and reproduction of spatial sound as well as its generation, transduction, representation, transmission, and perception. This book will teach readers the tools needed for such processing, and provides an overview to existing research. It also shows recent up-to-date projects and commercial applications built on top of the systems. Provides an in-depth presentation of the principles, past developments, state-of-the-art methods, and future research directions of spatial audio technologies Includes contributions from leading researchers in the field Offers MATLAB codes with selected chapters An advanced book aimed at readers who are capable of digesting mathematical expressions about digital signal processing and sound field analysis, Parametric Time-frequency Domain Spatial Audio is best suited for researchers in academia and in the audio industry.
Recording Analysis by
Recording Analysis: How the Record Shapes the Song identifies and explains how the sounds imparted by recording processes enhance the artistry and expression of recorded songs. Moylan investigates how the process of recording a song transforms it into a richer experience and articulates how the unique elements of recorded sound provide essential substance and expression to recorded music. This book explores a broad array of records, evaluating the music, lyrics, social context, literary content and meaning, and offers detailed analyses of recording elements as they appear in a wide variety of tracks. Accompanied by a range of online resources, Recording Analysis is an essential read for students and academics, as well as practitioners, in the fields of record production, song-writing and popular music.
Recording Classical Music by
Recording Classical Music presents the fundamental principles of digitally recording and editing acoustic music in ambient spaces, focusing on stereo microphone techniques that will help musicians understand how to translate "live" environments into recorded sound. The book covers theory and the technical aspects of recording from sound source to delivery: the nature of soundwaves and their behavior in rooms, microphone types and the techniques of recording in stereo, proximity and phase, file types, tracking and critical listening, loudness, meters, and the post-production processes of EQ, control of dynamic range (compressors, limiters, dynamic EQ, de-essers), and reverberation (both digital reflection simulation and convolution), with some discussion of commercially available digital plugins. The final part of the book applies this knowledge to common recording situations, showcasing not only strategies for recording soloists and small ensembles, along with case studies of several recordings, but also studio techniques that can enhance or replace the capture of performances in ambient spaces, such as close miking and the addition of artificial reverberation. Recording Classical Music provides the tools necessary for anyone interested in classical music production to track, mix, and deliver audio recordings themselves or to supervise the work of others.
Recording Orchestra and Other Classical Music Ensembles by
Recording Orchestra and Other Classical Music Ensembles explores techniques and methodologies specific to recording classical music. Whether a newcomer or a seasoned engineer looking to refine their skills, this book speaks to all levels of expertise and covers every aspect of recording symphonic and concerto repertoire, opera, chamber music, and solo piano. With a focus on the orchestra as an instrument and sound source, this book features sections on how to listen, understanding microphones, concert halls, orchestra seating arrangements, how to set up the monitoring environment, and how to approach recording each section of the orchestra. Recording Orchestra provides concise information on preparing for a recording session, the role of the producer, mixing techniques, and includes a "quick-start" reference guide with suggested setups aimed at helping introduce the reader to the recording process. A companion website, featuring audio examples of various techniques, reinforces concepts discussed throughout the book. The content of the book includes: Clear, practical advice in plain language from an expert in classical music recording, multiple Grammy award winning recording engineer, and university professor The "secret of recording": a collection of practical recording techniques that have been proven to be highly successful in the field, on many occasions Never before published information written by an industry veteran with over twenty five-years of experience in classical music recording Specific techniques and strategies for recording orchestra, opera, wind symphony, chorus, string quartet, and other common classical music ensembles.
Audio Post Production Techniques
This an elective course on the process and techniques used for audio post production for video, film and other multi media formats for broadcast quality. In this class, you will learn how to record and create mixes in context with its visual medium, with or without synchronization. Post production processes such as ADR (automatic dialogue replacement), soundtrack recording and sound effects design will be experienced. A full mix of all audio elements will be created.
Dance music manual : tools, toys, and techniques by
What are the differences between trance and chill out? How can you create compelling, professional-sounding original or remixed dance tracks? With Dance Music Manual, you'll get coverage of every aspect of dance music production--from designing sounds to compression, from effects to mixing and mastering--and go even further, with advice on publishing and promoting your tracks. No matter your level of experience, this book is packed with techniques and practical tips to help you achieve professional results, whether you're an aspiring dance music producer, DJ, remixer, recording engineer, musician, or composer. The companion website provides examples of synthesis programming, compression, effects, MIDI files and examples of the tracks discussed within this edition. The third edition includes up-to-date dance music coverage, including new chapters on arranging dance music, layering kicks, more on music theory, fundamentals of rhythm, building professional drum loops, gain structure, producing dubstep, and advice on the very latest production techniques. ng professional drum loops, gain structure, producing dubstep, and advice on the very latest production techniques.
In the Box Music Production: Advanced Tools and Techniques for Pro Tools by
Sure, you can import and mix a track in Pro Tools. You can work with MIDI and you know your way around the Edit window. The UI is as familiar as your most broken-in pair of jeans. We get it--you don't need another button-pushing guide starting from the ground floor. Get uniquely in-depth coverage instead with In the Box Music Production: Advanced Tools and Techniques for Pro Tools. Author Mike Collins splits the book into three distinct sections covering how you use Pro Tools now--whether you're working with the synths and samplers or loops and beats of a dance or hip-hop project, the soaring vocals of the next pop sensation, or the lush layers of an instrumental world music track. Use Pro Tools to its full potential with advice on studio techniques and full exploration of its internal capabilities. Learn to leverage Pro Tools and make it work for you with this guide that is fully grounded in real-world applications and process. This book assumes that the user has some music production experience and has worked through the basics in Pro Tools.
Music production : recording : a guide for producers, engineers and musicians by
The sound recorder is the 'mirror with a memory' for those who listen. With it we can capture glimpses of our reality, producing 'pictures' as we express ourselves. These may ultimately serve as reminders of who we were and of our dreams... Your recordings are the vehicle for your compositions. Improve the artistry of your productions with this techniques guide, which focuses throughout on musicality and how your decisions affect it. Author Carlos Lellis Ferreira walks you through the recording process, bringing aesthetic considerations into each discussion. Learn visually with detailed diagrams and clear explanations of best practices. Unlike many other recording books, Music Production: Recording is organized around real-world scenarios, with details about roles and responsibilities that help you navigate through key stages of production.
Producing great sound for film and video : expert tips from preproduction to final mix by
In Producing Great Sound for Film and Video, Fourth Edition audio guru Jay Rose revises his popular text for a new generation of filmmakers. You'll learn practical, time-saving ways to get better recordings, solve problems with existing audio, create compelling tracks, and boost your filmmaking to the next level! Here you'll find real-world advice and practical guidelines for every aspect of your soundtrack: planning and budgeting, field and studio recording, editing, sound effects and music, audio repair, processing, and mixing. Rose's combination of solid technical information and a clear, step-by-step approach has made this the go-to book for producers and film students for over a decade. New in this edition: Insights and from-the-trenches tips from top professionals Instructions for getting the best results from new DSLRs and digital recorders An all-new companion website www.GreatSound.info with downloadable diagnostics, examples, and exercises for you to try What you need to know about new regulations for wireless mics and broadcast loudness An expanded "How Do I Fix This?" section to help you solve problems quickly Whether you're an aspiring filmmaker who wants better tracks, or an experienced professional looking for a reference, Producing Great Sound for Film and Video, Fourth Edition has the information you need. Please visit the book's companion website for more information and companion files: http://www.GreatSound.info
Pro Tools 10 Advanced Post Production Techniques by
Post production for film and video is a complex and potentially confusing topic. Clear, accurate training in the tools of the trade is essential for anyone hoping to work in the business. An official Avid Learning Series Expert Level Guide, PRO TOOLS 10 ADVANCED POST PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES is the go-to guide focused on advanced operation of Pro Tools 10 in a professional post-production environment. Today's (and tomorrow's) post engineers simply must know the ins and outs of this popular software--the industry standard--and this book shows the way. It includes technical insights into Pro Tools hardware and software and offers hands-on exercises, discussion of common workflows, and intermediate-advanced topics, detailing how to use a Pro Tools|HD system to record, edit, mix, and output sound for professional film and video applications. Using real-world examples and projects, PRO TOOLS 10 ADVANCED POST PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES gets you up to speed on Pro Tools for post as quickly and easily as possible. PRO TOOLS 10 ADVANCED POST PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES (Course 310P) is part of the Avid Learning Series. This course leads to expert-level certification. To find more books on Pro Tools, Media Composer, Sibelius, or any other Avid product, visit www.courseptr.com/avid.
Recording analysis : how the record shapes the song by
Recording Analysis: How the Record Shapes the Song identifies and explains how the sounds imparted by recording processes enhance the artistry and expression of recorded songs. Moylan investigates how the process of recording a song transforms it into a richer experience and articulates how the unique elements of recorded sound provide essential substance and expression to recorded music. This book explores a broad array of records, evaluating the music, lyrics, social context, literary content and meaning, and offers detailed analyses of recording elements as they appear in a wide variety of tracks. Accompanied by a range of online resources, Recording Analysis is an essential read for students and academics, as well as practitioners, in the fields of record production, song-writing and popular music.
Understanding and crafting the mix : the art of recording by
Understanding and Crafting the Mix, 3rd edition provides the framework to identify, evaluate, and shape your recordings with clear and systematic methods. Featuring numerous exercises, this third edition allows you to develop critical listening and analytical skills to gain greater control over the quality of your recordings.　Sample production sequences and descriptions of the recording engineer's role as composer, conductor, and performer provide you with a clear view of the entire recording process. Dr. William Moylan takes an inside look into a range of iconic popular music, thus offering insights into making meaningful sound judgments during recording. His unique focus on the aesthetic of recording and mixing will allow you to immediately and artfully apply his expertise while at the mixing desk. A companion website features recorded tracks to use in exercises, reference materials, additional examples of mixes and sound qualities, and mixed tracks.
Audio Post Production Techniques
This an elective course on the process and techniques used for audio post production for video, film and other multi media formats for broadcast quality. In this class, you will learn how to record and create mixes in context with its visual medium, with or without synchronization. Post production processes such as ADR (automatic dialogue replacement), soundtrack recording and sound effects design will be experienced. A full mix of all audio elements will be created.
Audio Postproduction for Film and Video by
New to this edition: * Learn how many Hollywood techniques--previously impractical on video--can help solve problems on smaller productions * Expanded cookbook recipes section * Technically updated throughout Make your soundtracks as good as your pictures with this compendium of professional audio techniques that can be adapted to desktop post. Specializing in sound after the shoot, this book features many practical examples, cookbook recipes, and tutorials. Audio theory, when necessary, is presented in plain English with plenty of visual analogies. FAQs, full explanations, and from-the-trenches tips address the complete range of processes from wiring and hardware to testing the final mix. The one-hour audio CD features platform-independent diagnostics, demonstrations, and tutorial tracks. Novices will learn how to improve their soundtrack--even after the actors have gone home. Experienced producers will learn how to solve technical and creative problems quickly. You'll get recipes and step-by-step instructions on how to: * build an efficient and reliable audio post setup * plan and budget a good soundtrack * get sound into your NLE without losing quality or sync * edit voices and music * record Foley and ADR * find music and use it effectively * find and create your own sound effects * shape sounds with equalization, reverb, noise reduction, and more * produce the final mix * test the final product for various media Please visit the author's website for additional resources:http://www.dplay.com/book/app
Audio Source Separation and Speech Enhancement by
Learn the technology behind hearing aids, Siri, and Echo Audio source separation and speech enhancement aim to extract one or more source signals of interest from an audio recording involving several sound sources. These technologies are among the most studied in audio signal processing today and bear a critical role in the success of hearing aids, hands-free phones, voice command and other noise-robust audio analysis systems, and music post-production software. Research on this topic has followed three convergent paths, starting with sensor array processing, computational auditory scene analysis, and machine learning based approaches such as independent component analysis, respectively. This book is the first one to provide a comprehensive overview by presenting the common foundations and the differences between these techniques in a unified setting. Key features: Consolidated perspective on audio source separation and speech enhancement. Both historical perspective and latest advances in the field, e.g. deep neural networks. Diverse disciplines: array processing, machine learning, and statistical signal processing. Covers the most important techniques for both single-channel and multichannel processing. This book provides both introductory and advanced material suitable for people with basic knowledge of signal processing and machine learning. Thanks to its comprehensiveness, it will help students select a promising research track, researchers leverage the acquired cross-domain knowledge to design improved techniques, and engineers and developers choose the right technology for their target application scenario. It will also be useful for practitioners from other fields (e.g., acoustics, multimedia, phonetics, and musicology) willing to exploit audio source separation or speech enhancement as pre-processing tools for their own needs.
Parametric Time-Frequency Domain Spatial Audio by
A comprehensive guide that addresses the theory and practice of spatial audio This book provides readers with the principles and best practices in spatial audio signal processing. It describes how sound fields and their perceptual attributes are captured and analyzed within the time-frequency domain, how essential representation parameters are coded, and how such signals are efficiently reproduced for practical applications. The book is split into four parts starting with an overview of the fundamentals. It then goes on to explain the reproduction of spatial sound before offering an examination of signal-dependent spatial filtering. The book finishes with coverage of both current and future applications and the direction that spatial audio research is heading in. Parametric Time-frequency Domain Spatial Audio focuses on applications in entertainment audio, including music, home cinema, and gaming--covering the capturing and reproduction of spatial sound as well as its generation, transduction, representation, transmission, and perception. This book will teach readers the tools needed for such processing, and provides an overview to existing research. It also shows recent up-to-date projects and commercial applications built on top of the systems. Provides an in-depth presentation of the principles, past developments, state-of-the-art methods, and future research directions of spatial audio technologies Includes contributions from leading researchers in the field Offers MATLAB codes with selected chapters An advanced book aimed at readers who are capable of digesting mathematical expressions about digital signal processing and sound field analysis, Parametric Time-frequency Domain Spatial Audio is best suited for researchers in academia and in the audio industry.
Recording Classical Music by
Recording Classical Music presents the fundamental principles of digitally recording and editing acoustic music in ambient spaces, focusing on stereo microphone techniques that will help musicians understand how to translate "live" environments into recorded sound. The book covers theory and the technical aspects of recording from sound source to delivery: the nature of soundwaves and their behavior in rooms, microphone types and the techniques of recording in stereo, proximity and phase, file types, tracking and critical listening, loudness, meters, and the post-production processes of EQ, control of dynamic range (compressors, limiters, dynamic EQ, de-essers), and reverberation (both digital reflection simulation and convolution), with some discussion of commercially available digital plugins. The final part of the book applies this knowledge to common recording situations, showcasing not only strategies for recording soloists and small ensembles, along with case studies of several recordings, but also studio techniques that can enhance or replace the capture of performances in ambient spaces, such as close miking and the addition of artificial reverberation. Recording Classical Music provides the tools necessary for anyone interested in classical music production to track, mix, and deliver audio recordings themselves or to supervise the work of others.
Sound : dialogue, music, and effects by
Sound has always been an integral component of the moviegoing experience. Even during the so-called "silent era," motion pictures were regularly accompanied by live music, lectures, and sound effects. Today, whether we listen to movies in booming Dolby theaters or on tiny laptop speakers, sonic elements hold our attention and guide our emotional responses. Yet few of us are fully aware of the tremendous collaborative work, involving both artistry and technical wizardry, required to create that cinematic soundscape. Sound, the latest book in the Behind the Silver Screen series, introduces key concepts, seminal moments, and pivotal figures in the development of cinematic sound. Each of the book's six chapters cover a different era in the history of Hollywood, from silent films to the digital age, and each is written by an expert in that period. Together, the book's contributors are able to explore a remarkable range of past and present film industry practices, from the hiring of elocution coaches to the marketing of soundtrack records. Not only does the collection highlight the achievements of renowned sound designers and film composers like Ben Burtt and John Williams, it also honors the unsung workers whose inventions, artistry, and performances have shaped the soundscapes of many notable movies. After you read Sound, you'll never see--or hear--movies in quite the same way. Sound is a volume in the Behind the Silver Screen series--other titles in the series include Acting; Animation; Art Direction and Production Design; Cinematography; Costume, Makeup, and Hair; Directing; Editing and Special Visual Effects; Producing; and Screenwriting.
This is the first level of individual instruction in the student’s instrument of choice. Students may choose from the following principal instruments: Piano, Classical Guitar, Electronic Guitar, Bass Guitar, Brass, Voice and Electronic Music. Students must declare a primary instrument at which they can advance and build on proficiency through private instruction, ensembles, practical application and performances.
Advanced Jazz Guitar Concepts : modern jazz guitar soloing with triad pairs, quartal arpeggios, exotic scales & more ... by
In Advanced Jazz Guitar Techniques jazz guitar virtuoso Jens Larsen provides more deep insights into the techniques and theory of contemporary jazz guitar. You'll discover a practical, no-nonsense guide to jazz guitar topics that have mystified even experienced jazz musicians - such as effective soloing with triad pairs, applying quartal harmony, how and when to use altered scales, and much more! Master the advanced guitar techniques and melodic concepts you've heard in the music of everyone from Charlie Parker and Wes Montgomery, to Kurt Rosenwinkel, Michael Brecker and Mike Moreno. Jens Larsen gets to the heart of modern jazz guitar playing to focus on the techniques and theory that will set your playing apart from the crowd. His new jazz guitar book teaches how to create quartal arpeggio licks that combine the old-school cool jazz vocabulary of McCoy Tyner and John Coltrane with the modern sounds of Gilad Hekselman, Jonathan Kriesberg and Mike Moreno.
Dynamic Group-Piano Teaching : transforming group theory into teaching practice by
Dynamic Group-Piano Teaching provides future teachers of group piano with an extensive framework of concepts upon which effective and dynamic teaching strategies can be explored and developed. Within fifteen chapters, it encompasses learning theory, group process, and group dynamics within the context of group-piano instruction. This book encourages teachers to transfer learning and group dynamics theory into classroom practice. As a piano pedagogy textbook, supplement for pedagogy classes, or resource for graduate teaching assistants and professional piano teachers, the book examines learning theory, student needs, assessment, and specific issues for the group-piano instructor.
Jazz by
"This new edition of Jazz is to offer students a listening-based approach to the evolutionary development of Americas unique art form"--
Jazz Bass by
(Bass Instruction). The Hal Leonard Jazz Bass Method is your complete guide to learning jazz bass. Author Matthew Rybicki guides you through the essential knowledge you need to create your own walking bass lines and improvised solos in the classic jazz style. This book, with online audio access, uses standard chord progressions and songs to teach you about accompanying and improvising in the style of players like Ray Brown, Paul Chambers, Scott LaFaro, and many others. Lessons include: walking basics; chords and scales; blues; rhythm changes; string raking; soloing; technique; chord substitution; pedal points and ostinato; standard notation plus tab for electric bass; and much more! Audio is accessed online using the unique code inside the book and can be streamed or downloaded. The audio files include PLAYBACK+, a multi-functional audio player that allows you to slow down audio without changing pitch, set loop points, change keys, and pan left or right.
Live Electronic Music : composition, performance, study by
During the twentieth century, electronic technology enabled the explosive development of new tools for the production, performance, dissemination and conservation of music. The era of the mechanical reproduction of music has, rather ironically, opened up new perspectives, which have contributed to the revitalisation of the performer's role and the concept of music as performance. This book examines questions related to music that cannot be set in conventional notation, reporting and reflecting on current research and creative practice primarily in live electronic music. It studies compositions for which the musical text is problematic, that is, non-existent, incomplete, insufficiently precise or transmitted in a nontraditional format. Thus, at the core of this project is an absence. The objects of study lack a reliably precise graphical representation of the work as the composer or the composer/performer conceived or imagined it. How do we compose, perform and study music that cannot be set in conventional notation? The authors of this book examine this problem from the complementary perspectives of the composer, the performer, the musical assistant, the audio engineer, the computer scientist and the musicologist.
Music As Creative Practice by
Until recently, ideas of creativity in music revolved around composers in garrets and the lone genius. But the last decade has witnessed a sea change: musical creativity is now overwhelmingly thought of in terms of collaboration and real-time performance. Music as Creative Practice is a firstattempt to synthesize both perspectives. It begins by developing the idea that creativity arises out of social interaction-of which making music together is perhaps the clearest possible illustration - and then shows how the same thinking can be applied to the ostensively solitary practices ofcomposition. The book also emphasizes the contextual dimensions of musical creativity, ranging from the prodigy phenomenon, long-term collaborative relationships within and beyond the family, and creative learning to the copyright system that is supposed to incentivize creativity but is widely seenas inhibiting it.Music as Creative Practice encompasses the classical tradition, jazz and popular music, and music emerges as an arena in which changing concepts of creativity - from the old myths about genius to present-day sociocultural theory - can be traced with particular clarity. The perspective of creativitytells us much about music, but the reverse is also true, and this fifth and last instalment of the Studies in Musical Performance as Creative Practice series offers an approach to musical creativity that is attuned to the practices of both music and everyday life.
Piano : Renzo Piano Building Workshop : complete works 1966-today by
Updated with over 200 new pages, this XXL-sized monograph is jam-packed with photographs, sketches, and plans that span Renzo Piano's entire career to date. It includes ongoing works like the Academy Museum of Motion Pictures in LA and the Emergency Children's Surgery Center in Entebbe, Uganda, as well as newly finished projects like the Château La Coste Art Gallery and the Paris Courthouse.
Popular Music, Digital Technology and Society by
From shifts in format, through the effects on circulation and ownership, to the rise of digitally-produced genres, the ways we create, share and listen to music have changed fundamentally. In Popular Music, Digital Technology and Society, Nick Prior explores the social, cultural and industrial contexts in which these shifts have taken place. Both accessible and authoritative, the book: Clarifies key concepts such as assemblage, affordance, mediation and musicking and defines new concepts such as playsumption and digital vocalities Considers the impact of music production technologies such as MIDI, sampling, personal computing and smartphone apps Looks at the ways in which the internet shapes musical consumption, from viral marketing to streaming services Examines the effects of mobile audio devices on everyday social interactions Opens up new ways to think and write about the personal experience of making and performing digital music This book is an invaluable resource for anyone who wants to understand the place of popular music in contemporary culture and society. It will be fascinating reading for students and researchers across media and communication studies, sociology, cultural studies and the creative industries.
Producing Music by
During the last two decades, the field of music production has attracted considerable interest from the academic community, more recently becoming established as an important and flourishing research discipline in its own right. Producing Musicpresents cutting-edge research across topics that both strengthen and broaden the range of the discipline as it currently stands. Bringing together the academic study of music production and practical techniques, this book illustrates the latest research on producing music. Focusing on areas such as genre, technology, concepts, and contexts of production, Hepworth-Sawyer, Hodgson, and Marrington have compiled key research from practitioners and academics to present a comprehensive view of how music production has established itself and changed over the years.
The Routledge Research Companion to Electronic Music by
The theme of this Research Companion is 'connectivity and the global reach of electroacoustic music and sonic arts made with technology'. The possible scope of such a companion in the field of electronic music has changed radically over the last 30 years. The definitions of the field itself are now broader - there is no clear boundary between 'electronic music' and 'sound art'. Also, what was previously an apparently simple divide between 'art' and 'popular' practices is now not easy or helpful to make, and there is a rich cluster of streams of practice with many histories, including world music traditions. This leads in turn to a steady undermining of a primarily Euro-American enterprise in the second half of the twentieth century. Telecommunications technology, most importantly the development of the internet in the final years of the century, has made materials, practices and experiences ubiquitous and apparently universally available - though some contributions to this volume reassert the influence and importance of local cultural practice. Research in this field is now increasingly multi-disciplinary. Technological developments are embedded in practices which may be musical, social, individual and collective. The contributors to this companion embrace technological, scientific, aesthetic, historical and social approaches and a host of hybrids ¿ but, most importantly, they try to show how these join up. Thus the intention has been to allow a wide variety of new practices to have voice ¿ unified through ideas of 'reaching out' and 'connecting together' ¿ and in effect showing that there is emerging a different kind of 'global music'.
Singing in style : a guide to vocal performance practices by
The first historical overview of vocal performance practice and style ever published, Singing In Style provides an introduction to how such issues as ornamentation, vibrato, rubato, portamento, articulation, tempo, language, and accompaniment with period instruments have been handled since the seventeenth century. Each chapter presents a historical period and gives background information on the singers and composers, the vocal repertoire, and the stylistic conventions of that time. Specific repertoire examples are discussed as well, to show how to use the music itself as a context for making stylistic choices. Each chapter also has an extensive reference list arranged by topic, so the interested reader can pursue a particular subject in more depth.Covering the Baroque period to the present, Elliott casts a wide net, bringing together information from historical treatises, personal accounts from composers, performers, historians, critics, and current scholarly commentary into one convenient handbook for the student and the amateur and professional performer who want to learn more about how vocal works were sung in their day.
Transformational Piano Teaching : mentoring students from all walks of life by
Transformational Piano Teaching: Mentoring Students from All Walks of Life examines the concept of the piano teacher as someone who is more than just a teacher of a musical skill, but also someone who wields tremendous influence on the development of a young person's artistic and empathicpotential, as well as their lifelong personal motivational framework. The specific attributes of today's students are explored, including family and peer influences from interpersonal relationships to social media. Additionally, students from specific circumstances are discussed, including thosewith special needs such as Autism Spectrum Disorders, ADHD, and Depression. Finally, motivation of a teacher's students is related to a teacher's own motivation in their work, as a cycle of positivity and achievement will be recommended as a way to keep an instructor's work fresh andexciting.
This is the first level of individual instruction in the student’s instrument of choice. Students may choose from the following principal instruments: Piano, Classical Guitar, Electronic Guitar, Bass Guitar, Brass, Voice and Electronic Music. Students must declare a primary instrument at which they can advance and build on proficiency through private instruction, ensembles, practical application and performances.
Acoustic Guitar Styles by
"Acoustic Guitar Styles" introduces the most popular traditional styles for the acoustic guitar. The step-by-step approach, using a small repertoire of well-known songs, enables the student to explore various styles that can be adapted to play personal favorites. Although a basic knowledge of the guitar is assumed, even the beginner will benefit from this progressive approach.
Cybersonic Arts : Adventures in American New Music by
Composer, performer, instrument builder, teacher, and writer Gordon Mumma has left an indelible mark on the American contemporary music scene. A prolific composer and innovative French horn player, Mumma is recognized for integrating advanced electronic processes into musical structures, an approach he has termed "Cybersonics." Musicologist Michelle Fillion curates a collection of Mumma's writings, presenting revised versions of his classic pieces as well as many unpublished works from every stage of his storied career. Here, through words and astonishing photos, is Mumma's chronicle of seminal events in the musical world of the twentieth century: his cofounding the Cooperative Studio for Electronic Music; his role in organizing the historic ONCE Festivals of Contemporary Music; performances with the Sonic Arts Union; and working alongside John Cage and David Tudor as a composer-musician with the Merce Cunningham Dance Company. In addition, Mumma describes his collaborations with composers, performers, dancers, and visual artists ranging from Robert Ashley and Pauline Oliveros to Marcel Duchamp and Robert Rauschenberg. Candid and insightful, Cybersonic Arts is the eye-opening account of a broad artistic community by an active participant and observer.
A Guide to Playing the Baroque Guitar by
James Tyler offers a practical manual to aid guitar players and lutenists in transitioning from modern stringed instruments to the baroque guitar. He begins with the physical aspects of the instrument, addressing tuning and stringing arrangements and technique before considering the fundamentals of baroque guitar tablature. In the second part of the book Tyler provides an anthology of representative works from the repertoire. Each piece is introduced with an explanation of the idiosyncrasies of the particular manuscript or source and information regarding any performance practice issues related to the piece itself--represented in both tablature and staff notation. Tyler's thorough yet practical approach facilitates access to this complex body of work.
Interpreting Music by
Interpreting Music is a comprehensive essay on understanding musical meaning and performing music meaningfully--"interpreting music" in both senses of the term. Synthesizing and advancing two decades of highly influential work, Lawrence Kramer fundamentally rethinks the concepts of work, score, performance, performativity, interpretation, and meaning--even the very concept of music--while breaking down conventional wisdom and received ideas. Kramer argues that music, far from being closed to interpretation, is ideally open to it, and that musical interpretation is the paradigm of interpretation in general. The book illustrates the many dimensions of interpreting music through a series of case studies drawn from the classical repertoire, but its methods and principles carry over to other repertoires just as they carry beyond music by working through music to wider philosophical and cultural questions.
Piano Lessons with Claudio Arrau : A Guide to His Philosophy and Techniques by Planning Your Piano Success : A Blueprint for Aspiring Musicians by
Young pianists pursuing a professional career face a barrage of questions, choices, and challenges. In this book, experienced teacher and performer Stewart Gordon offers a new and practical way to approach them by helping readers to plan strategically and build a secure and successful career from the ground up. For decades, Gordon has guided young pianists through the details of how to prepare musically, navigate their college years, and forge a career that will provide a livelihood. In this guide to beginning that musical career, Gordon has assembled the wisdom of decades of teaching: a fundamental body of information emerging pianists will rely on as they work toward their goals. His advice, focused on both mental and practical work, will enhance both motivation and security. Carefully balancing aspiration with reality and inspiration with organization, Gordon creates a blueprint for transforming dreams into achievement, and illustrates his points with examples drawn from the lives of famous musicians. The book also addresses many practical matters, such as developing keyboard technique, acquiring reading and memorizing skills, building repertoire, and balancing the demands of being a musician with living a full life. This volume is a valuable resource for both young pianists and their parents.
The Synthesizer : A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument by
Electronic music instruments weren't called synthesizers until the 1950s, but their lineage began in 1919 with Russian inventor Lev Sergeyevich Termen's development of the Etherphone, now known as the Theremin. From that point, synthesizers have undergone a remarkable evolution from prohibitively large mid-century models confined to university laboratories to the development of musical synthesis software that runs on tablet computers and portable media devices.Throughout its history, the synthesizer has always been at the forefront of technology for the arts. In The Synthesizer: A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument, veteran music technology journalist, educator, and performer Mark Vail tells the complete story of the synthesizer: the origins of the many forms the instrument takes; crucial advancements in sound generation, musical control, and composition made with instruments that may have become best sellers or gone entirely unnoticed; and the basics and intricacies of acoustics and synthesized sound. Vail also describes how to successfully select, program, and play a synthesizer; what alternative controllers exist for creating electronic music; and how to stay focused and productive when faced with a room full of instruments. This one-stop reference guide on all things synthesizer also offers tips on encouraging creativity, layering sounds, performance, composing and recording for film and television, and much more.
Vocal Music and Contemporary Identities : Unlimited Voices in East Asia and the West by
Looking at musical globalization and vocal music, this collection of essays studies the complex relationship between the human voice and cultural identity in 20th- and 21st-century music in both East Asian and Western music. The authors approach musical meaning in specific case studies against the background of general trends of cultural globalization and the construction/deconstruction of identity produced by human (and artificial) voices. The essays proceed from different angles, notably sociocultural and historical contexts, philosophical and literary aesthetics, vocal technique, analysis of vocal microstructures, text/phonetics-music-relationships, historical vocal sources or models for contemporary art and pop music, and areas of conflict between vocalization, "ethnicity," and cultural identity. They pinpoint crucial topical features that have shaped identity-discourses in art and popular musical situations since the1950s, with a special focus on the past two decades. The volume thus offers a unique compilation of texts on the human voice in a period of heightened cultural globalization by utilizing systematic methodological research and firsthand accounts on compositional practice by current Asian and Western authors.
This is the second level of individual instruction in the student’s instrument of choice. Students may choose from the following principal instruments: Piano, Classical Guitar, Electronic Guitar, Bass Guitar, Brass, Voice and Electronic Music. Students must declare a primary instrument at which they can advance and build on proficiency through private instruction, ensembles, practical application and performances. This time the student will focus on intermediate to advanced levels of technical studies with the chosen instrument and will start learning how to perform in the context of an ensemble and/or as collaborative work.
Acoustics and Psychoacoustics by
The acoustics of a space can have a real impact on the sounds you create and capture. Acoustics and Psychoacoustics, Fifth Edition provides supportive tools and exercises to help you understand how music sounds and behaves in different spaces, whether during a performance or a recording, when planning a control room or listening space, and how it is perceived by performers, listeners, and recording engineers. With their clear and simple style, Howard and Angus cover both theory and practice by addressing the science of sound engineering and music production, the acoustics of musical instruments, the ways in which we hear musical sounds, the underlying principles of sound processing, and the application of these concepts to music spaces to create professional sound. This new edition is fully revised to reflect new psychoacoustic information related to timbre and temporal perception, including an updated discussion of vocal fold vibration principles, samples of recent acoustic treatments, and a description of variable acoustics in spaces, as well as coverage of the environment's effect on production listening, sonification, and other topics. Devoted to the teaching of musical understanding, an accompanying website (www.routledge.com/cw/howard) features various audio clips, tutorial sheets, questions and answers, and trainings that will take your perception of sound to the next level. This book will help you: Gain a basic grounding in acoustics and psychoacoustics with respect to music audio technology systems Incorporate knowledge of psychoacoustics in future music technology system designs as appropriate Understand how we hear pitch, loudness, and timbre Learn to influence the acoustics of an enclosed space through designed physical modifications
Advanced jazz guitar concepts : modern jazz guitar soloing with triad pairs, quartal arpeggios, exotic scales & more ... by
In Advanced Jazz Guitar Techniques jazz guitar virtuoso Jens Larsen provides more deep insights into the techniques and theory of contemporary jazz guitar. You'll discover a practical, no-nonsense guide to jazz guitar topics that have mystified even experienced jazz musicians - such as effective soloing with triad pairs, applying quartal harmony, how and when to use altered scales, and much more! Master the advanced guitar techniques and melodic concepts you've heard in the music of everyone from Charlie Parker and Wes Montgomery, to Kurt Rosenwinkel, Michael Brecker and Mike Moreno. Jens Larsen gets to the heart of modern jazz guitar playing to focus on the techniques and theory that will set your playing apart from the crowd. His new jazz guitar book teaches how to create quartal arpeggio licks that combine the old-school cool jazz vocabulary of McCoy Tyner and John Coltrane with the modern sounds of Gilad Hekselman, Jonathan Kriesberg and Mike Moreno.
Dynamic group-piano teaching : transforming group theory into teaching practice by
Dynamic Group-Piano Teaching provides future teachers of group piano with an extensive framework of concepts upon which effective and dynamic teaching strategies can be explored and developed. Within fifteen chapters, it encompasses learning theory, group process, and group dynamics within the context of group-piano instruction. This book encourages teachers to transfer learning and group dynamics theory into classroom practice. As a piano pedagogy textbook, supplement for pedagogy classes, or resource for graduate teaching assistants and professional piano teachers, the book examines learning theory, student needs, assessment, and specific issues for the group-piano instructor.
Jazz Bass by
(Bass Instruction). The Hal Leonard Jazz Bass Method is your complete guide to learning jazz bass. Author Matthew Rybicki guides you through the essential knowledge you need to create your own walking bass lines and improvised solos in the classic jazz style. This book, with online audio access, uses standard chord progressions and songs to teach you about accompanying and improvising in the style of players like Ray Brown, Paul Chambers, Scott LaFaro, and many others. Lessons include: walking basics; chords and scales; blues; rhythm changes; string raking; soloing; technique; chord substitution; pedal points and ostinato; standard notation plus tab for electric bass; and much more! Audio is accessed online using the unique code inside the book and can be streamed or downloaded. The audio files include PLAYBACK+, a multi-functional audio player that allows you to slow down audio without changing pitch, set loop points, change keys, and pan left or right.
Live Electronic Music by
During the twentieth century, electronic technology enabled the explosive development of new tools for the production, performance, dissemination and conservation of music. The era of the mechanical reproduction of music has, rather ironically, opened up new perspectives, which have contributed to the revitalisation of the performer's role and the concept of music as performance. This book examines questions related to music that cannot be set in conventional notation, reporting and reflecting on current research and creative practice primarily in live electronic music. It studies compositions for which the musical text is problematic, that is, non-existent, incomplete, insufficiently precise or transmitted in a nontraditional format. Thus, at the core of this project is an absence. The objects of study lack a reliably precise graphical representation of the work as the composer or the composer/performer conceived or imagined it. How do we compose, perform and study music that cannot be set in conventional notation? The authors of this book examine this problem from the complementary perspectives of the composer, the performer, the musical assistant, the audio engineer, the computer scientist and the musicologist.
The Oxford Handbook of Voice Studies by
More than 200 years after the first speaking machine, we are accustomed to voices that speak from any- and everywhere. We interact daily with voices that emit from house alarm systems, cars, telephones, and digital assistants, such as Alexa and Google Home. However, vocal events still have thecapacity to raise age-old questions about the human, the animal, the machine, and the spiritual - or in non-metaphysical terms - questions about identity and authenticity. In The Oxford Handbook of Voice Studies, contributors look to the metaphorical voice as well as the clinical understanding ofthe vocal apparatus to answer the seemingly innocuous question: What is voice?From a range of disciplines including the humanities, biology, culture, and technology studies, contributors draw on the unique methodologies and values each has at hand to address the uses, meanings, practices, theories, methods, and sounds of the voice. Together, they assess the ways thatdiscipline-specific, ontological, and epistemological assumptions of voice need to shift in order to take the findings of other fields into account. This Handbook thus enables a lively discussion as multifaceted and complex as the voice itself has proven to be.
The Routledge research companion to electronic music : reaching out with technology by
The theme of this Research Companion is 'connectivity and the global reach of electroacoustic music and sonic arts made with technology'. The possible scope of such a companion in the field of electronic music has changed radically over the last 30 years. The definitions of the field itself are now broader - there is no clear boundary between 'electronic music' and 'sound art'. Also, what was previously an apparently simple divide between 'art' and 'popular' practices is now not easy or helpful to make, and there is a rich cluster of streams of practice with many histories, including world music traditions. This leads in turn to a steady undermining of a primarily Euro-American enterprise in the second half of the twentieth century. Telecommunications technology, most importantly the development of the internet in the final years of the century, has made materials, practices and experiences ubiquitous and apparently universally available - though some contributions to this volume reassert the influence and importance of local cultural practice. Research in this field is now increasingly multi-disciplinary. Technological developments are embedded in practices which may be musical, social, individual and collective. The contributors to this companion embrace technological, scientific, aesthetic, historical and social approaches and a host of hybrids ¿ but, most importantly, they try to show how these join up. Thus the intention has been to allow a wide variety of new practices to have voice ¿ unified through ideas of 'reaching out' and 'connecting together' ¿ and in effect showing that there is emerging a different kind of 'global music'.
The Routledge Research Companion to Popular Music Education by
Popular music is a growing presence in education, formal and otherwise, from primary school to postgraduate study. Programmes, courses and modules in popular music studies, popular music performance, songwriting and areas of music technology are becoming commonplace across higher education. Additionally, specialist pop/rock/jazz graded exam syllabi, such as RockSchool and Trinity Rock and Pop, have emerged in recent years, meaning that it is now possible for school leavers in some countries to meet university entry requirements having studied only popular music. In the context of teacher education, classroom teachers and music-specialists alike are becoming increasingly empowered to introduce popular music into their classrooms. At present, research in Popular Music Education lies at the fringes of the fields of music education, ethnomusicology, community music, cultural studies and popular music studies. The Ashgate Research Companion to Popular Music Education is the first book-length publication that brings together a diverse range of scholarship in this emerging field. Perspectives include the historical, sociological, pedagogical, musicological, axiological, reflexive, critical, philosophical and ideological.
Transformational piano teaching : mentoring students from all walks of life by
Transformational Piano Teaching: Mentoring Students from All Walks of Life examines the concept of the piano teacher as someone who is more than just a teacher of a musical skill, but also someone who wields tremendous influence on the development of a young person's artistic and empathicpotential, as well as their lifelong personal motivational framework. The specific attributes of today's students are explored, including family and peer influences from interpersonal relationships to social media. Additionally, students from specific circumstances are discussed, including thosewith special needs such as Autism Spectrum Disorders, ADHD, and Depression. Finally, motivation of a teacher's students is related to a teacher's own motivation in their work, as a cycle of positivity and achievement will be recommended as a way to keep an instructor's work fresh andexciting.
This is the second level of individual instruction in the student’s instrument of choice. Students may choose from the following principal instruments: Piano, Classical Guitar, Electronic Guitar, Bass Guitar, Brass, Voice and Electronic Music. Students must declare a primary instrument at which they can advance and build on proficiency through private instruction, ensembles, practical application and performances. This time the student will focus on intermediate to advanced levels of technical studies with the chosen instrument and will start learning how to perform in the context of an ensemble and/or as collaborative work.
Anonymity Performance in Electronic Pop Music by
In electronic music culture, anonymity practices have long been established as a method of critique of pop star cult and identification regimes. How can scholars research an anti-representational music culture and what can they learn from it? Recently, electronic pop music has resorted to a performative play with identity involving fake or parafictive identities or collaborative persona imaginations. This study sketches two musico-artistic projects of anonymity performance as forms of immanent and particulate `critical practice' in the sense of Judith Butler and Michel Foucault. Adopting performance in a reflexive and performative writing style, this `performance ethnography' calls for a radical performative turn in the cultural studies of music.
Care of the Professional Voice : A Guide to Voice Management for Singers, Actors and Professional Voice Users by
Singer and actors are a unique group of performers, relying almost entirely on their voice for the professional livelihood. Jet lag, amplification, allergens, stress, pollution, and vocal strain all affect vocal performance. Written for the performer, the teacher, and the vocal coach, Care of the Professional Voice offers clear explanations and medical advice on vocal problems and vocal health. Care of the Professional Voice is written by experts in laryngology in the United States and Great Britain. Thisnbsp;second edition includes a singer's guide to self-diagnosis.
Cybersonic Arts : Adventures in American New Music by
Composer, performer, instrument builder, teacher, and writer Gordon Mumma has left an indelible mark on the American contemporary music scene. A prolific composer and innovative French horn player, Mumma is recognized for integrating advanced electronic processes into musical structures, an approach he has termed "Cybersonics." Musicologist Michelle Fillion curates a collection of Mumma's writings, presenting revised versions of his classic pieces as well as many unpublished works from every stage of his storied career. Here, through words and astonishing photos, is Mumma's chronicle of seminal events in the musical world of the twentieth century: his cofounding the Cooperative Studio for Electronic Music; his role in organizing the historic ONCE Festivals of Contemporary Music; performances with the Sonic Arts Union; and working alongside John Cage and David Tudor as a composer-musician with the Merce Cunningham Dance Company. In addition, Mumma describes his collaborations with composers, performers, dancers, and visual artists ranging from Robert Ashley and Pauline Oliveros to Marcel Duchamp and Robert Rauschenberg. Candid and insightful, Cybersonic Arts is the eye-opening account of a broad artistic community by an active participant and observer.
The Owner's Manual to the Voice : A Guide for Singers and Other Professional Voice Users by
Singers must equip themselves with enough knowledge to clearly convey specific sensations and difficulties with their instrument. Understanding of potential dangers and disorders, familiarity with a variety of medical procedures, and comprehension in various facets of diagnosis and treatments empower singers to "own," just like other musicians, their instrument. The Owner's Manual to the Voice provides singers with the knowledge necessary to communicate effectively and in intelligent terms about their instrument, especially when conversing with medical professionals. Beginning with an overview of the vocal anatomy, lead author Rachael Gates, and co-authors L. Arick Forrest, M.D. and Kerri Obert, M.A., C.C.C/S.L.P, proceed through detailed discussions of caring for the voice and common causes of vocal changes and problems before guiding the reader through the process of choosing, talking to, and working with an ENT. In so doing, they give insights that any professional voice user - whether singer, actor, broadcaster, politician, teacher, preacher, or lawyer - will find helpful if not essential.
Piano Lessons with Claudio Arrau : A Guide to His Philosophy and Techniques by Planning Your Piano Success : A Blueprint for Aspiring Musicians by
Young pianists pursuing a professional career face a barrage of questions, choices, and challenges. In this book, experienced teacher and performer Stewart Gordon offers a new and practical way to approach them by helping readers to plan strategically and build a secure and successful career from the ground up. For decades, Gordon has guided young pianists through the details of how to prepare musically, navigate their college years, and forge a career that will provide a livelihood. In this guide to beginning that musical career, Gordon has assembled the wisdom of decades of teaching: a fundamental body of information emerging pianists will rely on as they work toward their goals. His advice, focused on both mental and practical work, will enhance both motivation and security. Carefully balancing aspiration with reality and inspiration with organization, Gordon creates a blueprint for transforming dreams into achievement, and illustrates his points with examples drawn from the lives of famous musicians. The book also addresses many practical matters, such as developing keyboard technique, acquiring reading and memorizing skills, building repertoire, and balancing the demands of being a musician with living a full life. This volume is a valuable resource for both young pianists and their parents.
Shostakovich's Music for Piano Solo : Interpretation and Performance by
The piano works of Dmitri Shostakovich (1906-1975) are among the most treasured musical compositions of the 20th century. In this volume, pianist and Russian music scholar Sofia Moshevich provides detailed interpretive analyses of the ten major piano solo works by Shostakovich, carefully noting important stylistic details and specific ways to overcome the numerous musical and technical challenges presented by the music. Each piece is introduced with a brief historic and structural description, followed by an examination of such interpretive aspects as tempo, phrasing, dynamics, voice balance, pedaling, and fingering. This book will be an invaluable resource for students, pedagogues, and performers of Shostakovich's piano solos.
The Synthesizer : A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument by
Electronic music instruments weren't called synthesizers until the 1950s, but their lineage began in 1919 with Russian inventor Lev Sergeyevich Termen's development of the Etherphone, now known as the Theremin. From that point, synthesizers have undergone a remarkable evolution from prohibitively large mid-century models confined to university laboratories to the development of musical synthesis software that runs on tablet computers and portable media devices.Throughout its history, the synthesizer has always been at the forefront of technology for the arts. In The Synthesizer: A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument, veteran music technology journalist, educator, and performer Mark Vail tells the complete story of the synthesizer: the origins of the many forms the instrument takes; crucial advancements in sound generation, musical control, and composition made with instruments that may have become best sellers or gone entirely unnoticed; and the basics and intricacies of acoustics and synthesized sound. Vail also describes how to successfully select, program, and play a synthesizer; what alternative controllers exist for creating electronic music; and how to stay focused and productive when faced with a room full of instruments. This one-stop reference guide on all things synthesizer also offers tips on encouraging creativity, layering sounds, performance, composing and recording for film and television, and much more.
This is the first of two intermediate courses for individual lessons in singing, instrument playing or electronic music. This course prepares you for future work as a professional musician by equipping you to be proficient in your instrument of choice.
1001 guitars to dream of playing before you die by
Never before have so many guitars been profiled within a single illustrated volume. 1001 Guitars To Dream Of Playing Before You Die explores in detail the greatest instruments from across the globe: some are of historical or cultural significance and some were made famous by well-known musicians; others are included as examples of technological breakthroughs, innovative design, or extraordinary sound quality. 1001 Guitars features classic names that are known to all-Fender, Roland, Martin, Gretsch, and Rickenbacker-as well as important Japanese brands such as Ibanez, Yamaha, and Teisco; European classics of the 1960s, including Burns, Hagstrom, Eko, and Hofner; obscure models from behind the Cold War "Iron Curtain" such as Defil, Aelita, Resonet, and Musima; and present-day oil-can guitars built in South Africa. Plus many more illustrious models besides. The book includes a striking color photograph of each guitar, which is accompanied by illuminating text that traces the guitar's history and reveals which well-known musicians like to play the instrument as well as the albums on which it can be heard. 1001 Guitars to Play Before You Die is a visually stunning catalogue and will make a fascinating read for guitar aficionados, guitar players, and even those with only a passing interest in the guitar.
Abba by 
The Cambridge Companion to Electronic Music by
Musicians are always quick to adopt and explore new technologies. The fast-paced changes wrought by electrification, from the microphone via the analogue synthesiser to the laptop computer, have led to a wide diversity of new musical styles and techniques. Electronic music has grown to a broad field of investigation, taking in historical movements such as musique concrète and elektronische musik, and contemporary trends such as electronic dance music and electronica. A fascinating array of composers and inventors have contributed to a diverse set of technologies, practices and music. This book brings together some novel threads through this scene, from the viewpoint of researchers at the forefront of the sonic explorations empowered by electronic technology. The chapters provide accessible and insightful overviews of core topic areas and uncover some hitherto less publicised corners of worldwide movements. Recent areas of intense activity such as audiovisuals, live electronic music, interactivity and network music are actively promoted.
Electronic Music by
This accessible Introduction explores both mainstream and experimental manifestations of electronic music. From early recording equipment to the most recent multimedia performances, the history of electronic music is full of interesting characters, fascinating and unusual music, and radical technology. Covering many different eras, genres and media, analyses of works appear alongside critical discussion of central ideas and themes, making this an essential guide for anyone approaching the subject for the first time. Chapters include key topics from synth pop to sound art, from electronic dance music to electrical instruments, and from the expression of pure sound to audiovisuals. Highly illustrated and with a wide selection of examples, the book provides many suggestions for further reading and listening to encourage students to begin their own experiments in this exciting field.
The free voice : a guide to natural singing by
Great vocal teachers from the 16th century through the early 19th century discovered through trial and error how to properly develop the singing voice, and the term bel canto came to be applied to both the manner of singing and the vocal music of that period. But by 1858, according to Rossini,the term was already being misused and wrongly confused with fioriture. Well-schooled in the teaching of singing, Rossini more accurately describes bel canto as being composed of: the building of the instrument; technique, or the means of using the instrument; and style, of which the ingredients aretaste and feeling.In this 50th anniversary edition of The Free Voice, renowned vocal pedagogue Cornelius L. Reid articulates the teaching principles of his own school of functional vocal training, grounded firmly in the old principles while remaining in line with a modern understanding of the physical value of thevocal instrument. The muscles that move the vocal folds and the vocal folds themselves are involuntary, and as such, the singing voice is not an instrument that can be manipulated directly. Reid's approach to singing is one of indirect control, stemming from an understanding of the vocal registersand how specific patterns of pitch, intensity, and vowel affect the vocal folds. Through the vocal exercises outlined in this book, and catered to each individual, a poorly coordinated musculature can be brought to efficiency. Only when the musculature of the vocal mechanism is well-balanced andcoordinated can the voice be free, and the natural beauty and resonance of the individual voice come through without force.
Media and Popular Music by
This book analyses the relationships between contemporary media and popular music, both via the mediation of music, and music as mediator. It does so through a series of original interviews with key practitioners: musicians, writers, magazine editors, radio presenters and major and independent label bosses. Those interviewed include Mark Ellen, editor of Smash Hits, Q, Mojo and currently Word magazines; Mark Cooper, producer of Later...with Jools Holland and CEO of Music Entertainment at the BBC; Ben Watt, half of Everything But The Girl and owner of independent label Buzzin' Fly; and Fiona Talkington, original and current presenter of the Sony Award winning Late Junction on BBC Radio 3. Through these interviews, theory and practice are measured against each other and the book considers their experiences and observations in order to explore the ways popular music is produced, marketed and mediated. Examining visual, print, radio and new media, Media and Popular Music draws together disparate elements of music and media which formerly have not been considered together, and provides a fresh and innovative contribution to the swiftly growing field of popular music studies.
Music and the Making of Modern Science by
A wide-ranging exploration of how music has influenced science through the ages, from fifteenth-century cosmology to twentieth-century string theory.In the natural science of ancient Greece, music formed the meeting place between numbers and perception; for the next two millennia, Pesic tells us in Music and the Making of Modern Science, "liberal education" connected music with arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy within a fourfold study, the quadrivium. Peter Pesic argues provocatively that music has had a formative effect on the development of modern science-that music has been not just a charming accompaniment to thought but a conceptual force in its own right. Pesic explores a series of episodes in which music influenced science, moments in which prior developments in music arguably affected subsequent aspects of natural science. He describes encounters between harmony and fifteenth-century cosmological controversies, between musical initiatives and irrational numbers, between vibrating bodies and the emergent electromagnetism. He offers lively accounts of how Newton applied the musical scale to define the colors in the spectrum; how Euler and others applied musical ideas to develop the wave theory of light; and how a harmonium prepared Max Planck to find a quantum theory that reengaged the mathematics of vibration. Taken together, these cases document the peculiar power of music-its autonomous force as a stream of experience, capable of stimulating insights different from those mediated by the verbal and the visual. An innovative e-book edition available for iOS devices will allow sound examples to be played by a touch and shows the score in a moving line.
Music As Creative Practice by
Until recently, ideas of creativity in music revolved around composers in garrets and the lone genius. But the last decade has witnessed a sea change: musical creativity is now overwhelmingly thought of in terms of collaboration and real-time performance. Music as Creative Practice is a firstattempt to synthesize both perspectives. It begins by developing the idea that creativity arises out of social interaction-of which making music together is perhaps the clearest possible illustration - and then shows how the same thinking can be applied to the ostensively solitary practices ofcomposition. The book also emphasizes the contextual dimensions of musical creativity, ranging from the prodigy phenomenon, long-term collaborative relationships within and beyond the family, and creative learning to the copyright system that is supposed to incentivize creativity but is widely seenas inhibiting it.Music as Creative Practice encompasses the classical tradition, jazz and popular music, and music emerges as an arena in which changing concepts of creativity - from the old myths about genius to present-day sociocultural theory - can be traced with particular clarity. The perspective of creativitytells us much about music, but the reverse is also true, and this fifth and last instalment of the Studies in Musical Performance as Creative Practice series offers an approach to musical creativity that is attuned to the practices of both music and everyday life.
Music engineering : the electronics of playing and recording by
Music Engineering is a hands-on guide to the practical aspects of electric and electronic music. It is both a compelling read and an essential reference guide for anyone using, choosing, designing or studying the technology of modern music. The technology and underpinning science are introduced through the real life demands of playing and recording, and illustrated with references to well known classic recordings to show how a particular effect is obtained thanks to the ingenuity of the engineer as well as the musician. Written by a music enthusiast and electronic engineer, this book covers the electronics and physics of the subject as well as the more subjective aspects. The second edition includes an updated Digital section including MPEG3 and fact sheets at the end of each chapter to summarise the key electronics and science. In addition to instruments and recording technology, this book covers essential kit such as microphones, sequencers, amplifiers and loudspeakers.
Piano for the Developing Musician by
PIANO FOR THE DEVELOPING MUSICIAN 6e delivers a wealth of performance music for the music major who must pass a piano proficiency before graduating. The Online Tutorials, which is a virtual second book, add author guidance and more practice music to the components of every chapter. The pedagogical structure divides every chapter into Exemplary Repertoire (the keynote composition), Topics to Explore and Discuss (musicology), Technique (skill at the piano), Reading (sight-playing), Keyboard Theory (theory), Harmonization (theory), Transposition (theory), Improvisation (theory and creativity), Ensemble (multiple pianos), Composition (theory and creativity), and Subsequent Repertoire (further exploration of the keynote concepts). With a flexibility that allows students or instructors to control individual or class progress, Hilley's expert pedagogical approach takes full advantage of Olson's music (much of which was written especially for this text), as well as music from the keyboard literature. Together, the authors have created a compelling and consistent text that synthesizes keyboard skills, music theory, and creativity in every chapter and coordinates with the theory curriculum.
Singers, scores and sounds : making new connections and transforming voices by 
Techniques and materials of music : from the common practice period through the twentieth century by
Designed to serve as a primary text for the first two years of college music theory, TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS OF MUSIC covers all the basics of composition-including harmony, melody, and musical form. The authors present essential materials of common-practice music and an overview of 20th century techniques. Numerous hands-on exercises promote students' memorization and retention of key concepts. And the text's concise outline format, which has been enhanced for this edition, allows instructors maximum flexibility in choosing which materials, concepts, and techniques to emphasize in their course.
This is the first of two intermediate courses for individual lessons in singing, instrument playing or electronic music. This course prepares you for future work as a professional musician by equipping you to be proficient in your instrument of choice.
The Owner's Manual to the Voice by
Singers must equip themselves with enough knowledge to clearly convey specific sensations and difficulties with their instrument. Understanding of potential dangers and disorders, familiarity with a variety of medical procedures, and comprehension in various facets of diagnosis and treatments empower singers to "own," just like other musicians, their instrument. The Owner's Manual to the Voice provides singers with the knowledge necessary to communicate effectively and in intelligent terms about their instrument, especially when conversing with medical professionals. Beginning with an overview of the vocal anatomy, lead author Rachael Gates, and co-authors L. Arick Forrest, M.D. and Kerri Obert, M.A., C.C.C/S.L.P, proceed through detailed discussions of caring for the voice and common causes of vocal changes and problems before guiding the reader through the process of choosing, talking to, and working with an ENT. In so doing, they give insights that any professional voice user - whether singer, actor, broadcaster, politician, teacher, preacher, or lawyer - will find helpful if not essential.
Playing Beyond the Notes : A Pianist's Guide to Musical Interpretation by
Playing Beyond the Notes: A Pianist's Guide to Musical Interpretation demystifies the complex concepts of musical interpretation in Western tonal piano music by boiling it down to basic principles in an accessible writing style. Author and veteran piano instructor Deborah Rambo Sinn tackles a different interpretive principle, explaining clearly, for example, how to play effective ornaments and rubatos. As a whole, the book helps pianists understand concrete ways to apply interpretive concepts to their own playing and gives teachers practical ways to teach interpretation to their students. The book is illustrated with over 200 repertoire excerpts and supplemented by a companion website with over 100 audio recordings. Playing Beyond the Notes is essential reading for all performing pianists, independent piano teachers, and piano pedagogy students.
The Synthesizer : A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument by
Electronic music instruments weren't called synthesizers until the 1950s, but their lineage began in 1919 with Russian inventor Lev Sergeyevich Termen's development of the Etherphone, now known as the Theremin. From that point, synthesizers have undergone a remarkable evolution from prohibitively large mid-century models confined to university laboratories to the development of musical synthesis software that runs on tablet computers and portable media devices.Throughout its history, the synthesizer has always been at the forefront of technology for the arts. In The Synthesizer: A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument, veteran music technology journalist, educator, and performer Mark Vail tells the complete story of the synthesizer: the origins of the many forms the instrument takes; crucial advancements in sound generation, musical control, and composition made with instruments that may have become best sellers or gone entirely unnoticed; and the basics and intricacies of acoustics and synthesized sound. Vail also describes how to successfully select, program, and play a synthesizer; what alternative controllers exist for creating electronic music; and how to stay focused and productive when faced with a room full of instruments. This one-stop reference guide on all things synthesizer also offers tips on encouraging creativity, layering sounds, performance, composing and recording for film and television, and much more.
This is the second of two intermediate courses for individual lessons in singing, instrument playing or electronic music. This course prepares you for future work as a professional musician by equipping you to be proficient in your instrument of choice.
The Alexander Technique for Musicians by
The Alexander Technique for Musicians is a unique guide for all musicians, providing a practical, informative approach to being a successful and comfortable performer. Perfect as an introduction to the Alexander Technique, or to supplement the reader's lessons, the book looks at daily and last-minute practice, breathing, performance and performance anxiety, teacher-pupil relationships, ensemble skills, and the application of the Alexander Technique to instrumental and vocal work. Complete with diagrams and photographs to aid the learning process, as well as step-by-step procedures and diary entries written by participating students, The Alexander Technique for Musicians gives tried-and-tested advice, drawn from the authors' twenty-plus years of experience working with musicians, providing an essential handbook for musicians seeking the most from themselves and their art.
Becoming an outstanding music teacher by 
Bending the rules of music theory : lessons from great composers by
For students learning the principles of music theory, it can often seem as though the tradition of tonal harmony is governed by immutable rules that define which chords, tones, and intervals can be used where. Yet even within the classical canon, there are innumerable examples of composers diverging from these foundational "rules." Drawing on examples from composers including J.S. Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Mendelssohn, Chopin, Brahms, and more, Bending the Rules of Music Theoryseeks to take readers beyond the basics of music theory and help them to understand the inherent flexibility in the system of tonal music. Chapters explore the use of different rule-breaking elements in practice and why they work, introducing students to a more nuanced understanding of music theory.
Creating sounds from scratch : a practical guide to music synthesis for producers and composers by
Creating Sounds from Scratch is a practical, in-depth resource on the most common forms of music synthesis. It includes historical context, an overview of concepts in sound and hearing, and practical training examples to help sound designers and electronic music producers to effectivelymanipulate presets and create new sounds from scratch.The book covers the all of the main main synthesis techniques including analog subtractive, FM, additive, physical modeling, wavetable, sample-based, and granular. While the book is grounded in theory, it relies on practical examples and contemporary production techniques to illustrate how thereader can utilize electronic sound design to maximize and improve his/her work.Creating Sounds from Scratch is ideal for all who work in sound creation, composition, editing, and contemporary commercial production.
The Digital Musician by
The Digital Musicianis a textbook for creative music technology and electronic music courses. It provides an overview of sound properties, acoustics, digital music, and sound design as a basis for understanding the compositional possibilities that new music technologies allow. Creative projects allow students to apply key concepts covered in each chapter. Topics covered include hardware hacking, live coding, interactive music, sound manipulation and transformation, software instruments, networked performance, as well as critical listening and analysis. Features Readers Guides outline the major topics in each chapter Project boxes for both individuals and groups throughout each chapter Annotated Listening Lists for each chapter, with accompanying playlists on the companion website Recommended Further Reading and Discussion Questions at the end of each chapter Case studies of actual composers, with contributed projects Companion website includes reading lists, links to audio and video, and slides for use in the classroom. he companion website Recommended Further Reading and Discussion Questions at the end of each chapter Case studies of actual composers, with contributed projects Companion website includes reading lists, links to audio and video, and slides for use in the classroom.
DJ culture in the mix : power, technology, and social change in electronic dance music by
The DJ stands at a juncture of technology, performance and culture in the increasingly uncertain climate of the popular music industry, functioning both as pioneer of musical taste and gatekeeper of the music industry. Together with promoters, producers, video jockeys (VJs) and other professionals in dance music scenes, DJs have pushed forward music techniques and technological developments in last few decades, from mashups and remixes to digital systems for emulating vinyl performance modes. This book is the outcome of international collaboration among academics in the study of electronic dance music. Mixing established and upcoming researchers from the US, Canada, the UK, Germany, Austria, Sweden, Australia and Brazil, the collection offers critical insights into DJ activities in a range of global dance music contexts. In particular, chapters address digitization and performativity, as well as issues surrounding the gender dynamics and political economies of DJ cultures and practices.
The Musical Theatre Composer As Dramatist by
Dramaturgy is at the heart of any musical theatre score, proving that song and music combined can collectively act as drama. The Musical Theatre Composer as Dramatist: A Handbook for Collaboration offers techniques for approaching a musical with the drama at the centre of the music. Written by a working composer of British musical theatre, this original and highly practical book is intended for composers, students of musical theatre and performing arts and their collaborators. Through detailed case studies, conceptual frameworks and frank analysis, this book encourages the collaboration between the languages of music and drama. It offers a shared language for talking about music in the creation of musical theatre, as well as practical exercises for both composers and their collaborators and ways of analysing existing musical theatre scores for those who are versed in musical terminology, and those who are not. Speaking directly to the contemporary artist, working examples are drawn from a wide range of musicals throughout Part One, before a full case study analysis of Matilda the Musical brings all the ideas together in Part Two. Part Three offers a range of practical exercises for anyone creating new musicals, particularly composers and their collaborators.
Music Apps for Musicians and Music Teachers by
In today's digital age, learning and creating music has never been so easy and affordable. Anyone can enhance their musical knowledge, skills, and creativity with the multitude of music apps available. However, sifting through thousands of music apps in the Apple App Store and Google Play can be a daunting task for any musician or music instructor. But not anymore Having spent countless hours researching the most interesting useful, educational, fun, and easy-to-use music apps, Elizabeth C. Axford in Music Apps for Musicians and Music Teachers surveys the landscape of music-related apps for both iOS and Android mobile devices, including tablets and smartphones. Music Apps for Musicians and Music Teachers lists hundreds of music-related apps organized by category, including singing, musical instruments, music theory and composition, songwriting, improvisation, recording, evaluating music performances, listening to music, music history and literature, music appreciation, and more. App developers are listed with each app, including links to their websites for updates and support. The book sections and chapters align with the newly revised National Standards for Music Education released in 2014 by the National Association for Music Education. Suggested activities for educators are provided, as well as key terms and a bibliography. Music Apps for Musicians and Music Teachers is for anyone interested in music, whether hobbyist or professional. It enhances the ability to learn on the go by offering musicians, music students, and music instructors a list of the most useful music apps available.
The music producer's survival guide : chaos, creativity, and career in independent and electronic music by
A music-career book like no other, THE MUSIC PRODUCER'S SURVIVAL GUIDE: CHAOS, CREATIVITY, AND CAREER IN INDEPENDENT AND ELECTRONIC MUSIC offers a wide-ranging, exploratory, yet refreshingly down-to-earth take on living the life of the independent electronic music producer. If you are an intellectually curious musician/producer eager to make your mark in today's technologically advanced music business, you're in for a treat. In this friendly, philosophical take on the art and science of music production, veteran producer, engineer, and teacher Brian Jackson shares clear, practical advice about shaping your own career in today's computer-centric "home-studio" music world. You'll cover music technology, philosophy of music production, career planning, networking, craft and creativity, the DIY ethos, lifestyle considerations, and much more. Brian's thoughtful approach will teach you to integrate your creative passion, your lifestyle, and your technical know-how. The Music Producer's Survival Guide is the first music-production book to consider the influence of complexity studies and chaos theory on music-making and career development. Focused on practicality, and guided by the "big picture" framework of Integral theory, it traverses a wide spectrum of topics, including presets, the butterfly effect, granular synthesis, harmonic ratios, the TR-808, altered states, fractals, P2P file sharing, and more. Carving out your niche in music today is an invigorating challenge that will test all your skills and capacities. Learn to survive--and thrive--as a creative-technical professional in today's music business, with the help of Brian Jackson and THE MUSIC PRODUCER'S SURVIVAL GUIDE: CHAOS, CREATIVITY, AND CAREER IN INDEPENDENT AND ELECTRONIC MUSIC.
Peer Mentoring in Music Education by
Explains peer mentoring in the context of music teaching, showing the benefits of this technique and how to apply it in a music-specific context. Draws on real-life case studies to demonstrate applications of peer mentoring in practice. Shows how peer mentoring can be used to support diversity, equity, inclusion and access in the music context.
The Routledge Research Companion to Electronic Music by
The theme of this Research Companion is 'connectivity and the global reach of electroacoustic music and sonic arts made with technology'. The possible scope of such a companion in the field of electronic music has changed radically over the last 30 years. The definitions of the field itself are now broader - there is no clear boundary between 'electronic music' and 'sound art'. Also, what was previously an apparently simple divide between 'art' and 'popular' practices is now not easy or helpful to make, and there is a rich cluster of streams of practice with many histories, including world music traditions. This leads in turn to a steady undermining of a primarily Euro-American enterprise in the second half of the twentieth century. Telecommunications technology, most importantly the development of the internet in the final years of the century, has made materials, practices and experiences ubiquitous and apparently universally available - though some contributions to this volume reassert the influence and importance of local cultural practice. Research in this field is now increasingly multi-disciplinary. Technological developments are embedded in practices which may be musical, social, individual and collective. The contributors to this companion embrace technological, scientific, aesthetic, historical and social approaches and a host of hybrids ¿ but, most importantly, they try to show how these join up. Thus the intention has been to allow a wide variety of new practices to have voice ¿ unified through ideas of 'reaching out' and 'connecting together' ¿ and in effect showing that there is emerging a different kind of 'global music'.
Singing and wellbeing : ancient wisdom, modern proof by
Singing and Wellbeing provides evidence that the benefits of a melodious voice go far beyond pleasure, and confirms the importance of singing in optimum health. A largely untapped resource in the health care professions, the singing voice offers rewards that are closer than ever to being fully quantified by advances in neuroscience and psychology. For music, pre-med, bioethics, and medical humanities students, this book introduces the types of ongoing research that connect behaviour and brain function with the musical voice.
So you want to sing Rock 'n' Roll : a guide for professionals by
Rock 'n' roll is a style that was born out of the great American melting pot. An outgrowth of the blues, rock 'n' roll music combines driving rhythms, powerful chords, and lyrics that communicate the human experience to audiences around the world. Although rock singing was once seen as a vulgar use of the human voice and was largely ignored by the academic community, voice teachers and singers around the world have recently taken a professional interest in learning specialized techniques for singing rock 'n' roll. So You Want to Sing Rock 'n' Roll gives readers a comprehensive guide to rock history, voice science, vocal health, audio technology, technical approaches to singing rock, and stylistic parameters for various rock subgenres. Matthew Edwards, assistant professor of voice at Shenandoah Conservatory, provides easy-to-understand explanations of technical concepts, with tips for practical application, and suggestions for listening and further reading. So You Want to Sing Rock 'n' Roll includes guest-authored chapters by singing voice researchers Dr. Scott McCoy and Dr. Wendy LeBorgne, as well as audio and visual examples available from the website of the National Association of Teachers of Singing. This work is not only the ideal guide to singing professionals, but the perfect reference work for voice teachers and their students, lead and back-up singers, record producers and studio engineers. The So You Want to Sing series is produced in partnership with the National Association of Teachers of Singing. Like all books in the series, So You Want to Sing Rock 'n' Roll features online supplemental material on the NATS website. Please visit www.nats.org to access style-specific exercises, audio and video files, and additional resources.
This is the second of two intermediate courses for individual lessons in singing, instrument playing or electronic music. This course prepares you for future work as a professional musician by equipping you to be proficient in your instrument of choice.
Between air and electricity : microphones and loudspeakers as musical instruments by
Composers and sound artists have explored for decades how to transform microphones and loudspeakers from "inaudible" technology into genuinely new musical instruments. While the sound reproduction industry had claimed perfect high fidelity already at the beginning of the twentieth century, these artists found surprising ways of use - for instance tweaking microphones, swinging loudspeakers furiously around, ditching microphones in all kinds of vessels, or strapping loudspeakers to body parts of the audience. Between air and electricity traces their quest and sets forward a new theoretical framework, providing historic background on technological and artistic development, and diagrams of concert and performance set-ups. From popular noise musician Merzbow to minimalist classic Alvin Lucier, cult instrument inventor Hugh Davies, or contemporary visual artist Lynn Pook - they all aimed to make audible what was supposed to remain silent.www.microphonesandloudspeakers.com
Collaborative Learning in Higher Music Education by
This edited collection brings together theoretical papers and case studies of practice in response to the challenge of becoming more conscious of the creative and multiple dimensions of social interaction in learning music, not least in the contemporary context of rapid change in the cultural industries and higher education as a whole.
Evaluating Electronic Music Technology Resources for Music Therapy by The Owner's Manual to the Voice : A Guide for Singers and Other Professional Voice Users by
Singers must equip themselves with enough knowledge to clearly convey specific sensations and difficulties with their instrument. Understanding of potential dangers and disorders, familiarity with a variety of medical procedures, and comprehension in various facets of diagnosis and treatments empower singers to "own," just like other musicians, their instrument. The Owner's Manual to the Voice provides singers with the knowledge necessary to communicate effectively and in intelligent terms about their instrument, especially when conversing with medical professionals. Beginning with an overview of the vocal anatomy, lead author Rachael Gates, and co-authors L. Arick Forrest, M.D. and Kerri Obert, M.A., C.C.C/S.L.P, proceed through detailed discussions of caring for the voice and common causes of vocal changes and problems before guiding the reader through the process of choosing, talking to, and working with an ENT. In so doing, they give insights that any professional voice user - whether singer, actor, broadcaster, politician, teacher, preacher, or lawyer - will find helpful if not essential.
Style and Performance for Bowed String Instruments in French Baroque Music by
Mary Cyr addresses the needs of researchers, performers, and informed listeners who wish to apply knowledge about historically informed performance to specific pieces. Special emphasis is placed upon the period 1680 to 1760, when the viol, violin, and violoncello grew to prominence as solo instruments in France. Part I deals with the historical background to the debate between the French and Italian styles and the features that defined French style. Part II summarizes the present state of research on bowed string instruments (violin, viola, cello, contrebasse, pardessus de viole, and viol) in France, including such topics as the size and distribution of parts in ensembles and the role of the contrebasse. Part III addresses issues and conventions of interpretation such as articulation, tempo and character, inequality, ornamentation, the basse continue, pitch, temperament, and "special effects" such as tremolo and harmonics. Part IV introduces four composer profiles that examine performance issues in the music of Ã%lisabeth Jacquet de La Guerre, Marin Marais, Jean-Baptiste Barrière, and the Forquerays (father and son). The diversity of compositional styles among this group of composers, and the virtuosity they incorporated in their music, generate a broad field for discussing issues of performance practice and offer opportunities to explore controversial themes within the context of specific pieces.
The SynthesizerThe Synthesizer : A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument by
Electronic music instruments weren't called synthesizers until the 1950s, but their lineage began in 1919 with Russian inventor Lev Sergeyevich Termen's development of the Etherphone, now known as the Theremin. From that point, synthesizers have undergone a remarkable evolution from prohibitively large mid-century models confined to university laboratories to the development of musical synthesis software that runs on tablet computers and portable media devices.Throughout its history, the synthesizer has always been at the forefront of technology for the arts. In The Synthesizer: A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument, veteran music technology journalist, educator, and performer Mark Vail tells the complete story of the synthesizer: the origins of the many forms the instrument takes; crucial advancements in sound generation, musical control, and composition made with instruments that may have become best sellers or gone entirely unnoticed; and the basics and intricacies of acoustics and synthesized sound. Vail also describes how to successfully select, program, and play a synthesizer; what alternative controllers exist for creating electronic music; and how to stay focused and productive when faced with a room full of instruments. This one-stop reference guide on all things synthesizer also offers tips on encouraging creativity, layering sounds, performance, composing and recording for film and television, and much more.
The study of writing and arranging for the rhythm section as well as big band instruments and Big Band structure. You will be exposed to the many different styles of small to large ensemble performance. You will examine various Rhythm Section and Big Band styles and application of those styles. You will also learn Skills such as transposition, arranging techniques, transcription, instrumental blending and idiomatic writing.
Arranging for Horns by
(Berklee Guide). Write for a horn section! In this book, you will learn how to add saxophones and brass to a rhythm section ensemble. You will learn the capabilities and characteristics of the most common instruments, and how to order them effectively. You will also learn the different roles that a horn section can serve in your ensemble. Online audio tracks demonstrate the key concepts, as exemplified in a complete score. Online audio is accessed at halleonard.com/mylibrary
The Berklee Book of Jazz Harmony by
(Berklee Guide). Learn jazz harmony, as taught at Berklee College of Music. This text provides a strong foundation in harmonic principles, supporting further study in jazz composition, arranging, and improvisation. It covers basic chord types and their tensions, with practical demonstrations of how they are used in characteristic jazz contexts and an accompanying recording that lets you hear how they can be applied. The price of this book includes access to audio tracks online, for download or streaming, using the unique code inside the book. The audio features PLAYBACK+, a multi-functional audio player that allows you to slow down audio without changing pitch, set loop points, change keys, and pan left or right available exclusively from Hal Leonard.
Horns and Trumpets of the World : an illustrated guide by
Humanity has blown horns and trumpets of various makes and models, lengths and diameters since prehistoric times. In Horns and Trumpets of the World, the eminent scholar Jeremy Montagu surveys the vast range in time and type of this instrument that has accompanied everything in human history from the war cry to the formal symphony, from the hunting call to the modern jazz performance. No work on this topic offers as much detail or so many illustrations--over 150, in fact--of this remarkable instrument. Montagu's examination starts with horns constructed from such unusual materials as seaweed, cane, and bamboo, and continues the journey of exploration through those of shell, wood, ivory, and metal. The chronological scope of Horns and Trumpets of the World is equally vast: it looks at instruments of the Bible and from the Bronze and Iron Ages respectively before diving headlong into those from the Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical periods, and, following the Industrial Revolution, those that have appeared in the modern era. Drawing on the many instruments from the author's own extensive collection, Montagu offers details, including measurements, at levels rarely seen in other surveys of this world of instrumentation. Horns and Trumpet of the World should appeal to not only scholars and collectors, but professional brass players and manufacturers, as well as museums and institutions with a vested interest in our musical heritage.
A New History of Jazz by
Alyn Shipton provides a comprehensive and entertaining account of jazz history, while challenging many of the assumptions and mythologies that have surrounded jazz since its birth.
The study of writing and arranging for the rhythm section as well as big band instruments and Big Band structure. You will be exposed to the many different styles of small to large ensemble performance. You will examine various Rhythm Section and Big Band styles and application of those styles. You will also learn Skills such as transposition, arranging techniques, transcription, instrumental blending and idiomatic writing.
Big Band Jazz in Black West Virginia, 1930-1942 by
The coal fields of West Virginia would seem an unlikely market for big band jazz during the Great Depression. That a prosperous African American audience dominated by those involved with the coal industry was there for jazz tours would seem equally improbable. Big Band Jazz in Black West Virginia, 1930-1942 shows that, contrary to expectations, black Mountaineers flocked to dances by the hundreds, in many instances traveling considerable distances to hear bands led by Count Basie, Duke Ellington, Andy Kirk, Jimmie Lunceford, and Chick Webb, among numerous others. Indeed, as one musician who toured the state would recall, "All the bands were goin' to West Virginia." The comparative prosperity of the coal miners, thanks to New Deal industrial policies, was what attracted the bands to the state. This study discusses that prosperity as well as the larger political environment that provided black Mountaineers with a degree of autonomy not experienced further south. Author Christopher Wilkinson demonstrates the importance of radio and the black press both in introducing this music and in keeping black West Virginians up to date with its latest developments. The book explores connections between local entrepreneurs who staged the dances and the national management of the bands that played those engagements. In analyzing black audiences' aesthetic preferences, the author reveals that many black West Virginians preferred dancing to a variety of music, not just jazz. Finally, the book shows bands now associated almost exclusively with jazz were more than willing to satisfy those audience preferences with arrangements in other styles of dance music.
Swingin' the Dream : Big Band Jazz and the Rebirth of American Culture by
During the 1930s, swing bands combined jazz and popular music to create large-scale dreams for the Depression generation, capturing the imagination of America's young people, music critics, and the music business. "Swingin' the Dream" explores that world, looking at the racial mixing-up and musical swinging-out that shook the nation and has kept people dancing ever since. "Swingin' the Dream" is an intelligent, provocative study of the big band era, chiefly during its golden hours in the 1930s; not merely does Lewis A. Erenberg give the music its full due, but he places it in a larger context and makes, for the most part, a plausible case for its importance.OCoJonathan Yardley, "Washington Post Book World" An absorbing read for fans and an insightful view of the impact of an important homegrown art form.OCo"Publishers Weekly" A] fascinating celebration of the decade or so in which American popular music basked in the sunlight of a seemingly endless high noon.OCoTony Russell, "Times Literary Supplement" "
When Swing Was the Thing : Personality Profiles of the Big Band ERA by This course will introduce you to the various instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra and the basic methods of scoring for these instruments. It also aims for you to understand the basic concepts, principles and tools for arranging for instruments of the orchestra, including transpositions and idioms. This course seeks to employ these concepts, principles and tools in the meaningful creation of arrangements for the orchestra.
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer by
Get complete guidance on both traditional orchestration and modern production techniques with this unique book. With effective explanations and clear illustrations, you will learn how to integrate the traditional approach to orchestration with the modern sequencing techniques and tools available. You will discover how to bridge the two approaches in order to enhance your final production. The accompanying CD includes a comprehensive and wide selection of examples, templates and sounds to allow you to hear the techniques within the book. By covering both approaches, this book provides a comprehensive and solid learning experience that will develop your skills and prove extremely competitive in the music production business.
The Cambridge Companion to the Symphony by
Few genres of the last 250 years have proved so crucial to the course of music history, or so vital to public musical experience, as the symphony. This Companion offers an accessible guide to the historical, analytical and interpretative issues surrounding this major genre of Western music, discussing an extensive variety of works from the eighteenth century to the present day. The book complements a detailed review of the symphony's history with focused analytical essays from leading scholars on the symphonic music of both mainstream composers, including Haydn, Mozart and Beethoven and lesser-known figures, including Carter, Berio and Maxwell Davies. With chapters on a comprehensive range of topics, from the symphony's origins to the politics of its reception in the twentieth century, this is an invaluable resource for anyone with an interest in the history, analysis and performance of the symphonic repertoire.
Contemporary orchestration : a practical guide to instruments, ensembles, and musiciansn by
Contemporary Orchestration: A Practical Guide to Instruments, Ensembles, and Musicians teaches students how to orchestrate for a wide variety of instruments, ensembles, and genres, while preparing them for various real-world professional settings ranging from the concert hall to the recording studio. Unlike most orchestration texts, it includes coverage of contemporary instruments and ensembles alongside traditional orchestra and chamber ensembles. Features Practical considerations: Practical suggestions for choosing a work to orchestrate, and what to avoid when writing for each instrument. Pedagogical features In the Profession: Professional courtesies, considerations and expectations. Building the Score: Step-by-step construction of an orchestration. Scoring Examples: Multiple scoring examples for each instrument. Exercises: Analyzing, problem solving, and creating orchestration solutions. Critical Thinking: Alternate approaches and solutions.
Global Perspectives on Orchestras : collective creativity and social agency by
Offering innovative approaches to thinking about orchestras, Global Perspectives on Orchestras: Collective Creativity and Social Agency adopts ethnographic, historical and comparative perspectives on a variety of traditions, including symphony, Caribbean steel, Indonesian gamelan, Indian film and Vietnamese court examples. The volume presents compelling analyses of orchestras in their socio-historical, economic, intercultural and postcolonial contexts, while emphasizing the global and historical connections between musical traditions. By drawing on new ethnographic and historical data, the essays describe orchestral creative processes and the politics shaping performance practices. Each essay considers how musicians work together in ensembles, focusing on issues such as training, rehearsal, creative choices, compositional processes, and organizational infrastructures. Testimonies of orchestral musicians highlight practitioners' views into the diverse world of orchestras. As a whole, the volume discusses the creative roles of performers, arrangers, composers and arts agencies, as well as the social environments supporting musical collaborations. With contributions from an international team of researchers, Global Perspectives on Orchestras offers critical insights gained from the study of orchestras, collective creativity and social agency, and the connections between orchestral performances, colonial histories, postcolonial practices, ethnographic writings and comparative theorizations.
The Guide to MIDI Orchestration 4e by
Since its initial release in 1997, Paul Gilreath's The Guide to MIDI Orchestration has been the premiere text on creating realistic emulations of a symphony orchestra using samplers and computer recording techniques. Now in its fourth edition, The Guide to MIDI Orchestration explains how to merge this ever-expanding technology with the artistry of orchestration to produce the most lifelike recordings possible. The book is written for composers, arrangers, and MIDI musicians of all levels, and will be helpful to game composers, film and television composers, traditional orchestral composers, teachers, instructors, and the serious hobbyist. Highlights of the book include: Introduction to and overview of the orchestra In-depth discussions of each orchestral section Detailed information on each instrument's timbre, range and uses Discussions of orchestration techniques Demonstrations on how to build an orchestration from the ground up Presentations on techniques for achieving balance and musical interest Setup and recommendations for software and equipment Details on setting up a multi-computer network for use as slave computers Overview of software sampler and Digital Audio Workstation software Presentation of note entry methods DAW and sampler template implementation Detailed steps for achieving realistic reverberation and instrument placement Start to finish steps to achieve a final mix Insightful interviews with top mastering engineers Visit www.focalpress.com/cw/gilreath-9780240814131/ for updates and enhanced content including PDFs of orchestral library reviews and additional written content, audio files of musical examples from the book, video demonstrations, and much more.
Handel, the orchestral music : orchestral concertos, organ concertos, water music, music for the royal fireworks by
This study addresses the powerful influence of Handel's orchestral designs on the development of instrumental music. Mann examines Handel's methods in general, and shows the implications of his analysis for performance practice.
Jazz Arranging and Orchestration by
Working on the premise that readers learn by doing, Sabina takes readers step-by-step through the basics of arranging for the big band. Over 200 music examples support the theory presented in this text, and over 60 of the most valuable examples also appear on a dynamic, interactive CD-ROM that is shrink-wrapped with every new copy of the book. Music examples appear in two formats with synthesizer sound: locked Finale files (for analysis) and unlocked Standard MIDI Format files that allow readers to experiment with sound and technique as they change the musical examples. Using the MIDI files, readers can manipulate, print, and save their arrangements. The text and CD-ROM also include three complete arrangements that span from swing to jazz-rock. Back matter includes a comprehensive glossary, bibliography, and discography.
Music Assessment for Better Ensembles by
Assessment is central to ensemble music. Yet, teachers do not always have the expertise to harness its potential to improve rehearsals and performances, and promote and document student learning. Written specifically for band, choir, and orchestra teachers at all levels, this book contains allof the information necessary to design and use assessment in a thriving music classroom.The first section addresses foundations such as learning targets, metacognition, and growth mindset. Assessment jargon such as formative assessment, summative assessment, Assessment for Learning, self and peer assessment, and authentic assessment is clarified and illustrated with music examples.Readers will learn practical strategies for choosing which concepts to assess, which methods to use, and how to use results to provide accurate and effective feedback to students.The second section brings assessment fundamentals into the music room. Filled with practical advice, each chapter examines a different facet of musicianship. Sample assessments in all performance areas are provided, including music literacy, fundamentals and technique, terminology, interpretation,evaluation and critique, composition and improvisation, beliefs and attitudes, and more. There is an entire chapter devoted to tips for applying assessment and feedback strategies in rehearsals, which can result in a fresh and effective approach to performance preparation.The final section is an examination of grading practices in music classes. Readers will gain information about ensemble grades that communicate what students know and are able to do, rather than whether they remembered their black socks. A variety of approaches, including Standards-Based Grading,are evaluated in light of music teachers' unique situations.The book concludes with ways for music educators to take their first steps toward implementing these strategies in their own teaching, including the use of instructional technology. Assessing like an expert is possible, and this book is just what teachers need to get started.
The Orchestral Revolution by
The Orchestral Revolution explores the changing listening culture of the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. Delving into Enlightenment philosophy, the nature of instruments, compositional practices and reception history, this book describes the birth of a new form of attention to sonority and uncovers the intimate relationship between the development of modern musical aesthetics and the emergence of orchestration. By focusing upon Joseph Haydn's innovative strategies of orchestration and tracing their reception and influence, Emily Dolan shows that the consolidation of the modern orchestra radically altered how people listened to and thought about the expressive capacity of instruments. The orchestra transformed from a mere gathering of instruments into an ideal community full of diverse, nuanced and expressive characters. In addressing this key moment in the history of music, Dolan demonstrates the importance of the materiality of sound in the formation of the modern musical artwork.
This course will introduce you to the various instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra and the basic methods of scoring for these instruments. It also aims for you to understand the basic concepts, principles and tools for arranging for instruments of the orchestra, including transpositions and idioms. This course seeks to employ these concepts, principles and tools in the meaningful creation of arrangements for the orchestra.
Aesthetic Technologies of Modernity, Subjectivity, and Nature by
Virginia Woolf famously claimed that, around December 1910, human character changed. Aesthetic Technologies addresses how music (especially opera), the phonograph, and film served as cultural agents facilitating the many extraordinary social, artistic, and cultural shifts that characterized the new century and much of what followed long thereafter, even to the present. Three tropes are central: the tensions and traumas--cultural, social, and personal--associated with modernity; changes in human subjectivity and its engagement and representation in music and film; and the more general societal impact of modern media, sound recording (the development of the phonograph in particular), and the critical role played by early-century opera recording. A principal focus of the book is the conflicted relationship in Western modernity to nature, particularly as nature is perceived in opposition to culture and articulated through music, film, and sound as agents of fundamental, sometimes shocking transformation. The book considers the sound/vision world of modernity filtered through the lens of aesthetic modernism and rapid technological change, and the impact of both, experienced with the prescient sense that there could be no turning back.
The Birth of the Orchestra : History of an Institution, 1650-1815 by
This book traces the emergence of the orchestra from 16th-century string bands to the 'classical' orchestra of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, and their contemporaries. Ensembles of bowed stringed instruments, several players per part plus continuo and wind instruments, were organized in France in the mid-17th century and then in Rome at the end of the century. The prestige of these ensembles and of the music and performing styles of their leaders, Jean-Baptiste Lully andArcangelo Corelli, caused them to be imitated elsewhere, until by the late 18th century, the orchestra had become a pan-European phenomenon.Spitzer and Zaslaw review previous accounts of these developments, then proceed to a thoroughgoing documentation and discussion of orchestral organization, instrumentation, and social roles in France, Italy, Germany, England, and the American colonies. They also examine the emergence of orchestra musicians, idiomatic music for orchestras, orchestral performance practices, and the awareness of the orchestra as a central institution in European life.
Face to Face with Orchestra and Chorus, Second, Expanded Edition by
Face to Face with Orchestra and Chorus is a crucial guide for choral conductors who are presented with the daunting task of conducting a full-size orchestra. This book provides a survival kit for both novice and experienced choral conductors, with an overview of the orchestral instruments and their particular needs, tips for rehearsing an orchestra effectively, and guidelines for proper baton technique. Conductors are walked through six case studies from the Baroque and Classical periods, including Handel's Messiah, Bach's Magnificat in D Major, Vivaldi's Gloria, and Beethoven's "Choral" Fantasia.
Masterworks of 20th-Century Music : The Modern Repertory of the Symphony Orchestra by
"Masterworks of 20th-Century Music" introduces more than one hundred of the greatest compositions by world-renowned composer that have entered the standard orchestral repertory. The author surveyed dozens of major American orchestras to focus on those works that an average audience member is most likely to hear. Concertgoers who are intimated by the modern repertoire finally have a single resource that will help them understand and enjoy it. Like an educated guide, he walks the listener through the piece, explaining how all the elements come together to form a unified whole. This book serves the general reader interested in 20th-century music, plus students, teachers, and scholars.
Orchestra of Voices : Making the Argument for Greater Speech and Press Freedom in the People's Republic of China by This is an introduction to MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) sequencing focusing on dance music such as electronic music, hip-hop, synthpop, techno, trance and dubstep, to name a few. You will be utilizing Windows-based software, namely, SONAR and Reason.
The complete guide to digital audio by Creating sounds from scratch : a practical guide to music synthesis for producers and composers by
Creating Sounds from Scratch is a practical, in-depth resource on the most common forms of music synthesis. It includes historical context, an overview of concepts in sound and hearing, and practical training examples to help sound designers and electronic music producers to effectivelymanipulate presets and create new sounds from scratch.The book covers the all of the main main synthesis techniques including analog subtractive, FM, additive, physical modeling, wavetable, sample-based, and granular. While the book is grounded in theory, it relies on practical examples and contemporary production techniques to illustrate how thereader can utilize electronic sound design to maximize and improve his/her work.Creating Sounds from Scratch is ideal for all who work in sound creation, composition, editing, and contemporary commercial production.
Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production by
An inspirational guide for all levels of expertise, Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production shows you how to get the most out of the four leading audio sequencers. Using real-life examples, Andrea Pejrolo demonstrates a wide range of technical and creative techniques, giving you tips and new ideas to help you take your work to the next level. Creative Sequencing Techniques covers sequencing from the basics, through intermediate to an advanced level, making this book ideal for music students and acoustic and MIDI composers. With a free CD containing loops, templates and audio examples, and end of chapter exercises to practise new skills, this illustrated practical guide provides all the tools you will need to give your music the vital edge. In a clear, accessible style, Andrea Pejrolo guides you through: * Essential studio equipment, advising on MIDI devices (controllers, synthesizers, sound modules and sequencers), mixing boards, monitors and computers * Basic sequencing topics such as recording and editing techniques and automation * More advanced topics such as groove quantization, converters, sounds layering, tap tempo, creative meter, tempo changes and synchronization * Orchestration for the MIDI ensemble, using both acoustic instruments and synthesizers * Creating a professional final mix, using mixing techniques that take advantage of plug-in technology, maximising the use of effects such as reverb, compressor, limiter, equalizer and much more The accompanying CD is loaded with more than 90 examples of arrangements and techniques, giving you advice on how to troubleshoot those common mistakes and perfect your music production. Anyone producing music who wants to build on their skills in orchestration, composition and mixing will find all the techniques and practical advice they need in this book. Whether you are a student or amateur aspiring to more professional results, or a professional wanting to master new skills, this book will help you to improve the overall quality of your work.
Experiencing Music Technology by
Learn everything you need to know about music-related technology with EXPERIENCING MUSIC TECHNOLOGY. This updated version of the third edition by David Brian Williams and Peter Richard Webster -- the foremost educators in today's music technology field -- presents cutting-edge music technology and its applications so you can stay ahead of this fast-changing field.
Harmony for Computer Musicians by
Home music producers now have access to a wide variety of software synthesizers, samplers, and FX devices on their computers -- devices that had previously been available only in expensive hardware forms. Although computer musicians often show a high degree of skill and expertise with the technology they use to produce their music, many mistakenly assume that this is all they need to produce quality tracks. Yet there is often a vital ingredient missing: a useful knowledge of the way the language of music actually works -- an understanding of the ingredients of music and how they are put together; what scales, chords, modes, and keys are; and the principles of arrangement, melody, and harmony. In other words, computer musicians may have learned how to use their instruments, but this does not necessarily mean that they know how to create professional-sounding music using those instruments. This book was written to help computer musicians grow in their knowledge of musical harmony, knowledge that is essential for the skilled creation of complex musical works. Topics include intervals, tonality and the key system, part writing, triads, tonic and dominant harmony, modulation, and modal interchange and harmony. Techniques are taught using the tools computer musicians are most familiar with. Rather than using a conventional score format, most of the materials are presented in the familiar piano roll format of computer music sequencing programs. For practice, the companion CD contains numerous short exercises that will considerably improve the musician's skill in the art of musical harmony.
The MIDI manual : a practical guide to MIDI in the project studio by
The MIDI Manual is a complete reference on MIDI, written by a well-respected sound engineer and author. This best-selling guide provides a clear explanation of what MIDI is, how to use electronic instruments and an explanation of sequencers and how to use them. You will learn how to set up an efficient MIDI system and how to get the best out of your music. The MIDI Manual is packed full of useful tips and practical examples on sequencing and mixing techniques. It also covers editors/librarians, working with a score, MIDI in mass media and multimedia and synchronisation. The MIDI spec is set out in detail along with the helpful guidelines on using the implementation chart. Illustrated throughout with helpful photos and screengrabs, this is the most readable and clear book on MIDI available.
Modern MIDI : sequencing and performing using traditional and mobile tools by
In the last five years, the environment in which the Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) specification works and the tools that communicate via MIDI have changed dramatically. Modern MIDI: Sequencing and Performing Using Traditional and Mobile Tools gives you all the tools you need to properly and effectively use MIDI in a modern setting, while still incorporating vintage MIDI gear. Exploring typical workflows and techniques for both the studio and the performing environment, this book helps you navigate the changes that mobile computing has made to the way the music producers and engineers work with MIDI. If you're a MIDI user seeking to increase your efficiency and productivity while still gaining an understanding of the fundamentals of MIDI, or a music professional looking to incorporate your mobile devices into your creative process, this is the book for you. Modern MIDI shows you how to implement the necessary components to use MIDI on your iPad, Android phone, or laptop.
Music! : its role and importance in our lives. MIDI activities by 
Pro Tools All-in-One Desk Reference for Dummies by
When you add Pro Tools to your home recording studio, you have the software used to create hit records. Throw in Pro Tools All-In-One Desk Reference For Dummies, Second Edition and you get the insight you need to capture your sounds, edit your tracks, create a mix, and master your songs for the world to hear. Add a generous helping of your own talent and you have the perfect recipe for music stardom. This fantastic eight-books-in-one package introduces you to Pro Tools audio- and MIDI-recording software and clues you in on basic multitrack recording techniques. You'll get wise to Pro Tools' many features and functions and find out how top recording studios use them to create the biggest hits on the planet. This do-it-now handbook also gets you up to speed on the essential audio-engineering skills you need to make ultra-high-quality recordings. Discover how to: Navigate the Pro Tools windows and menus Save hours of experimenting and spend more time recording Master microphone placement and other home recording basics Edit errors out of your tracks Equalize (EQ) tracks and add effects Work with midi instruments Blend your sounds into a stunning final mix Assemble and release an album Don't spend big bucks and many months taking classes in audio engineering and Pro Tools. Get eight quick-reference guides for one great price with Pro Tools All-In-One Desk Reference For Dummies, Second Edition and start recording your breakthrough album right away!
Pro Tools All-In-One for Dummies by
A complete Pro Tools reference - from recording to mixing to mastering Pro Tools has long been the recording industry's leading solution for capturing, mixing, and outputting audio. While it was once a tool known and used exclusively by engineers in pro studios, it is now readily available to anyone wishing to create their own recording. This updated edition of Pro Tools All-in-One For Dummies covers the features you'll encounter in both Pro Tools | First as well as the versions designed for next-level recording. It guides you through the very basics of recording, capturing both live and digital instruments, how to sweeten your sound in mixing, and how to tweak and output your final master. Now get ready to make some beautiful sounds! Get up to speed with recording basics Pick the Pro Tools version that works for you Record acoustic audio Get to know MIDI Discover how to set compression and EQ Sweeten your final product with mastering Create a final file you can stream online Assuming no past experience with audio recording, this book shares the basics of recording and how to capture both live and digital instruments using Pro Tools.
Pro Tools bible : the complete digital music production reference by
*Covers up to Pro Tools 5.3 and Pro Tools HD *Audio for music recording, film audio, and game audio *Home recording, editing, and mixing *Professional quality post-production *Plug-in demos
This is an introduction to MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital Interface) sequencing focusing on dance music such as electronic music, hip-hop, synthpop, techno, trance and dubstep, to name a few. You will be utilizing Windows-based software, namely, SONAR and Reason.
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer by
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer, Second Edition provides effective explanations and illustrations to teach you how to integrate traditional approaches to orchestration with the use of the modern sequencing techniques and tools available to today's composer. By covering both approaches, Pejrolo and DeRosa offer a comprehensive and multifaceted learning experience that will develop your orchestration and sequencing skills and enhance your final productions. A leading manual on its subject, the second edition allows experienced composers and producers to be exposed to sequencing techniques applied to traditional writing and arranging styles. The book continues to provide a comprehensive and solid learning experience and has been fully revised to include the latest tools and techniques. The new edition has been updated to include: A new chapter on cover writing and sequencing for vocal ensembles Coverage of writing for different ensemble sizes A new final chapter on writing and production techniques for mixed contemporary ensembles. All new techniques, tools, and sound libraries available to today's composer. A companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/pejrolo) includes a wide selection of audio examples, templates, sounds, and videos showcasing operational processes, allows you the opportunity to listen to the techniques discussed within the book.
Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production by
An inspirational guide for all levels of expertise, Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production shows you how to get the most out of the four leading audio sequencers, Logic, Pro Tools, Digital Performer, and Cubase. Using real-life examples, Andrea Pejrolo demonstrates a wide range of technical and creative techniques, giving you tips and new ideas to help you take your work to the next level. If you are producing music and looking to build your skills in orchestration, composition, and mixing you will find all the techniques and practical advice you need in this book. Featuring essential tools, that are now part of the everyday creative process in a digital production environment, to give you the most recent and cutting edge techniques- including swipe-comping, time-stretching, pitch correction, elastic-time, advanced-freezing, and new software synthesizers. The material on the website contains loops, templates, audio examples, and end of chapter exercises to practice new skills, this illustrated practical guide provides all the tools you will need to give your music the vital edge. Whether you are a student or amateur aspiring to more professional results, or a professional wanting to master new skills, this book will help you to improve and take the quality of your work to the next level. *Covers all key sequencing topics such as recording and editing techniques and automation groove quantization, converters, sounds layering, tap tempo, creative meter, tempo changes, and synchronization *Teaches mixing techniques that takes advantage of plug-in technology, maximizing the use of effects such as reverb, compressor, limiter, equalizer, and much more *A website loaded with more than 90 examples of arrangements and techniques, giving you advice on how to troubleshoot those common mistakes and perfect your music production.
Digital Sound Processing for Music and Multimedia by
Provides an introduction to the nature, synthesis and transformation of sound which forms the basis of digital sound processing for music and multimedia. Background information in computer techniques is included so that you can write computer algorithms to realise new processes central to your own musical and sound processing ideas. Finally, material is inlcuded to explain the way in which people contribute to the development of new kinds of performance and composition systems. Key features of the book include: · Contents structured into free-standing parts for easy navigation · `Flow lines' to suggest alternative paths through the book, depending on the primary interest of the reader. · Practical examples are contained on a supporting website. Digital Sound Processing can be used by anyone, whether from an audio engineering, musical or music technology perspective. Digital sound processing in its various spheres - music technology, studio systems and multimedia - are witnessing the dawning of a new age. The opportunities for involvement in the expansion and development of sound transformation, musical performance and composition are unprecedented. The supporting website (www.york.ac.uk/inst/mustech/dspmm.htm) contains working examples of computer techniques, music synthesis and sound processing.
Max/MSP/Jitter for Music : A Practical Guide to Developing Interactive Music Systems for Education and More by 
The MIDI Manual by
The MIDI Manual is a complete reference on MIDI, written by a well-respected sound engineer and author. This best-selling guide provides a clear explanation of what MIDI is, how to use electronic instruments and an explanation of sequencers and how to use them. You will learn how to set up an efficient MIDI system and how to get the best out of your music. The MIDI Manual is packed full of useful tips and practical examples on sequencing and mixing techniques. It also covers editors/librarians, working with a score, MIDI in mass media and multimedia and synchronisation. The MIDI spec is set out in detail along with the helpful guidelines on using the implementation chart. Illustrated throughout with helpful photos and screengrabs, this is the most readable and clear book on MIDI available.
Modern MIDI by
In the last five years, the environment in which the Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) specification works and the tools that communicate via MIDI have changed dramatically. Modern MIDI: Sequencing and Performing Using Traditional and Mobile Tools gives you all the tools you need to properly and effectively use MIDI in a modern setting, while still incorporating vintage MIDI gear. Exploring typical workflows and techniques for both the studio and the performing environment, this book helps you navigate the changes that mobile computing has made to the way the music producers and engineers work with MIDI. If you're a MIDI user seeking to increase your efficiency and productivity while still gaining an understanding of the fundamentals of MIDI, or a music professional looking to incorporate your mobile devices into your creative process, this is the book for you. Modern MIDI shows you how to implement the necessary components to use MIDI on your iPad, Android phone, or laptop.
The Synthesizer : A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument by
Electronic music instruments weren't called synthesizers until the 1950s, but their lineage began in 1919 with Russian inventor Lev Sergeyevich Termen's development of the Etherphone, now known as the Theremin. From that point, synthesizers have undergone a remarkable evolution from prohibitively large mid-century models confined to university laboratories to the development of musical synthesis software that runs on tablet computers and portable media devices.Throughout its history, the synthesizer has always been at the forefront of technology for the arts. In The Synthesizer: A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument, veteran music technology journalist, educator, and performer Mark Vail tells the complete story of the synthesizer: the origins of the many forms the instrument takes; crucial advancements in sound generation, musical control, and composition made with instruments that may have become best sellers or gone entirely unnoticed; and the basics and intricacies of acoustics and synthesized sound. Vail also describes how to successfully select, program, and play a synthesizer; what alternative controllers exist for creating electronic music; and how to stay focused and productive when faced with a room full of instruments. This one-stop reference guide on all things synthesizer also offers tips on encouraging creativity, layering sounds, performance, composing and recording for film and television, and much more.
This course will focus on MIDI sequencing using samples of traditional live instruments used in pop, rock, classical, and jazz music genres. You will be utilizing Macintosh-based software, specifically Digital Performer. You will also learn how to create a home music production studio, which will include selecting equipment and designing the physical setup of the studio.
Acoustic and MIDI orchestration for the contemporary composer by
Get complete guidance on both traditional orchestration and modern production techniques with this unique book. With effective explanations and clear illustrations, you will learn how to integrate the traditional approach to orchestration with the modern sequencing techniques and tools available. You will discover how to bridge the two approaches in order to enhance your final production. The accompanying CD includes a comprehensive and wide selection of examples, templates and sounds to allow you to hear the techniques within the book. By covering both approaches, this book provides a comprehensive and solid learning experience that will develop your skills and prove extremely competitive in the music production business.
The Audible Macintosh by
A guide to using sound and music for presentations on the Macintosh. The text contains an comprehensive survey, with descriptions of animation and presentation programmes detailing their sound capabilities.
Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production by
An inspirational guide for all levels of expertise, Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production shows you how to get the most out of the four leading audio sequencers. Using real-life examples, Andrea Pejrolo demonstrates a wide range of technical and creative techniques, giving you tips and new ideas to help you take your work to the next level. Creative Sequencing Techniques covers sequencing from the basics, through intermediate to an advanced level, making this book ideal for music students and acoustic and MIDI composers. With a free CD containing loops, templates and audio examples, and end of chapter exercises to practise new skills, this illustrated practical guide provides all the tools you will need to give your music the vital edge. In a clear, accessible style, Andrea Pejrolo guides you through: * Essential studio equipment, advising on MIDI devices (controllers, synthesizers, sound modules and sequencers), mixing boards, monitors and computers * Basic sequencing topics such as recording and editing techniques and automation * More advanced topics such as groove quantization, converters, sounds layering, tap tempo, creative meter, tempo changes and synchronization * Orchestration for the MIDI ensemble, using both acoustic instruments and synthesizers * Creating a professional final mix, using mixing techniques that take advantage of plug-in technology, maximising the use of effects such as reverb, compressor, limiter, equalizer and much more The accompanying CD is loaded with more than 90 examples of arrangements and techniques, giving you advice on how to troubleshoot those common mistakes and perfect your music production. Anyone producing music who wants to build on their skills in orchestration, composition and mixing will find all the techniques and practical advice they need in this book. Whether you are a student or amateur aspiring to more professional results, or a professional wanting to master new skills, this book will help you to improve the overall quality of your work.
Experiencing Music Technology by
Learn everything you need to know about music-related technology with EXPERIENCING MUSIC TECHNOLOGY. This updated version of the third edition by David Brian Williams and Peter Richard Webster -- the foremost educators in today's music technology field -- presents cutting-edge music technology and its applications so you can stay ahead of this fast-changing field.
Experiencing music technology : software, data, and hardware by
This second edition of the classic book is thoroughly revised to reflect the vast influence of the Internet. New information on current operating systems, hardware, and software has been added to this comprehensive survey of MIDI, sound generation, Computer-Assisted Instruction (CAI), digital recording, sampling, music scoring, and composing.
Logic Pro X by
From initial demos to mixing and mastering, seasoned authors Mark Cousins and Russ Hepworth-Sawyer show you how to get the most from Logic Pro X. By exploring the essential workflow and the creative possibilities offered by Logic's virtual instruments and effects, Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production leads you through the music creation and production process, giving you all the tips and tricks used by the pros to create release-quality recordings. Using full color screenshots throughout, alongside related boxouts that expand on the key concepts, Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production is an informative and easy-to-read guide to using Logic Pro X. Key features include: Production FAQs - Instructional Walkthroughs and Knowledgebases present information clearly and answer common production-specific problems. Methods - Professional techniques for recording and editing in Logic Pro X - whether you're dealing with real musicians or cutting-edge virtual instruments. Workflow - Use Logic Pro X's tools and functions in an optimal way. Website - Access audio examples, samples (Apple Loops), Logic projects, sampler instruments, and instrument patches at www.focalpress.com/cw/cousins Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production covers more than just the software; it will help you make the most out of every recording session and will illuminate and inspire your creative and sonic endeavors!
The MIDI manual : a practical guide to MIDI in the project studio by
The MIDI Manual is a complete reference on MIDI, written by a well-respected sound engineer and author. This best-selling guide provides a clear explanation of what MIDI is, how to use electronic instruments and an explanation of sequencers and how to use them. You will learn how to set up an efficient MIDI system and how to get the best out of your music. The MIDI Manual is packed full of useful tips and practical examples on sequencing and mixing techniques. It also covers editors/librarians, working with a score, MIDI in mass media and multimedia and synchronisation. The MIDI spec is set out in detail along with the helpful guidelines on using the implementation chart. Illustrated throughout with helpful photos and screengrabs, this is the most readable and clear book on MIDI available.
Modern MIDI : sequencing and performing using traditional and mobile tools by
In the last five years, the environment in which the Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) specification works and the tools that communicate via MIDI have changed dramatically. Modern MIDI: Sequencing and Performing Using Traditional and Mobile Tools gives you all the tools you need to properly and effectively use MIDI in a modern setting, while still incorporating vintage MIDI gear. Exploring typical workflows and techniques for both the studio and the performing environment, this book helps you navigate the changes that mobile computing has made to the way the music producers and engineers work with MIDI. If you're a MIDI user seeking to increase your efficiency and productivity while still gaining an understanding of the fundamentals of MIDI, or a music professional looking to incorporate your mobile devices into your creative process, this is the book for you. Modern MIDI shows you how to implement the necessary components to use MIDI on your iPad, Android phone, or laptop.
Musicianship in the Digital Age
Unlike many other books on the market, 'Musicianship in the Digital Age' effectively combines music technology with musicianship. The book provides technical instruction on topics such a sequencing, synthesis, loop-based tools, and editing, with insights on how to actually use that technology to sequence and record original compositions. Organized into three parts, the first two parts cover the technological and theoretical aspects of music production while the third part ties together all of the skills learned by presenting fifteen demonstration scores and recordings with a detailed description of the entire production process. Each chapter also features helpful tips and suggested activities that, along with the companion CD, help solidify the skills learned. Readers will learn many musical concepts that will enhance the creative process and foster a versatile approach to sequencing and composition.
This course will focus on MIDI sequencing using samples of traditional live instruments used in pop, rock, classical, and jazz music genres. You will be utilizing Macintosh-based software, specifically Digital Performer. You will also learn how to create a home music production studio, which will include selecting equipment and designing the physical setup of the studio.
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer by
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer, Second Edition provides effective explanations and illustrations to teach you how to integrate traditional approaches to orchestration with the use of the modern sequencing techniques and tools available to today's composer. By covering both approaches, Pejrolo and DeRosa offer a comprehensive and multifaceted learning experience that will develop your orchestration and sequencing skills and enhance your final productions. A leading manual on its subject, the second edition allows experienced composers and producers to be exposed to sequencing techniques applied to traditional writing and arranging styles. The book continues to provide a comprehensive and solid learning experience and has been fully revised to include the latest tools and techniques. The new edition has been updated to include: A new chapter on cover writing and sequencing for vocal ensembles Coverage of writing for different ensemble sizes A new final chapter on writing and production techniques for mixed contemporary ensembles. All new techniques, tools, and sound libraries available to today's composer. A companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/pejrolo) includes a wide selection of audio examples, templates, sounds, and videos showcasing operational processes, allows you the opportunity to listen to the techniques discussed within the book.
Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production by
An inspirational guide for all levels of expertise, Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production shows you how to get the most out of the four leading audio sequencers, Logic, Pro Tools, Digital Performer, and Cubase. Using real-life examples, Andrea Pejrolo demonstrates a wide range of technical and creative techniques, giving you tips and new ideas to help you take your work to the next level. If you are producing music and looking to build your skills in orchestration, composition, and mixing you will find all the techniques and practical advice you need in this book. Featuring essential tools, that are now part of the everyday creative process in a digital production environment, to give you the most recent and cutting edge techniques- including swipe-comping, time-stretching, pitch correction, elastic-time, advanced-freezing, and new software synthesizers. The material on the website contains loops, templates, audio examples, and end of chapter exercises to practice new skills, this illustrated practical guide provides all the tools you will need to give your music the vital edge. Whether you are a student or amateur aspiring to more professional results, or a professional wanting to master new skills, this book will help you to improve and take the quality of your work to the next level. *Covers all key sequencing topics such as recording and editing techniques and automation groove quantization, converters, sounds layering, tap tempo, creative meter, tempo changes, and synchronization *Teaches mixing techniques that takes advantage of plug-in technology, maximizing the use of effects such as reverb, compressor, limiter, equalizer, and much more *A website loaded with more than 90 examples of arrangements and techniques, giving you advice on how to troubleshoot those common mistakes and perfect your music production.
Logic Pro X by
From initial demos to mixing and mastering, seasoned authors Mark Cousins and Russ Hepworth-Sawyer show you how to get the most from Logic Pro X. By exploring the essential workflow and the creative possibilities offered by Logic's virtual instruments and effects, Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production leads you through the music creation and production process, giving you all the tips and tricks used by the pros to create release-quality recordings. Using full color screenshots throughout, alongside related boxouts that expand on the key concepts, Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production is an informative and easy-to-read guide to using Logic Pro X. Key features include: Production FAQs - Instructional Walkthroughs and Knowledgebases present information clearly and answer common production-specific problems. Methods - Professional techniques for recording and editing in Logic Pro X - whether you're dealing with real musicians or cutting-edge virtual instruments. Workflow - Use Logic Pro X's tools and functions in an optimal way. Website - Access audio examples, samples (Apple Loops), Logic projects, sampler instruments, and instrument patches at www.focalpress.com/cw/cousins Logic Pro X: Audio and Music Production covers more than just the software; it will help you make the most out of every recording session and will illuminate and inspire your creative and sonic endeavors!
Max/MSP/Jitter for Music : A Practical Guide to Developing Interactive Music Systems for Education and More by The MIDI Manual by
The MIDI Manual is a complete reference on MIDI, written by a well-respected sound engineer and author. This best-selling guide provides a clear explanation of what MIDI is, how to use electronic instruments and an explanation of sequencers and how to use them. You will learn how to set up an efficient MIDI system and how to get the best out of your music. The MIDI Manual is packed full of useful tips and practical examples on sequencing and mixing techniques. It also covers editors/librarians, working with a score, MIDI in mass media and multimedia and synchronisation. The MIDI spec is set out in detail along with the helpful guidelines on using the implementation chart. Illustrated throughout with helpful photos and screengrabs, this is the most readable and clear book on MIDI available.
Modern MIDI by
In the last five years, the environment in which the Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI) specification works and the tools that communicate via MIDI have changed dramatically. Modern MIDI: Sequencing and Performing Using Traditional and Mobile Tools gives you all the tools you need to properly and effectively use MIDI in a modern setting, while still incorporating vintage MIDI gear. Exploring typical workflows and techniques for both the studio and the performing environment, this book helps you navigate the changes that mobile computing has made to the way the music producers and engineers work with MIDI. If you're a MIDI user seeking to increase your efficiency and productivity while still gaining an understanding of the fundamentals of MIDI, or a music professional looking to incorporate your mobile devices into your creative process, this is the book for you. Modern MIDI shows you how to implement the necessary components to use MIDI on your iPad, Android phone, or laptop.
Sound and Recording by
Providing vital reading for audio students and trainee engineers, this guide is ideal for anyone who wants a solid grounding in both theory and industry practices in audio, sound and recording. There are many books on the market covering "how to work it" when it comes to audio equipment--but Sound and Recording isn't one of them. Instead, you'll gain an understanding of "how it works" with this approachable guide to audio systems. New to this edition: Digital audio section revised substantially to include the latest developments in audio networking (e.g. RAVENNA, AES X-192, AVB), high-resolution surround and parametric audio coding, workstation processing technology, mastering for iTunes, and loudness normalization Coverage of immersive audio systems such as Dolby Atmos, Auro 3D and WFS along with recent developments in audio object coding Sections on digital radio microphones, loudspeaker sensitivity issues and development, and highly directional loudspeaker systems Substantial new sections on recent developments in audio network device discovery and control and the Open Control Architecture
The Synthesizer : A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument by
Electronic music instruments weren't called synthesizers until the 1950s, but their lineage began in 1919 with Russian inventor Lev Sergeyevich Termen's development of the Etherphone, now known as the Theremin. From that point, synthesizers have undergone a remarkable evolution from prohibitively large mid-century models confined to university laboratories to the development of musical synthesis software that runs on tablet computers and portable media devices.Throughout its history, the synthesizer has always been at the forefront of technology for the arts. In The Synthesizer: A Comprehensive Guide to Understanding, Programming, Playing, and Recording the Ultimate Electronic Music Instrument, veteran music technology journalist, educator, and performer Mark Vail tells the complete story of the synthesizer: the origins of the many forms the instrument takes; crucial advancements in sound generation, musical control, and composition made with instruments that may have become best sellers or gone entirely unnoticed; and the basics and intricacies of acoustics and synthesized sound. Vail also describes how to successfully select, program, and play a synthesizer; what alternative controllers exist for creating electronic music; and how to stay focused and productive when faced with a room full of instruments. This one-stop reference guide on all things synthesizer also offers tips on encouraging creativity, layering sounds, performance, composing and recording for film and television, and much more.
This course covers the basic processes of audio recording using the Pro Tools digital recording system. You will learn the basic techniques and principles used in recording vocals and band instruments. Music recording projects using pre-existing or original songs will be required where focus will be on the recording process.. You will be trained how to operate the Pro Tools digital audio workstation, considered to be an industry standard in audio recording software. Aside from basic recording and Pro Tools, this course will also develop your listening skills to enable better analysis of sound quality.
Aaron Marks' complete guide to game audio : for composers, sound designers, musicians, and game developers by
Whether trying to land that first big gig or working to perfect the necessary skills to fill a game world with sound, Aaron Marks' Complete Guide to Game Audio 3rd edition will teach the reader everything they need to know about the audio side of the multi-million dollar video game industry. This book builds upon the success of the second edition with even more expert advice from masters in the field and notes current changes within the growing video game industry. The tools of the trade excerpts will showcase what professionals, like Marty O'Donnell, Richard Jacques and Tom Salta, use to create their work and to help newcomers in the field prepare their own sound studios. Sample contracts are reviewed within the text as well as helpful advice about contractual terms and negotiable points. These sample contracts can also be found as a downloadable zip for the reader's convenience. Aaron Marks also explores how to set your financial terms and network efficiently along with examples of how projects can go completely awry and achieving the best results in often complicated situations. Aaron Marks' Complete Guide to Game Audio serves as the ultimate survival guide to navigating an audio career in the video game industry. Key Features New, full color edition with a complete update of information. Added and expanded coverage of field recording for games, creating voiceovers, adaptive and interactive audio and other cutting edge sound creation and implementation techniques used within games. Update/Replacement of interviews. Include interviews/features on international game audio professionals New and expanded interview features from game composers and sound designers of every experience level such as Keith Arem, Bradley Meyer, Christopher Tin and Rodney Gates including many international professionals like Pasi Pitkanen, Henning Nugel and Christos Panayides. Expanded and updated game console coverage of the Wii, Wii U, Xbox 360, Xbox One, PS3 and PS4. Includes new scripting and middleware concepts and techniques and review of powerful tools such as FMOD and Wwise.
Audio mastering : the artists : discussions from pre-production to mastering by 
Audio production principles : practical studio applications by
With this all-in-one manual, students and teachers have an easy-to-read reference that provides a reliable and current rundown of the world of sound production, from planning a recording session to mastering the final product. Organized by four main topics - pre-production, recording various instruments, mixing theories and tools, and mastering - Audio Production Principles follows the actual flow of instruction given over the course of a student's tenure. Chapters address etiquette and basic operations for any recording session written in useful, tutorial style language, providing guidelines for beginner audio engineers on topics including pre-production, equipment selection, and mixing tips by instrument. Jumpstarting the mastering process, lessons delve into features unique to specific tools and techniques. All sections offer instructional scenarios of studio setups, asking students to brainstorm the best production technique for each situation. These exercises also help teachers generate new ideas for instruction and production projects of their own.
Digital audio editing : correcting and enhancing audio in Pro Tools, Logic Pro, Cubase, and Studio One by
Whether you're comping a vocal track, restoring an old recording, working with dialogue or sound effects for film, or imposing your own vision with mash-ups or remixes, audio editing is a key skill to successful sound production. Digital Audio Editing gives you the techniques, from the simplest corrective editing like cutting, copying, and pasting to more complex creative editing, such as beat mapping and time-stretching. You'll be able to avoid unnatural-sounding pitch correction and understand the potential pitfalls you face when restoring classic tracks. Author Simon Langford invites you to see editing with his wide-angle view, putting this skill into a broad context that will inform your choices even as you more skillfully manipulate sound. Focusing on techniques applicable to any digital audio workstation, it includes break-outs giving specific keystrokes and instruction in Avid's Pro Tools, Apple's Logic Pro, Steinberg's Cubase, and PreSonus's Studio One. The companion websites includes tutorials in all four software packages to help you immediately apply the broad skills from the book.
Music, Indigeneity, Digital Media by
The essays in this volume offer rich and diverse perspectives on the encounter between Indigenous music and digital technologies. They explore how digital media -- whether on CD, VCD, the Internet, mobile technology, or in the studio -- have transformed and become part of the fabric of Indigenous cultural expression across the globe. Communication technologies have long been tools for nation building and imperial expansion, but these studies reveal how over recent decades digital media have become a creative and political resource for Indigenous peoples, often nurturing cultural revival, assisting activism, and complicating earlier hegemonic power structures. Bringing together the work of scholars and musicians across five continents, the volume addresses timely issues of transnationalism and sovereignty, production and consumption, archives and transmission, subjectivity and ownership, and virtuality and the posthuman.Music, Indigeneity, Digital Media is essential reading for scholars working on topics in ethnomusicology, Indigeneity, and media studies while also offering useful resources for Indigenous musicians and activists. The volume provides new perspectives on Indigenous music, refreshes and extends debates about digital culture, and points to how digital media shape what it means to be Indigenous in the twenty-first century.Contributors: Linda Barwick, Beverley Diamond, Thomas R. Hilder, Fiorella Montero-Diaz, John-Carlos Perea, Henry Stobart, Shzr Ee Tan, Russell WallaceThomas R. Hilder is postdoctoral fellow in musicology at the University of Bergen. Henry Stobart is reader in music at Royal Holloway, University of London. Shzr Ee Tan is senior lecturer at Royal Holloway, University of London.
The Musician's Guide to Pro Tools by
Show readers why Pro Tools shrinks a full music studio into a computer, replacing the bulky recording infrastructure of multi-track analog mixing boards and rolls of two-inch-wide magnetic tape. This book is suitable for beginning, intermediate, and advanced producers, sound engineers, and musicians.
Producing Music by
During the last two decades, the field of music production has attracted considerable interest from the academic community, more recently becoming established as an important and flourishing research discipline in its own right. Producing Musicpresents cutting-edge research across topics that both strengthen and broaden the range of the discipline as it currently stands. Bringing together the academic study of music production and practical techniques, this book illustrates the latest research on producing music. Focusing on areas such as genre, technology, concepts, and contexts of production, Hepworth-Sawyer, Hodgson, and Marrington have compiled key research from practitioners and academics to present a comprehensive view of how music production has established itself and changed over the years.
Pro Tools 9 : music production, recording, editing, and mixing by
Prepare yourself to be a great producer when using Pro Tools in your studio. Pro Tools 9 for Music Production is the definitive guide to the software for new and professional users, providing you with all the vital skills you need to know. Covering both the Pro Tools HD and LE this book is extensively illustrated in color and packed with time saving hints and tips, it is a great reference to keep on hand as a constant source of information. Detailed chapters on the user interface, the MIDI and scoring features, recording, editing, signal processing and mixing blend essential knowledge with tutorials and practical examples from actual recordings. New and updated materials include: *Pro Tools 9 software described in detail *Details of the new functions and features of PT9 *Full color screen shots and equipment photos Pro Tools 9 for Music Production is a vital source of reference, for the working professional or serious hobbyist looking for professional results.
Pro tools 11 : music production, recording, editing, and mixing by
Hone your Pro Tools music production skills and create better tracks with Pro Tools 11: Music Production, Recording, Editing, and Mixing. With Pro Tools 11, you'll get more than descriptions of Pro Tools features and menus--this book grounds its Pro Tools instruction thoroughly in real-world music production. Learn to leverage this powerful DAW and bend it to your will, whether you're recording and mixing a band or producing a dance track. Get tips that will save you time, even if you're an old hand at Pro Tools. Extensive full-color screenshots visually guide you through the book, and an informal writing style keeps you engaged. Includes coverage of additional features incorporated into version 10.3.6, which can be co-installed alongside Pro Tools 11 to allow use of TDM and RTAS plug-in formats. Author Mike Collins, an independent music producer and music technology consultant who has worked with Pro Tools since 1991, gives you a frank view of the software without the hype. This book is carefully designed for users with basic music production experience or knowledge, but can serve as a quick learning guide for ambitious beginners or as a reference for the advanced or professional user. Pro Tools 11 includes coverage of the application's new features, including: Avid Audio Engine Dynamic Host-based Plug-in Processing Low-latency Input Buffer Offline Bounce Unified Workspace Browser Advanced Metering for Pro Tools HD 11 Co-Install with Pro Tools 10.3.6 Level: Intermediate
Pro Tools All-In-One for Dummies by
A complete Pro Tools reference - from recording to mixing to mastering Pro Tools has long been the recording industry's leading solution for capturing, mixing, and outputting audio. While it was once a tool known and used exclusively by engineers in pro studios, it is now readily available to anyone wishing to create their own recording. This updated edition of Pro Tools All-in-One For Dummies covers the features you'll encounter in both Pro Tools | First as well as the versions designed for next-level recording. It guides you through the very basics of recording, capturing both live and digital instruments, how to sweeten your sound in mixing, and how to tweak and output your final master. Now get ready to make some beautiful sounds! Get up to speed with recording basics Pick the Pro Tools version that works for you Record acoustic audio Get to know MIDI Discover how to set compression and EQ Sweeten your final product with mastering Create a final file you can stream online Assuming no past experience with audio recording, this book shares the basics of recording and how to capture both live and digital instruments using Pro Tools.
Pro Tools for music production : recording, editing and mixing by
Pro Tools for Music Production is a definitive guide to the system for new and professional users. Extensively illustrated in colour and packed with time saving hints and tips, you will want to keep to hand as a constant source of information. The book takes a real-world approach and shows how to build the right system to suit your needs. Detailed chapters on recording, editing and mixing blend essential knowledge with tutorials and practical examples from actual recordings. The second edition features a wealth of new and updated material, including: ¿ Pro Tools HD systems explained ¿ Pro Tools 6.1 software (and up to version 6.2.3) ¿ Mac OSX installation and troubleshooting ¿ A new chapter on MIDI ¿ Additional and expanded tutorials ¿ More on Identify Beat, Beat Detective and tempo maps ¿ Extra coverage of plug-ins and virtual instruments ¿ How to use Propellerheads Reason and Ableton Live with Pro Tools ¿ What you need to know about the new file management capabilities ¿ How to transfer projects between Pro Tools and other MIDI and audio software, and between Pro Tools TDM on the Mac and Pro Tools LE on the PC Pro Tools for Music Production is a vital source of reference to keep by your side, whether you are a working professional or a serious hobbyist looking for professional results.
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook by
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook provides an easy-to-read guide for music-making in the studio setting, from equipment fundamentals to recording and mixing almost any instrument. In six sections, lessons give a comprehensive introduction to microphone settings andtechniques, audio processing and effects, controlling acoustics, and history lessons on songs recorded with a given technique. The second half of the handbook delves into background theory on microphones, EQ-filters, compressors, and acoustics to give the reader a general understanding of practicalrecording techniques before acquiring deeper comprehension of the tools and the recording processes.Throughout the chapters, lessons on recording methods gradually build complexity and detail to keep readers engaged and challenged. Whether a university student in an audio recording course, a novice audio engineer who needs to build technique, or a busy professional who requires a quick refresh onspecific techniques, any reader will find an essential resource in The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook.
This course covers the basic processes of audio recording using the Pro Tools digital recording system. You will learn the basic techniques and principles used in recording vocals and band instruments. Music recording projects using pre-existing or original songs will be required where focus will be on the recording process.. You will be trained how to operate the Pro Tools digital audio workstation, considered to be an industry standard in audio recording software. Aside from basic recording and Pro Tools, this course will also develop your listening skills to enable better analysis of sound quality.
Audio Engineering 101 by
Practical, concise, and approachable, Audio Engineering 101, Second Edition covers everything aspiring audio engineers need to know to make it in the recording industry, from the characteristics of sound to microphones, analog versus digital recording, EQ/compression, mixing, mastering, and career skills. Filled with hand-ons, step-by-step technique breakdowns and all-new interviews with active professionals, this updated edition includes instruction in using digital consoles, iPads for mixing, audio apps, plug-ins, home studios, and audio for podcasts. An extensive companion website features fifteen new video tutorials, audio clips, equipment lists, quizzes, and student exercises.
Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production by
An inspirational guide for all levels of expertise, Creative Sequencing Techniques for Music Production shows you how to get the most out of the four leading audio sequencers, Logic, Pro Tools, Digital Performer, and Cubase. Using real-life examples, Andrea Pejrolo demonstrates a wide range of technical and creative techniques, giving you tips and new ideas to help you take your work to the next level. If you are producing music and looking to build your skills in orchestration, composition, and mixing you will find all the techniques and practical advice you need in this book. Featuring essential tools, that are now part of the everyday creative process in a digital production environment, to give you the most recent and cutting edge techniques- including swipe-comping, time-stretching, pitch correction, elastic-time, advanced-freezing, and new software synthesizers. The material on the website contains loops, templates, audio examples, and end of chapter exercises to practice new skills, this illustrated practical guide provides all the tools you will need to give your music the vital edge. Whether you are a student or amateur aspiring to more professional results, or a professional wanting to master new skills, this book will help you to improve and take the quality of your work to the next level. *Covers all key sequencing topics such as recording and editing techniques and automation groove quantization, converters, sounds layering, tap tempo, creative meter, tempo changes, and synchronization *Teaches mixing techniques that takes advantage of plug-in technology, maximizing the use of effects such as reverb, compressor, limiter, equalizer, and much more *A website loaded with more than 90 examples of arrangements and techniques, giving you advice on how to troubleshoot those common mistakes and perfect your music production.
Digital Audio Editing by
Whether you're comping a vocal track, restoring an old recording, working with dialogue or sound effects for film, or imposing your own vision with mash-ups or remixes, audio editing is a key skill to successful sound production. Digital Audio Editing gives you the techniques, from the simplest corrective editing like cutting, copying, and pasting to more complex creative editing, such as beat mapping and time-stretching. You'll be able to avoid unnatural-sounding pitch correction and understand the potential pitfalls you face when restoring classic tracks. Author Simon Langford invites you to see editing with his wide-angle view, putting this skill into a broad context that will inform your choices even as you more skillfully manipulate sound. Focusing on techniques applicable to any digital audio workstation, it includes break-outs giving specific keystrokes and instruction in Avid's Pro Tools, Apple's Logic Pro, Steinberg's Cubase, and PreSonus's Studio One. The companion websites includes tutorials in all four software packages to help you immediately apply the broad skills from the book.
Digital Signatures by
How sonically distinctive digital "signatures"--including reverb, glitches, and autotuning--affect the aesthetics of popular music, analyzed in works by Prince, Lady Gaga, and others. Is digital production killing the soul of music? Is Auto-Tune the nadir of creative expression? Digital technology has changed not only how music is produced, distributed, and consumed but also--equally important but not often considered--how music sounds. In this book, Ragnhild Brøvig-Hanssen and Anne Danielsen examine the impact of digitization on the aesthetics of popular music. They investigate sonically distinctive "digital signatures"--musical moments when the use of digital technology is revealed to the listener. The particular signatures of digital mediation they examine include digital reverb and delay, MIDI and sampling, digital silence, the virtual cut-and-paste tool, digital glitches, microrhythmic manipulation, and autotuning--all of which they analyze in specific works by popular artists. Combining technical and historical knowledge of music production with musical analyses, aesthetic interpretations, and theoretical discussions, Brøvig-Hanssen and Danielsen offer unique insights into how digitization has changed the sound of popular music and the listener's experience of it. For example, they show how digital reverb and delay have allowed experimentation with spatiality by analyzing Kate Bush's "Get Out of My House"; they examine the contrast between digital silence and the low-tech noises of tape hiss or vinyl crackle in Portishead's "Stranger"; and they describe the development of Auto-Tune--at first a tool for pitch correction--into an artistic effect, citing work by various hip-hop artists, Bon Iver, and Lady Gaga.
Interactive Composition : Strategies Using Ableton Live and Max for Live by
Interactive Composition empowers readers with all of the practical skills and insights they need to compose and perform electronic popular music in a variety of popular styles. The book begins by introducing all of the tools involved in creating interactive compositions through the software Ableton Live and Max for Live. The following chapters then put the tools to use by both describing particular musical styles and also teaching readers how to compose and perform within these styles using the software. As readers progresses through the book, they will learn to use the software to facilitate their own unique compositional objectives.This book takes readers through all of the steps in designing interactive music compositions. It is geared toward both beginners as well as intermediate and advanced readers, and so readers with even little experience working with digital audio software will quickly learn how to design powerful systems that facilitate their unique compositional ideas.A particular feature of this book is that it discusses the historical context of several electronic music styles used by DJs, electronic musicians, and other artists, and then describes, using software, the technical process used in the composition and performance of these styles. Each chapter leads readers to create an original composition in a given style and also discusses the techniques that can be used to perform the piece in an idiomatic fashion.
Logic Pro X for Dummies by
Spend less time learning and more time recording Logic Pro X offers Mac users the tools and power they need to create recordings ready to share with the world. This book provides the know-how for navigating the interface, tweaking the settings, picking the sounds, and all the other tech tasks that get in the way of capturing the perfect take. Written by a Logic Pro X trainer who's used the software to further his own music career, Logic Pro X For Dummies cuts back on the time needed to learn the software and allows for more time making amazing recordings. Record live sound sources or built-in virtual instruments Arrange your tracks to edit, mix, and master Discover tips to speed the process and record on an iPad Make sense of the latest software updates A favorite among Logic Pro X beginners, this book is updated to reflect the ongoing changes added to enhance Logic Pro X's recording power.
Modern Recording Techniques by
Modern Recording Techniques is the bestselling, authoritative guide to sound and music recording. Whether you're just starting out or are looking for a step-up in the industry, Modern Recording Techniques provides an in-depth read on the art and technologies of music production. It's a must-have reference for all audio bookshelves. Using its familiar and accessible writing style, this ninth edition has been fully updated, presenting the latest production technologies and includes an in-depth coverage of the DAW, networked audio, MIDI, signal processing and much more. A robust companion website features video tutorials, web-links, an online glossary, flashcards, and a link to the author's blog. Instructor resources include a test bank and an instructor's manual. The ninth edition includes: Updated tips, tricks and insights for getting the best out of your studio An introduction to the Apple iOS in music production Introductions to new technologies and important retro studio techniques The latest advancements in DAW systems, signal processing, mixing and mastering
Pro Tools 11 by
Hone your Pro Tools music production skills and create better tracks with Pro Tools 11: Music Production, Recording, Editing, and Mixing. With Pro Tools 11, you'll get more than descriptions of Pro Tools features and menus--this book grounds its Pro Tools instruction thoroughly in real-world music production. Learn to leverage this powerful DAW and bend it to your will, whether you're recording and mixing a band or producing a dance track. Get tips that will save you time, even if you're an old hand at Pro Tools. Extensive full-color screenshots visually guide you through the book, and an informal writing style keeps you engaged. Includes coverage of additional features incorporated into version 10.3.6, which can be co-installed alongside Pro Tools 11 to allow use of TDM and RTAS plug-in formats. Author Mike Collins, an independent music producer and music technology consultant who has worked with Pro Tools since 1991, gives you a frank view of the software without the hype. This book is carefully designed for users with basic music production experience or knowledge, but can serve as a quick learning guide for ambitious beginners or as a reference for the advanced or professional user. Pro Tools 11 includes coverage of the application's new features, including: Avid Audio Engine Dynamic Host-based Plug-in Processing Low-latency Input Buffer Offline Bounce Unified Workspace Browser Advanced Metering for Pro Tools HD 11 Co-Install with Pro Tools 10.3.6 Level: Intermediate
Recording Classical Music by
Recording Classical Music presents the fundamental principles of digitally recording and editing acoustic music in ambient spaces, focusing on stereo microphone techniques that will help musicians understand how to translate "live" environments into recorded sound. The book covers theory and the technical aspects of recording from sound source to delivery: the nature of soundwaves and their behavior in rooms, microphone types and the techniques of recording in stereo, proximity and phase, file types, tracking and critical listening, loudness, meters, and the post-production processes of EQ, control of dynamic range (compressors, limiters, dynamic EQ, de-essers), and reverberation (both digital reflection simulation and convolution), with some discussion of commercially available digital plugins. The final part of the book applies this knowledge to common recording situations, showcasing not only strategies for recording soloists and small ensembles, along with case studies of several recordings, but also studio techniques that can enhance or replace the capture of performances in ambient spaces, such as close miking and the addition of artificial reverberation. Recording Classical Music provides the tools necessary for anyone interested in classical music production to track, mix, and deliver audio recordings themselves or to supervise the work of others.
This course seeks to provide you with a theoretical and practical understanding of the structure and dynamics of the music industry: your rights and responsibilities in their creation of intellectual property in relation to domestic and international laws and statutes governing their musical productions and performances; principles and techniques of music marketing, publishing and publication; current situations and conditions and conditions directly affecting music as a profession in the Philippines and international settings.
Artist Management for the Music Business by
With the evolution of the music business and the shifting influence of large record labels, the artist manager is now ¿ more than ever ¿ at the center of an artist¿s career. Artist managers are tasked with keeping abreast of the music industry and supporting the artists under their management while simultaneously managing their own careers. Including key industry insights, exclusive planning guidance, management tools, and strategies for a successful career, Artist Management for the Music Business has the tools to support any new or experienced artist manager. Through its analysis of over a dozen case studies, lessons, and contract examples, author Paul Allen provides a focused look at managing artists¿ careers. This follow-up to the best-selling second edition features a new chapter on entrepreneurship including detailed information on how to run an artist management enterprise as a business and includes coverage of anticipating risks, reacting to challenges, and basic money management. The chapter also contains additional sections on the effective use of social media, the Web, and handling online promotion. For additional resources, visit the book¿s website at www.artistmanagementonline.com.
The entrepreneurial muse : inspiring your career in classical music by
The Entrepreneurial Muse: Inspiring your career in classical music explores principles of entrepreneurship in a classical music setting, inspiring students, emerging professionals, and educators alike to gain the broader perspective and strategic understanding required to negotiate the complexand ever-changing landscape of a professional music career. The author's own career journey creates an additional narrative intended to inspire a broader and more creative view of career possibilities. Readers will acquire strategic and observational tools designed to expand their view of possiblecareer paths, stimulate creative thinking about how their unique skills can find value in the 21st-century marketplace, and realize their goals through the entrepreneurial process. And because entrepreneurship is itself a creative endeavor, readers will learn how entrepreneurship and artisticintegrity can not only peacefully coexist, but actually nurture and inspire each other.The Entrepreneurial Muse explains and illustrates a new approach to developing and maintaining a career in classical music, and to supplement, not replace, traditional music career development texts. The Entrepreneurial Muse inspires readers' creative imaginations and gives them practical tools tohelp realize a personally authentic career that is sustainable, fulfilling, and impactful.
Making time for making music : how to bring music into your busy life by
Are you a former music-maker who yearns to return to music, but aren't sure where to begin? You're not alone. Many adults who used to play an instrument haven't touched it in years because either they can't find the time to practice, are afraid their skills are too rusty, or are unsure of whatkind of group they could join. Others are afraid to sing in front of an audience, no matter how small, because they received negative feedback from childhood instructors. Performing, practicing, and composing music may seem like unattainable goals with insurmountable obstacles for busy adults withnon-musical careers.Making Time for Making Music can help adults find ways to make music part of their lives. The first book of its kind, it is filled with real-life success stories from more than 350 adults who manage to fit music-making into their jam-packed schedules. They polished rusty skills, found musical groupsto join, and are having a great time. Their testimonies prove that you are never too old to learn to make music, and that there are numerous musical paths to explore. Featuring advice from dozens of music educators, health care professionals, and music researchers who point out that making music caneven be good for your health, this book offers inspiration and tried-and-true strategies for anyone who wishes to return to music-making or begin as an adult.
Media Management and Artificial Intelligence by
This cutting-edge textbook examines contemporary media business models in the context of Artificial Intelligence (AI) and digital transformation. AI has dramatically impacted media production and distribution, from recommendation engines to synthetic humans, from video-to-text tools to natural language models. "AI is really the change agent of the media industry," answered a natural language generation model when AI was 'asked' about the subject of this book. "It will open incredible opportunities." This book seeks to explore them. The media is examined through four sections. 'Principles' maps business models and the key tools of AI. 'Platforms' covers distribution channels in Games, Streamers, Social Networks, Broadcast and Digital Publishing. 'Producers' covers the engines of content-making, including Scripted, Entertainment, Factual, Content Marketing, Creators and Music. Finally, 'Pioneers' covers emerging sectors of Podcasting, Esports, the Metaverse and other AI-driven developments. Then in each chapter, a standard value creation model is applied, mapping a single sector through development, production, distribution and monetisation. Diverse case studies are analysed from India, Nigeria, South Korea, South Africa, France, the Netherlands, the US, the UK, Denmark and China - around creative entrepreneurship, revenue models, profit drivers, rights and emerging AI tools. Questions are provided for each case, whilst chapter summaries cement learning. Applied and technology-focused, this text offers core reading for advanced undergraduate and postgraduates studying Media Management - or the relationship between Entertainment, Media and Technology. Online resources include chapter-by-chapter PowerPoint slides and an Instructor's Manual with further exercises and case studies.
Music Business for Dummies by
Start your music career off right with this fun guide to the music industry Music Business For Dummies explains the ins and outs of the music industry for artists and business people just starting out. You'll learn how file-sharing, streaming, and iTunes have transformed the industry, and how to navigate your way through the new distribution models to capitalize on your work. It all begins with the right team, and this practical guide explains who you need to have on your side as you begin to grow and get more exposure. Coverage includes rehearsing, performing, recording, publishing, copyrights, royalties, and much more, giving you the information you need to start your career off smart. Music industry success has never been easy to achieve, and recent transformations and disruptions to the business side have made the whole idea even more daunting than before. This guide gives you a roadmap around the landmines, and provides expert advice for starting out on the right foot. Find the right players, agents, and business managers Make more money from your work with smart distribution Build your brand and get people talking about you Get gigs, go on tour, and keep on growing If music is your calling, you need to plan your career in a way that sets you up for success from the very beginning. Put the right people in place, get the most out of your investments, and learn how to work the crowd both virtually and in person. Music Business For Dummies is your companion on your journey to the music career you want.
Music Business Handbook and Career Guide by
The special Tenth Edition of this powerhouse bestselling text maintains its tradition as the most comprehensive, up-to-date guide to the music industry. The breadth of coverage that this book offers is unlike that of any other resource available. Music business newcomers and professionals alike will find the book a valuable resource, whatever their specialty within the field music. It is ideal as the core textbook in courses dealing with the music business. Key features includes: * expanded and enhanced coverage of state-of-the-art technology and its implications for the music industry, including digital downloads, changing production technologies, marketing via social networking, and new distribution channels including video games * new business models and their implications including the topics of Internet outlets, the independent musician, the evolving role of producers, and satellite and Internet radio * updated information on careers * coverage of alternatives to radio airplay and to luring teens to local record stores, in light of the weakened format of radio and the disappearance of neighborhood music shops * cxamination of sophisticated marketing research tools for the industry, due to consumer clicks that illuminate customer buying behavior and changes in tastes and desires * reflection on the global shift of the music business world as it becomes less centered on American companies and culture * companion websites include password-protected Instructor Resources Site (featuring PowerPoint slides, tests, tips, and more) and an open-access Student Study Site (featuring new interactive exercises and links to material online to enhance learning).
The Musician's Business and Legal Guide by
The Musician's Business and Legal Guide provides vital information to help demystify the music business and the complex body of law that shapes it. This book answers such questions as how to protect name and copyright; what is and is not legal about sampling; what are the legal issues surrounding digital downloads and streaming; what are the jobs of managers, talent agents and publishers; what are common contractual relationship between independent and major labels. The new edition includes chapters not covered in depth by other books: social media law, TV talent shows, YouTube, and international copyright. As in previous editions, the book features clause-by-clause contract analyses for 360 record deals, music publishing, management, and producer agreements.
Popular music as promotion : music and branding in the digital age by
'Business-as-usual' has been transformed across the music industries in the post-CD age. Against widespread hype about the purported decline of the major music labels, this book provides a critique of the ways these companies have successfully adapted to digital challenges - and what is at stake for music makers and for culture. Today, recording artists are positioned as 'artist-brands' and popular music as a product to be licensed by consumer and media brands. Leslie M. Meier examines key consequences of shifting business models, marketing strategies, and the new 'common sense' in the music industries: the gatekeeping and colonization of popular music by brands. Popular Music as Promotion is important reading for students and scholars of media and communication studies, cultural studies and sociology, and will appeal to anyone interested in new intersections of popular music, digital media and promotional culture.
Sounds, screens, speakers : an introduction to music and media by
Sounds, Screens, Speakers provides a broadly comprehensive survey of the emerging field of music and media. Music has been present at the advent of nearly every new media form since the turn of the 20th century. Whether we look at the start of sound recording, film, television or the Internet, music has been a crucial participant in the social changes brought about by these new tools for making and listening to music. This book examines such changes starting in the late 19th century to the present. From the introduction of the microphone all the way through to music in reality television, the purpose of each section is not simply to move chronologically towards the present, but to focus especially on the tangible social relationships created through specific forms of mediation. With readings at the end of most chapters, key questions to facilitate additional discovery and research, and direction to additional readings and resources on popular websites and news sources, this text serves as the ideal introduction to popular music and media.
The Ultimate LinkedIn Messaging Guide by
Get people to read, listen to, and watch your LinkedIn messages The Ultimate LinkedIn Messaging Guide is for salespeople, businesses, recruiters, and LinkedIn users who struggle to get replies and results on the essential business platform. In this book, author Daniel Disney shows you just how powerful LinkedIn can be when you figure out how to do it right. You'll discover how to use LinkedIn messages to get noticed by employers, get attention to your business, and close deals. When you master LinkedIn messaging with the proven tips inside this book, you'll be able to start more conversations, create more opportunities and drive more sales and revenue. What you're looking for is out there - if you know how to reach the people who can help. But in this age of information overload, no one will respond to a spammy message, call, or e-mail. You need to stand out and prove that you're legitimate. In this book, you'll find real examples of successful messages, as well as over 50 message templates and scripts for written, audio, video and InMail messages. There are also QR codes throughout the book that take you to recorded examples of video and audio messages so you can see and hear them in action. Learn how to send personalised connection requests and LinkedIn messages that prompt people to talk to you Discover tips for building your network and reaching the decision makers at any company Leverage the power of audio and video messages to connect more effectively on LinkedIn Follow up and convert replies into sales, job offers, and high-value relationships If you've struggled to get noticed, meet the right people, and close deals, The Ultimate LinkedIn Messaging Guide is the tool you need to turn it around.
Understanding the Music Business by
In today's fast-moving music industry, what does it take to build a life-long career? Now more than ever, all those working in music need to be aware of many aspects of the business, and take control of their own careers. Understanding the Music Business offers students a concise yet comprehensive overview of the rapidly evolving music industry, rooted in real-world experiences. Anchored by a wealth of career profiles and case studies, this second edition has been updated throughout to include the most important contemporary developments, including the advent of streaming and the shift to a DIY paradigm. A new "Both Sides Now" feature helps readers understand differing opinions on key issues. Highly readable, Understanding the Music Business is the perfect introduction for anyone seeking to understand how musical talents connect to making a living.
Web Marketing for the Music Business by
Learn to create a powerful online presence that captures your audience by exposing them to the sights and sounds of your band or music project and allowing them to easily become paying fans. Web Marketing for the Music Business second edition includes updated basics and advice on website creation: * Setting up your website and website design * Selecting your domain name and host * Using HTML, Java, widgets, Flash, and RSS to charge up your website New! * Using search engine optimization (SEO) methods for the best search engine rankings New! * Maximizing social media sites like Facebook, YouTube, and Twitter for easy sharing by fans * Monitoring site traffic and using analytic tools * Adding audio and video to your site * Choosing and using commercial download services * Creating and managing an online store * Finding your market online * Creating a mobile website and mobile media campaign Market your band using sites like Facebook, SonicBids, and ReverbNation, where fan interaction is key, and fan-generated content can be encouraged. Learn techniques to coordinate your offline and online promotions for maximum impact. Drawing on his own experience and the knowledge of industry experts, author Tom Hutchison brings you solid marketing advice. The companion website for the book, www.focalpress.com/cw/hutchison, gives you more on the ever-changing world of online promotion. This is the perfect book for do-it-yourself musicians, managers, and labels who want to maximize sales and exposure or industry professionals seeking information on new media.
This course seeks to provide you with a theoretical and practical understanding of the structure and dynamics of the music industry: your rights and responsibilities in their creation of intellectual property in relation to domestic and international laws and statutes governing their musical productions and performances; principles and techniques of music marketing, publishing and publication; current situations and conditions and conditions directly affecting music as a profession in the Philippines and international settings.
Artist Management for the Music Business by
Anyone managing an artist's career needs to be well versed and have a savvy understanding of the moving parts of the music business. Learn how and why those moving parts "move," as well as how to manage and navigate a music-based career. Artist Management for the Music Business gives a comprehensive view of how to generate income through music and how to strategically plan for future growth. The book is full of valuable practical insights. It includes interviews and case studies with examples of real-world management issues and outcomes. Updates to this new edition include the importance of online streaming to music careers, how anyone can effectively network, tools for successful negotiation, ways to identify and manage income sources, and guidance on the ever-changing social media landscape of the music business. This book gives access to resources about artist management and the music business at its companion website, http://www.artistmanagementonline.com. There is no login, and the resources are updated regularly.
Artist Management for the Music Business by
With the evolution of the music business and the shifting influence of large record labels, the artist manager is now - more than ever - at the center of an artist's career. Artist managers are tasked with keeping abreast of the music industry and supporting the artists under their management while simultaneously managing their own careers. Including key industry insights, exclusive planning guidance, management tools, and strategies for a successful career, Artist Management for the Music Business has the tools to support any new or experienced artist manager. Through its analysis of over a dozen case studies, lessons, and contract examples, author Paul Allen provides a focused look at managing artists' careers. This follow-up to the best-selling second edition features a new chapter on entrepreneurship including detailed information on how to run an artist management enterprise as a business and includes coverage of anticipating risks, reacting to challenges, and basic money management. The chapter also contains additional sections on the effective use of social media, the Web, and handling online promotion. For additional resources, visit the book's website at www.artistmanagementonline.com.
The Classical Music Industry by
This volume brings together academics, executives and practitioners to provide readers with an extensive and authoritative overview of the classical music industry. The central practices, theories and debates that empower and regulate the industry are explored through the lens of classical music-making, business, and associated spheres such as politics, education, media and copyright. 　 The Classical Music Industry maps the industry's key networks, principles and practices across such sectors as recording, live, management and marketing: essentially, how the cultural and economic practice of classical music is kept mobile and alive. The book examining pathways to professionalism, traditional and new forms of engagement, and the consequences of related issues--ethics, prestige, gender and class--for anyone aspiring to 'make it' in the industry today. 　 This book examines a diverse and fast-changing sector that animates deep feelings. The Classical Music Industry acknowledges debates that have long encircled the sector but today have a fresh face, as the industry adjusts to the new economics of funding, policy-making and retail 　 The first volume of its kind, The Classical Music Industry is a significant point of reference and piece of critical scholarship, written for the benefit of practitioners, music-lovers, students and scholars alike offering a balanced and rigorous account of the manifold ways in which the industry operates.
The Craft of Contemporary Commercial Music by
In the contemporary world, the role of the commercial composer has grown to include a wide range of new responsibilities. Modern composers not only write music, but also often need to perform, record, and market their own works. The Craft of Contemporary Commercial Music prepares today's music students for their careers by teaching them to compose their own music, produce it professionally, and sell it successfully. The textbook integrates three areas of concentration--music theory and composition, audio engineering, and music business--allowing students to understand and practice how to successfully navigate each stage of a score's life cycle from concept to contract. Students will learn how to: Translate musical ideas into scores utilizing music theory and composition techniques Transform scores into professional audio through the production stages of tracking, sequencing, editing, mixing, mastering, and bouncing Market works to prospective clients The textbook assumes no prior knowledge of music theory or audio topics, and its modular organization allows instructors to use the book flexibly. Exercises at the end of each chapter provide practice with key skills, and a companion website supports the book with video walkthroughs, streaming audio, a glossary, and printable exercise pages. Combining a grounding in music notation and theory concepts with a foundation in essential technologies, The Craft of Contemporary Commercial Music offers an innovative approach that addresses the needs of students preparing for music careers.
Introduction to the Music Industry by
Introduction to the Music Industry: An Entrepreneurial Approach, Second Edition is an introductory textbook that offers a fresh perspective in one of the fastest-changing businesses in the world today. It engages students with creative problem-solving activities, collaborative projects and case studies as they explore the inner workings of the music business, while encouraging them to think like entrepreneurs on a path toward their own successful careers in the industry. This new edition includes a revised chapter organization, with chapters streamlined to focus on topics most important to music business students, while also maintaining its user-friendly chapter approach. Supported by an updated companion website, this book equips music business students and performance majors with the knowledge and tools to adopt and integrate entrepreneurial thinking successfully into practice and shape the future of the industry.
Monetizing Entertainment by
Monetizing Entertainment: An Insider's Handbook for Careers in the Entertainment & Music Industry offers a thorough, guided exploration of the current state of the industry, with an emphasis on trends in copyright, digital streaming, and practical advice for developing a career as an artist, technician, or industry executive. This book investigates a variety of topics within the entertainment and music industry, ranging from traditional and emerging business models to intellectual property rights to the creative destruction happening currently. The book strategically outlines the existing gaps that make being successful as an artist a dynamic interaction between creativity and business. This book includes the following: An overview of the creative destruction process that has destroyed some of the old business models and created a number of career options. A look at innovative, entrepreneurial career options. A step-by-step examination for both creative and business professionals of the administrative and financial structures of the industry. Detailed analysis of trends and topics shaping the current entertainment and music industry drawn from insiders' perspectives and other contemporary resources. An accompanying website (www.routledge.com/cw/wacholtz), hosting case studies, videos, data, infographics, and blog posts on business models, is the perfect companion to this authoritative resource.
Musicians in Transit: Argentina and the Globalization of Popular Music by
In Musicians in Transit Matthew B. Karush examines the transnational careers of seven of the most influential Argentine musicians of the twentieth century: Afro-Argentine swing guitarist Oscar Alemán, jazz saxophonist Gato Barbieri, composer Lalo Schifrin, tango innovator Astor Piazzolla, balada singer Sandro, folksinger Mercedes Sosa, and rock musician Gustavo Santaolalla. As active participants in the globalized music business, these artists interacted with musicians and audiences in the United States, Europe, and Latin America and contended with genre distinctions, marketing conventions, and ethnic stereotypes. By responding creatively to these constraints, they made innovative music that provided Argentines with new ways of understanding their nation's place in the world. Eventually, these musicians produced expressions of Latin identity that reverberated beyond Argentina, including a novel form of pop ballad; an anti-imperialist, revolutionary folk genre; and a style of rock built on a pastiche of Latin American and global genres. A website with links to recordings by each musician accompanies the book.
Whatever It Takes : Life Lessons from Degrassi and Elsewhere in the World of Music and Television by
This book will change the way you think about success. Producer of television's iconic Degrassi franchise Stephen Stohn tells stories from behind the scenes and of making it in the music and television world in this star-studded, rock 'n' roll trip through a Canadian show business explosion. Stohn, who has been at the heart of the entertainment industry for over forty years, shares a lifetime of experience and unique insights into how dreams are turned into reality. "Whatever It Takes" -- both a mantra and Degrassi's theme song -- has been heard millions of times all over the world. It embodies a philosophy of struggle and self-belief leading to accomplishment, as well as the story of an exploring mind, an adventurous pursuit of experience, ringing failures, and the willingness to see things in a different way.
The chorus class is the entry-level choir for both male and female students interested in vocal music performance that will help them improve their note-reading. It is also an outlet for the student who enjoys singing for his/her own pleasure. The following musical skills for ensemble singing will be stressed: proper breathing, pleasant vocal production, blend and balance, expansion of range, good intonation, ear training, and sight-reading. Various styles of choral literature will be explored which will help prepare for membership in one of the select choirs. Participation in various performances is a requirement of the class. In-school rehearsals, performances, and activities are part of the course grade. These activities are integral elements that support and extend learning in the classroom. Homework will vary with the individual. There will be sectionals and ensembles instructions during lecture/class time.
Bending the Rules of Music TheoryBending the rules of music theory : lessons from great composers by
For students learning the principles of music theory, it can often seem as though the tradition of tonal harmony is governed by immutable rules that define which chords, tones, and intervals can be used where. Yet even within the classical canon, there are innumerable examples of composers diverging from these foundational "rules." Drawing on examples from composers including J.S. Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Mendelssohn, Chopin, Brahms, and more, Bending the Rules of Music Theoryseeks to take readers beyond the basics of music theory and help them to understand the inherent flexibility in the system of tonal music. Chapters explore the use of different rule-breaking elements in practice and why they work, introducing students to a more nuanced understanding of music theory.
The Cambridge Companion to Choral Music by
Choral music is now undoubtedly the foremost genre of participatory music making, with more people singing in choirs than ever before. Written by a team of leading international practitioners and scholars, this Companion addresses the history of choral music, its emergence and growth worldwide and its professional practice. The volume sets out a historical survey of the genre and follows with a kaleidoscopic bird's eye view of choral music from all over the world. Chapters vividly portray the emergence and growth of choral music from its Quranic antecedents in West and Central Asia to the baroque churches of Latin America, representing its global diversity. Uniquely, the book includes a pedagogical section where several leading choral musicians write about the voice and the inner workings of a choir and give their professional insights into choral practice. This Companion will appeal to choral scholars, directors and performers alike.
Choral monuments : studies of eleven choral masterworks by
Choral Monuments provides extensive material about eleven epoch-making choral masterworks that span the history of Western culture. Included are: Missa Pange lingua (Josquin Desprez); Missa Papae Marcelli (G. P. da Palestrina); B Minor Mass (J. S. Bach); Messiah (G. F. Handel); The Creation(Joseph Haydn); Symphony #9 (Ludwig van Beethoven); St. Paul (Felix Mendelssohn); Ein deutsches Requiem (Johannes Brahms); Messa da Requiem (Giuseppe Verdi); Mass (Igor Stravinsky); and War Requiem (Benjamin Britten). The works are presented in separate chapters, with each chapter divided intothree basic sections-history, analysis, and performance practice.Discussions of history are focused on relevancies - the genesis of the designated work in reference to the composer's total choral output, the work's place within the musical environment and social climate of its time, and essential features of the work that make it noteworthy. In addition, thecompositional history addresses three other factors: the work's public reception and critical response, both at the time of its composition and in ensuing years; the history of score publications, detailing the various differences between editions; and the texts of the composition. The materialregarding textual treatment, which often includes the complete texts of the works being discussed, concentrates on primary concerns of the text's usage; also included in the discussion are noteworthy aspects of texts separate from the music as well as biographical details of librettists and poets,if appropriate.The analysis section of each chapter outlines and describes musical forms and other types of compositional organization, including parody technique, mirror structures, and motto repetitions, as well as salient compositional characteristics that directly relate and contribute to the work's artisticstature. Numerous charts and musical examples illustrate the discussions.The discussion of performance practices includes primary source quotations about a wide range of topics, from performing forces, tempo, and phrasing of each work to specific issues such as tactus, text underlay, musica ficta, metric accentuation, and ornamentation.
Focus: Choral Music in Global Persepective by
Focus: Choral Music in Global Perspective introduces the little-known traditions and repertoires of the world¿s choral diversity, from prison choirs in Thailand and gay and lesbian choruses of the Western world to community choruses in the Middle East and youth choirs in the United States. The book weaves together the stories of diverse individuals and organizations, examining their music and pedagogical practices while presenting the author¿s research on how choral cultures around the world interact with societies and transform the lives of their members. Through an engaging series of portraits that pushes beyond the scope of extant texts and studies, the author explores the dynamic realm of world choral activity and repertoire. These personal portraits of musical communities are enriched by sample repertoire lists, performance details, and research findings that reposition a once Western phenomenon as a global concept. Focus: Choral Music in Global Perspective is an accessible, engaging, and provocative study of one of the world¿s most ubiquitous and socially significant forms of music-making.
Music Assessment for Better Ensembles by
Assessment is central to ensemble music. Yet, teachers do not always have the expertise to harness its potential to improve rehearsals and performances, and promote and document student learning. Written specifically for band, choir, and orchestra teachers at all levels, this book contains allof the information necessary to design and use assessment in a thriving music classroom.The first section addresses foundations such as learning targets, metacognition, and growth mindset. Assessment jargon such as formative assessment, summative assessment, Assessment for Learning, self and peer assessment, and authentic assessment is clarified and illustrated with music examples.Readers will learn practical strategies for choosing which concepts to assess, which methods to use, and how to use results to provide accurate and effective feedback to students.The second section brings assessment fundamentals into the music room. Filled with practical advice, each chapter examines a different facet of musicianship. Sample assessments in all performance areas are provided, including music literacy, fundamentals and technique, terminology, interpretation,evaluation and critique, composition and improvisation, beliefs and attitudes, and more. There is an entire chapter devoted to tips for applying assessment and feedback strategies in rehearsals, which can result in a fresh and effective approach to performance preparation.The final section is an examination of grading practices in music classes. Readers will gain information about ensemble grades that communicate what students know and are able to do, rather than whether they remembered their black socks. A variety of approaches, including Standards-Based Grading,are evaluated in light of music teachers' unique situations.The book concludes with ways for music educators to take their first steps toward implementing these strategies in their own teaching, including the use of instructional technology. Assessing like an expert is possible, and this book is just what teachers need to get started.
The Oxford Handbook of Voice Studies by
More than 200 years after the first speaking machine, we are accustomed to voices that speak from any- and everywhere. We interact daily with voices that emit from house alarm systems, cars, telephones, and digital assistants, such as Alexa and Google Home. However, vocal events still have thecapacity to raise age-old questions about the human, the animal, the machine, and the spiritual - or in non-metaphysical terms - questions about identity and authenticity. In The Oxford Handbook of Voice Studies, contributors look to the metaphorical voice as well as the clinical understanding ofthe vocal apparatus to answer the seemingly innocuous question: What is voice?From a range of disciplines including the humanities, biology, culture, and technology studies, contributors draw on the unique methodologies and values each has at hand to address the uses, meanings, practices, theories, methods, and sounds of the voice. Together, they assess the ways thatdiscipline-specific, ontological, and epistemological assumptions of voice need to shift in order to take the findings of other fields into account. This Handbook thus enables a lively discussion as multifaceted and complex as the voice itself has proven to be.
A Practical Guide to Choral Conducting by
Rooted in the experience of a professional choral conductor, this book provides a guide to practical issues facing conductors of choral ensembles at all levels, from youth choruses to university ensembles, church and community choirs, and professional vocal groups. Paired with the discussion of practical challenges is a discussion of over fifty key works from the choral literature, with performance suggestions to aid the choral conductor in directing each piece. Dealing with often-overlooked yet vital considerations such as how to work with composers, recording, concert halls, and choral tours, A Practical Guide to Choral Conducting offers a valuable resource for both emerging choral conductors and students of choral conducting at the undergraduate and graduate levels.
The use of the international phonetic alphabet in the choral rehearsal by
"The fusion of text with music is one of the most powerful methods by which a composer can express emotion to an audience, yet, all too often, the diction of choral groups is lacking to such a degree as to make the text unintelligible." So argues Duane R. Karna, who in The Use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in the Choral Rehearsal brings together 30 essays by experts from around the world to describe how the character symbols of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) can be used by singers in the choral rehearsal. In an effort to conquer one of the greatest challenges facing choral directors and their choirs, contributors explore the use of the IPA system in a vast range of languages. Readers will find essays devoted to the use of IPA on matters of lyric diction for the following tongues: Baltic Languages, Basque, Brazilian Portuguese, Chinese, Dutch, Ecclesiastical Latin, English, Finnish, French, Georgian, German, Germanic Latin, Greek, Hawaiian, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swahili, and Swedish. Holding firmly to the belief that basic instruction in IPA character is part of a choir's training, Karna and his contributors see enormous potential for choirs to expand considerably their foreign-language repertoire and save considerable rehearsal time. The Use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in the Choral Rehearsal is the ideal primer for choral directors and choirmasters as well as choir members.
The chorus class is the entry-level choir for both male and female students interested in vocal music performance that will help them improve their note-reading. It is also an outlet for the student who enjoys singing for his/her own pleasure. The following musical skills for ensemble singing will be stressed: proper breathing, pleasant vocal production, blend and balance, expansion of range, good intonation, ear training, and sight-reading. Various styles of choral literature will be explored which will help prepare for membership in one of the select choirs. Participation in various performances is a requirement of the class. In-school rehearsals, performances, and activities are part of the course grade. These activities are integral elements that support and extend learning in the classroom. Homework will vary with the individual. There will be sectionals and ensembles instructions during lecture/class time.
Choral Scores by
Choral Scores is an anthology of music exemplifying distinctive choral repertoire by the most noteworthy composers throughout the history of Western music. A companion volume to Denis Shrock's Choral Repertoire (Oxford 2009), it presents works of salient importance to the development of choral music in Western culture, representing the music of the composers, eras, and movements discussed most prominently in that volume. Including 132 compositions by 124 different composers, each presented unabridged and in full score, and spanning the entirety of Western music history, from the medieval era through the twentieth century, and into the twenty-first, Choral Scores is the most thorough, and up-to-date collection of choral music available. Complete with an appendix offering literal translations of texts, as well as composer and genre indices, Choral Scores is an essential reference for choral scholars, teachers, and students alike.
Choral Singing : Histories and Practices by
What role does contemporary choral activity play in the construction of social and musical meaning? How can historical knowledge and analysis shed light on contemporary choral problems and possibilities? And how can choral research promote the development and expansion of new music today? Questions like these are addressed in this anthology from a wide range of disciplines and perspectives. The book comprises a selection of papers presented at the International Conference on the Concepts and Practices of Choral Singing in Lund, Sweden, in October 2012. The aim of the conference was to highlight the contemporary dynamic developments in choral research, and to explore interdisciplinary investigations and interaction between practice-based and historical approaches.The conference was also the fourth meeting of the network “Choir in Focus”, which was initiated in 2009 at Southern Choral Centre (Körcentrum Syd), a joint venture between Malmö Academy of Music, the Department of Musicology, Odeum (all at Lund University), Malmö Symphony Orchestra and Music South (Musik i Syd), Sweden.The continuous ambition of the network has been to provide a forum for co-operation across national and disciplinary borders and to encourage debates around the musical and social function of choirs in modern society as mirroring collective and individual needs for meaning, music-making and well-being.In the introductory chapter, the editors describe choral practice as a field of simultaneous (re)presentation, (re)production and (re)creation, and suggest that these three aspects may be seen as umbrella themes for the fifteen chapters of the anthology. The authors come from Sweden, Norway, Finland, Estonia, Germany, United Kingdom, Portugal and Belgium, and explore choral practice from differing theoretical and methodological starting points. Together, they contribute to a transdisciplinary discussion about the origins, functions and meanings of choral singing.
Nineteenth-Century Choral Music by
Nineteenth-Century Choral Music is an in-depth examination of the rich repertoire of choral music and the cultural phenomenon of choral music making throughout the period. The book is divided into three main sections. The first details the attraction to choral singing and the ways it was linked to different parts of society, and to the role of choral voices in the two principal large-scale genres of the period: the symphony and opera. A second section highlights ten choral-orchestral masterworks that are a central part of the repertoire. The final section presents overview and focus chapters covering composers, repertoire (both small and larger works), and performance life in an historical context from over a dozen regions of the world: Britain and Ireland, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Hungary, Italy, Latin America, the Philippines, Poland, Russia, Scandinavia and Finland, Spain, and the United States. This diverse collection of essays brings together the work of 25 authors, many of whom have devoted much of their scholarly lives to the composers and music discussed, giving the reader a lively and unique perspective on this significant part of nineteenth-century musical life.
A queerly joyful noise : choral musicking for social justice by
2018 Choice Outstanding Academic Title Honorable Mention, 2019 Herndon Book Prize - (SEM-GST) A Queerly Joyful Noise examines how choral singing can be both personally transformative and politically impactful. As they blend their different voices to create something beautiful, LGBTIQ singers stand together and make themselves heard. Comparing queer choral performances to the uses of group singing within the civil rights and labor movements, Julia "Jules" Balén maps the relationship between different forms of oppression and strategic musical forms of resistance. She also explores the potential this queer communal space creates for mobilizing progressive social action. A proud member of numerous queer choruses, Balén draws from years of firsthand observations, archival research, and extensive interviews to reveal how queer chorus members feel shared vulnerability, collective strength, and even moments of ecstasy when performing. A Queerly Joyful Noise serves as a testament to the power of music, intimately depicting how participation in a queer chorus is more than a pastime, but a meaningful form of protest through celebration.
Solfege and Sonority : Teaching Music Reading in the Choral Classroom by
Solfege and Sonority is a guide for teaching music literacy in a choral rehearsal, with a focus on the needs of teachers who work with young singers. The book lays out teaching sequences for melodic and rhythmic concepts, lesson plans, and concise strategies for introducing key techniques. The individual lessons themselves are short (no more than 4-6 minutes each) and comprehensive, encouraging singers to develop a literacy of rhythm and melody together. In 18 easy-to-use lessons for teachers and conductors and tying the lessons to the teacher's current repertoire, longtime choral director and teacher David J. Xiques has created a practical and viable solution to the challenges of many conductors, as well as providing a much-needed manual for upper-level choral pedagogy courses. The comprehensive companion website provides access to videos of exercises, worksheets, and teaching materials.
The Use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in the Choral Rehearsal by
"The fusion of text with music is one of the most powerful methods by which a composer can express emotion to an audience, yet, all too often, the diction of choral groups is lacking to such a degree as to make the text unintelligible." So argues Duane R. Karna, who in The Use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in the Choral Rehearsal brings together 30 essays by experts from around the world to describe how the character symbols of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) can be used by singers in the choral rehearsal. In an effort to conquer one of the greatest challenges facing choral directors and their choirs, contributors explore the use of the IPA system in a vast range of languages. Readers will find essays devoted to the use of IPA on matters of lyric diction for the following tongues: Baltic Languages, Basque, Brazilian Portuguese, Chinese, Dutch, Ecclesiastical Latin, English, Finnish, French, Georgian, German, Germanic Latin, Greek, Hawaiian, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Romanian, Russian, Spanish, Swahili, and Swedish. Holding firmly to the belief that basic instruction in IPA character is part of a choir's training, Karna and his contributors see enormous potential for choirs to expand considerably their foreign-language repertoire and save considerable rehearsal time. The Use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in the Choral Rehearsal is the ideal primer for choral directors and choirmasters as well as choir members.
The chorus class 2 is the intermediate-level choir for both male and female students interested in vocal music performance that will help them improve their note-reading. It is also an outlet for the student who enjoys singing for his/her own pleasure. The following musical skills for ensemble singing will be stressed: proper breathing, pleasant vocal production, blend and balance, expansion of range, good intonation, ear training, and sight-reading. Various styles of choral literature will be explored which will help prepare for membership in one of the select choirs. Participation in various performances is a requirement of the class. In-school rehearsals, performances, and activities are part of the course grade. These activities are integral elements that support and extend learning in the classroom. Homework will vary with the individual. There will be sectionals and ensembles instructions during lecture/class time.
The Alexander Technique for Musicians by
The Alexander Technique for Musicians is a unique guide for all musicians, providing a practical, informative approach to being a successful and comfortable performer. Perfect as an introduction to the Alexander Technique, or to supplement the reader's lessons, the book looks at daily and last-minute practice, breathing, performance and performance anxiety, teacher-pupil relationships, ensemble skills, and the application of the Alexander Technique to instrumental and vocal work. Complete with diagrams and photographs to aid the learning process, as well as step-by-step procedures and diary entries written by participating students, The Alexander Technique for Musicians gives tried-and-tested advice, drawn from the authors' twenty-plus years of experience working with musicians, providing an essential handbook for musicians seeking the most from themselves and their art.
The Cambridge Companion to Choral Music by
Choral music is now undoubtedly the foremost genre of participatory music making, with more people singing in choirs than ever before. Written by a team of leading international practitioners and scholars, this Companion addresses the history of choral music, its emergence and growth worldwide and its professional practice. The volume sets out a historical survey of the genre and follows with a kaleidoscopic bird's eye view of choral music from all over the world. Chapters vividly portray the emergence and growth of choral music from its Quranic antecedents in West and Central Asia to the baroque churches of Latin America, representing its global diversity. Uniquely, the book includes a pedagogical section where several leading choral musicians write about the voice and the inner workings of a choir and give their professional insights into choral practice. This Companion will appeal to choral scholars, directors and performers alike.
Choral MonumentsChoral monuments : studies of eleven choral masterworks by
Choral Monuments provides extensive material about eleven epoch-making choral masterworks that span the history of Western culture. Included are: Missa Pange lingua (Josquin Desprez); Missa Papae Marcelli (G. P. da Palestrina); B Minor Mass (J. S. Bach); Messiah (G. F. Handel); The Creation(Joseph Haydn); Symphony #9 (Ludwig van Beethoven); St. Paul (Felix Mendelssohn); Ein deutsches Requiem (Johannes Brahms); Messa da Requiem (Giuseppe Verdi); Mass (Igor Stravinsky); and War Requiem (Benjamin Britten). The works are presented in separate chapters, with each chapter divided intothree basic sections-history, analysis, and performance practice.Discussions of history are focused on relevancies - the genesis of the designated work in reference to the composer's total choral output, the work's place within the musical environment and social climate of its time, and essential features of the work that make it noteworthy. In addition, thecompositional history addresses three other factors: the work's public reception and critical response, both at the time of its composition and in ensuing years; the history of score publications, detailing the various differences between editions; and the texts of the composition. The materialregarding textual treatment, which often includes the complete texts of the works being discussed, concentrates on primary concerns of the text's usage; also included in the discussion are noteworthy aspects of texts separate from the music as well as biographical details of librettists and poets,if appropriate.The analysis section of each chapter outlines and describes musical forms and other types of compositional organization, including parody technique, mirror structures, and motto repetitions, as well as salient compositional characteristics that directly relate and contribute to the work's artisticstature. Numerous charts and musical examples illustrate the discussions.The discussion of performance practices includes primary source quotations about a wide range of topics, from performing forces, tempo, and phrasing of each work to specific issues such as tactus, text underlay, musica ficta, metric accentuation, and ornamentation.
Choral Music : Methods and Materials by
This essential text provides choral music educators with a well-organized, practical introduction to directing choirs and managing choral programs at the middle-school through high-school level. It offers step-by-step advice on designing and administering a choral program, from curricula to repertoire to performance, and helps instructors develop a personal philosophy of music education.
Developing musicianship through aural skills : a holistic approach to sight singing and ear training by
Developing Musicianship through Aural Skills, Second Edition, is a comprehensive method for learning to hear, sing, understand, and use the foundations of music as part of an integrated curriculum, incorporating both sight singing and ear training in one volume. Under the umbrella of musicianship, this textbook guides students to "hear what they see, and see what they hear," with a trained, discerning ear on both a musical and an aesthetic level. Key features of this new edition include: Revised organization, with exercises gradually progressing from the simple to more difficult, taking beginner students' varied skill sets into account. An enhanced companion website, with interactive training modules for students to practice core skills, and additional exercises, dictation lesson plans and worksheets for instructors Enhanced coverage and a specific methodology for covering post-tonal material Greater emphasis on developing improvisation skills and realizing lead sheets The text reinforces both musicianship and theory in a systematic method, and its holistic approach provides students the skills necessary to incorporate professionalism, creativity, confidence, and performance preparation in their music education. The second edition of Developing Musicianship through Aural Skills provides a strong foundation for undergraduate music students and answers the need for combining skills in a more holistic, integrated music theory core.
Focus: Choral Music in Global Persepective by
Focus: Choral Music in Global Perspective introduces the little-known traditions and repertoires of the world¿s choral diversity, from prison choirs in Thailand and gay and lesbian choruses of the Western world to community choruses in the Middle East and youth choirs in the United States. The book weaves together the stories of diverse individuals and organizations, examining their music and pedagogical practices while presenting the author¿s research on how choral cultures around the world interact with societies and transform the lives of their members. Through an engaging series of portraits that pushes beyond the scope of extant texts and studies, the author explores the dynamic realm of world choral activity and repertoire. These personal portraits of musical communities are enriched by sample repertoire lists, performance details, and research findings that reposition a once Western phenomenon as a global concept. Focus: Choral Music in Global Perspective is an accessible, engaging, and provocative study of one of the world¿s most ubiquitous and socially significant forms of music-making.
Music as prayer : the theology and practice of church music by
Music as Prayer explores the spiritual and theological character of church music. Author Thomas H. Troeger - a theologian, preacher, poet and flutist - traces how making and listening to music can be an act of prayer, a way of sensing the irrepressible resilience of the divine vitalities, indown-to-earth language that everyone can enjoy. The book employs a wide range of perspectives: from scientific observations about the affect of music on the brain, to the insights of early church fathers about the place of music in worship, to the compositions of great composers and theirreflections upon their art, to the Bible and theologians, to organists, choir directors and instrumentalists, to hymnists and poets. Listening to the wisdom of these varied tribes, Troeger finds them to be a cloud of witnesses, a choir giving testimony to how music puts the human heart in touch withthe spirit in times of sorrow and seeking, in times of joy and gratitude.The book is addressed to listeners and performers alike, instrumentalists and singers, clergy and seminarians, worship committees and congregation members, scholars and teachers of liturgy and sacred music. It helps musicians and clergy to develop a mutual understanding of the theological andspiritual dimensions of their collaborative work. As a whole, the book celebrates the ministry of making music that awakens people to those gifts of the spirit that sustain hope, promote healing, and enliven a visionary faith in the possibility of a transformed world.
Music Theory for Dummies by
Get more out of music with this essential guide Music Theory For Dummies makes music theory easy to understand, with a friendly, unintimidating overview of everything you need to know to become fluent at knocking out beats, reading musical scores, and learning to anticipate where a song should go--whether you're reading someone else's music or writing your own. Whether you're a music student or a music lover, you'll learn to read, write, and understand music with this informative guide. With expert instruction, you'll put it all together as you compose, arrange, and create original melodies, harmonies, and chords of your own, with helpful tips for performing your pieces in front of an audience. This new third edition presents the most current teaching techniques, the newest music genres and examples, and updated information on all aspects of understanding, creating, and performing music. Studies have shown that music training improves children's' verbal and spatial abilities, and it's been associated with cognitive and mathematical benefits in adults. The music job market is expected to increase over the coming years, and music theory is becoming an increasingly common part of education at all levels. Music Theory For Dummies provides the instruction you need to get more out of music than you ever thought possible. Master major and minor scales, intervals, pitches, and clefs Understand basic notation, time signals, tempo, dynamics, and navigation Employ melodies, chords, progressions, and phrases to form music Compose harmonies and accompanying melodies for voice and instruments Whether you intend to pursue a degree or career in music, or just enjoy listening to it, understanding the theory behind it gives you a whole new appreciation for the artistry and craftsmanship behind the pieces that give you goose bumps. It's a mix of technical skill, inborn talent, and plenty of practice - and now you can try your hand at it, with Music Theory For Dummies.
Philosophy of Song and Singing by
In Philosophy of Song and Singing: An Introduction, Jeanette Bicknell explores key aesthetic, ethical, and other philosophical questions that have not yet been thoroughly researched by philosophers, musicologists, or scientists. Issues addressed include: The relationship between the meaning of a song's words and its music The performer's role and the ensuing gender complications, social ontology, and personal identity The performer's ethical obligations to audiences, composers, lyricists, and those for whom the material holds particular significance The metaphysical status of isolated solo performances compared to the continuous singing of opera or the interrupted singing of stage and screen musicals 　 Each chapter focuses on one major musical example and includes several shorter discussions of other selections. All have been chosen for their illustrative power and their accessibility for any interested reader and are readily available.
Singers, scores and sounds : making new connections and transforming voices by 
Teaching music differently : case studies of inspiring pedagogies by
Teaching Music Differently explores what music teachers do and why. It offers insightful analysis of eight in-depth studies of teachers in a range of settings - the early years, a special school, primary and secondary schools, a college, a prison, a conservatoire and a community choir - and demonstrates that pedagogy is not simply the delivery of a curriculum or an enactment of a teaching plan. Rather, a teacher's pedagogy is complex, nuanced and influenced by a multitude of factors. Exploring the theories teachers hold about their own teaching, it reveals that, even when teachers are engaged with the same subject, their teaching varies substantially. It analyses the differences in terms of agency - the knowledge and skills that teachers bring to teaching, their expectations shaped by their life histories, the ways in which they relate to their students and the subject and their ideas about the content they teach - what is important, what is interesting, what is difficult for students to grasp. It also explores the constraints that are imposed upon the teachers - by curriculum, policy, institutions, society and the students themselves. Together with discussion of key ideas for understanding the case studies, historical influences on music pedagogy and the main discourses around music teaching, Teaching Music Differently invites all music education professionals to consider their own responses to pedagogical discourses and to use these discourses to further the development of the profession as a whole.
The chorus class 2 is the intermediate-level choir for both male and female students interested in vocal music performance that will help them improve their note-reading. It is also an outlet for the student who enjoys singing for his/her own pleasure. The following musical skills for ensemble singing will be stressed: proper breathing, pleasant vocal production, blend and balance, expansion of range, good intonation, ear training, and sight-reading. Various styles of choral literature will be explored which will help prepare for membership in one of the select choirs. Participation in various performances is a requirement of the class. In-school rehearsals, performances, and activities are part of the course grade. These activities are integral elements that support and extend learning in the classroom. Homework will vary with the individual. There will be sectionals and ensembles instructions during lecture/class time.
Alternative Voices : Essays on Contemporary Vocal and Choral Composition by
Istvan Anhalt, himself a composer of many vocal works, has written an interdisciplinary study of the innovative vocal and choral music that has emerged in Europe and North America since the Second World War.
A Different Voice, A Different Song: Reclaiming Community through the Natural Voice and World Song by
A Different Voice, A Different Song traces the history of a grassroots scene that has until now operated largely beneath the radar, but that has been gently gathering force since the 1970s. At the core of this scene today are the natural voice movement, founded on the premise that "everyonecan sing", and a growing transnational community of amateur singers participating in multicultural music activity. Author Caroline Bithell reveals the intriguing web of circumstances and motivations that link these two trends, highlighting their potential with respect to current social, politicaland educational agendas. She investigates how and why songs from the world's oral traditions have provided the lynchpin for the natural voice movement, revealing how the musical traditions of other cultures not only provide a colourful repertory but also inform the ideological, methodological andethical principles on which the movement itself is founded. A Different Voice, A Different Song draws on long-term ethnographic research, including participant-observation at choir rehearsals, performances, workshops and camps, as well as interviews with voice teachers, choir and workshop leaders,camp and festival organisers, and general participants.Bithell shows how amateur singers who are not musically literate can become competent participants in a vibrant musical community and, in the process, find their voice metaphorically as well as literally. She then follows some of these singers as they journey to distant locations to learn new songsin their natural habitat. She theorises these trends in terms of the politics of participation, the transformative potential of performance, building social capital, the global village, and reclaiming the arts of celebration and conviviality. The stories that emerge reveal a nuanced web ofintersections between the local and global, one which demands a revision of the dominant discourses of authenticity, cultural appropriation and agency in the post-colonial world, and ultimately points towards a more progressive politics of difference.A Different Voice, a Different Song will be an essential text for practitioners involved in the natural voice movement and other vocal methodologies and choral worlds. As a significant study in the fields of ethnomusicology, music education and community music, the book will also be of interest toscholars studying the democratisation of the voice, the dynamics of participation, world musics in performance, the transformative power of harmony singing, and the potential of music-making for sustaining community and aiding intercultural understanding.
The Essentials of Beautiful Singing by
Voice research has revealed much about the singing voice, but science without practical application may fall short of fine singing. In The Essentials of Beautiful Singing: A Three Step Kinesthetic Approach, performer and scholar Karen Tillotson Bauer bridges the gap between science and singing. It reframes the complexities of voice science with a cultivated simplicity of style and terminology that speaks directly to the singer's experience of singing, a kinesthetic one. Although well grounded in science, Bauer's book does not linger in scientific terminology, but rather focuses on an action-based pedagogical approach that speaks to the kinesthetic nature of singing. The skillful use of the body as a musical instrument is the source of fine singing and only through heightened kinesthetic awareness can vocal skills be achieved and refined. Fact-based explanations of kinesthetic singing processes are remarkably clear and replace vague notions about good breath management, rich resonance, and clear enunciation. Guided exercises inform both the body and the mind as a kinesthetic unit. The Essentials of Beautiful Singing has received praise in the Journal of Singing, Choice Reviews for Academic Music Libraries, and the International Choral Bulletin, among others. Its practical perspective reflects the efforts and goals of singer, voice teacher, and choral director. Paired with a science focused text in a voice pedagogy class, it provides a needed balance between science and singing.
On Voice by
The volume raises a simple but rarely asked question: just what, exactly, is voice? The subquestions are raised: Is voice an animal category, as Aristotle thought? Or is essentially related to language? To music? Is it a kind of object?
Powerful Voices : The Musical and Social World of Collegiate a Cappella by
Collegiate a cappella, part of a long tradition of unaccompanied singing, is known to date back on American college campuses to at least the colonial era. Considered in the context of college glee clubs, barbershop quartets, early-twentieth-century vocal pop groups, doo-wop groups, and contemporary a cappella manifestations in pop music, collegiate a cappella is an extension of a very old tradition of close harmony singing---one that includes but also goes beyond the founding of the Yale Whiffenpoofs. Yet despite this important history, collegiate a cappella has until now never been the subject of scholarly examination. In Powerful Voices: The Musical and Social World of Collegiate A Cappella, Joshua S. Duchan offers the first thorough accounting of the music's history and reveals how the critical issues of sociability, gender, performance, and technology affect its music and experience. Just as importantly, Duchan provides a vital contribution to music scholarship more broadly, in several important ways: by expanding the small body of literature on choruses and amateur music; by addressing musical and social processes in a field where the vast majority of scholarship focuses on individuals and their products; and by highlighting a musical context long neglected by musicologists---the college campus. Ultimately, Powerful Voices is a window on a world of amateur music that has begun to expand its reach internationally, carrying this uniquely American musical form to new global audiences, while playing an important role in the social, cultural, and musical education of countless singers over the last century.
Songs of Seoul : An Ethnography of Voice and Voicing in Christian South Korea by
Songs of Seoul is an ethnographic study of voice in South Korea, where the performance of Western opera, art songs, and choral music is an overwhelmingly Evangelical Christian enterprise. Drawing on fieldwork in churches, concert halls, and schools of music, Harkness argues that the European-style classical voice has become a specifically Christian emblem of South Korean prosperity. By cultivating certain qualities of voice and suppressing others, Korean Christians strive to personally embody the social transformations promised by their religion: from superstition to enlightenment; from dictatorship to democracy; from sickness to health; from poverty to wealth; from dirtiness to cleanliness; from sadness to joy; from suffering to grace. Tackling the problematic of voice in anthropology and across a number of disciplines, Songs of Seoul develops an innovative semiotic approach to connecting the materiality of body and sound, the social life of speech and song, and the cultural voicing of perspective and personhood.
The study on the principles of voice leading, the treatment of dissonances, intervallic and harmonic organization, and melodic structures. The principal goal of a study of counterpoint is for you to have a heightened sensitivity to the contrapuntal element that is present in all musical styles in various degrees; to discover the forces of tension and relaxation, direction and musical climax that operate whenever two or more voices sound together. Analysis will address both the technical interaction of voices as well as issues of melody, line and form in music.
Baroque Counterpoint by
For third-year undergraduate courses in Tonal Counterpoint, Baroque Analysis courses, courses on the music of Bach and Handel, and graduate courses in Counterpoint and Baroque Music. This informative text teaches writing and understanding Baroque counterpoint. Unique in approach, Baroque Counterpoint uses extensive quotations and examples from contemporaneous treatises; the authors explain the principles underlying the compositional techniques of the period, introducing students to the widest range of composers of any of the books currently available. It emphasises singing and improvisation as well as writing.
Contemporary counterpoint : theory & application by
(Berklee Guide). Use counterpoint to make your music more engaging and creative. Counterpoint the relationship between musical voices is among the core principles for writing music, and it has been central to the study of composition for many centuries. Whether you are a composer, arranger, film composer, orchestrator, music director, bandleader, or improvising musician, this book will help hone your craft, gain control, and lead you to new creative possibilities. You will learn "tricks of the trade" from the masters and apply these skills to contemporary styles. Online audio examples illustrate the principles being discussed, and many recommended listening lists point you to additional examples of how these principles have been used in music over the past thousand years.
The craft of modal counterpoint : a practical approach by
"The Craft of Modal Counterpoint" is the companion book to Benjamin's "The Craft of Tonal Counterpoint," recently republished in a second edition by Routledge. Modal counterpoint is the style of composition that was employed until the "tonal" revolution pioneered by Bach; it is the basis for most Early Music. Benjamin, a composer and pedagogue, offers a complete analysis of this important musical style. He begins by covering general aspects of the style, then covers in detail two, three, and four-part counterpoint. The Motet, an important form of vocal composition in this period, is studied separately. The book concludes with a brief anthology of key scores, 15 in all, for the student to study further. Also includes 132 musical examples.
Harmony & voice leading. Workbook by
Provides material for homework assignments, classroom demonstrations and periodic reviews. A generous assortment of excerpts from the literature for assignments in analysis. Volume II corresponds with the second half of the text.
Harmony, counterpoint, partimento : a new method inspired by old masters by
A new method of music theory education for undergraduate music students, Harmony, Counterpoint, Partimento is grounded in schema theory and partimento, and takes an integrated, hands-on approach to the teaching of harmony and counterpoint in today's classrooms and studios. A textbook in threeparts, the package includes:DT the hardcopy text, providing essential stylistic and technical information and repertoire discussion;DT an online workbook with a full range of exercises, including partimenti by Fenaroli, Sala, and others, along with arrangements of eighteenth- and nineteenth-century compositions;DT an online instructor's manual providing additional information and realizations of all exercises.Linking theoretical knowledge with aural perception and aesthetic experience, the exercises encompass various activities, such as singing, playing, improvising, and notation, which challenge and develop the student's harmonic, melodic, and rhythmic imagination. Covering the common-practice period(Corelli to Brahms), Harmony, Counterpoint, Partimento is a core component of practice-oriented training of musicianship skills, in conjunction with solfeggio, analysis, and modal or tonal counterpoint.
Harmony and Voice Leading by
A clear and accessible volume spanning the entire theory course sequence, HARMONY AND VOICE LEADING covers all basic concepts, including species counterpoint. Available with MindTap Music (sold separately), which includes the ebook with audio examples, Guided Listening Exercises for many units--showing a step-by-step resolution of a unit exercise--and PDFs of the workbook exercises.
Music theory essentials : a streamlined approach to fundamentals, tonal harmony, and post-tonal materials by
Music Theory Essentials offers an antidote to music theory textbooks that are overly long and dense. Focusing on the essentials, this text provides a clear-cut guide to the key concepts of music theory. Beginning with no assumptions about music theory knowledge, the book covers the core elements of music fundamentals, diatonic and chromatic harmony, post-tonal theory, and popular music in a single concise volume. Emphasizing critical thinking skills, this book guides students through conceptualizing musical concepts and mastering analytic techniques. Each chapter concludes with a selection of applications designed to enhance engagement: Exercisesallow students to apply and practice the skills and techniques addressed in the chapter. Brain Teaserschallenge students to expand their musical understanding by thinking outside the box. Exploring Musicoffers strategies for students to apply learned concepts to the music they are currently learning or listening to. Thinking Criticallyencourages students to think more deeply about music by solving problems and identifying and challenging assumptions. A companion website provides answers to book exercises, additional downloadable exercises, and audio examples. Straightforward and streamlined, Music Theory Essentialsis a truly concise yet comprehensive introduction to music theory that is accessible to students of all backgrounds. by thinking outside the box. Exploring Musicoffers strategies for students to apply learned concepts to the music they are currently learning or listening to. Thinking Criticallyencourages students to think more deeply about music by solving problems and identifying and challenging assumptions. A companion website provides answers to book exercises, additional downloadable exercises, and audio examples. Straightforward and streamlined, Music Theory Essentialsis a truly concise yet comprehensive introduction to music theory that is accessible to students of all backgrounds.
Organized time : rhythm, tonality, and form by
Organized Time is the first attempt to unites theories of harmony, rhythm and meter, and form under a common idea of structured time. Building off of recent advances in music theory in essential subfields - rhythmic theory, tonal structure, and the theory of musical form - author Jason Yustdemonstrates that tonal music exhibits similar hierarchical organization in each of these dimensions. Yust develops a network model for temporal structure with an application of mathematical graph theory, which leads ultimately to musical applications of a multi-dimensional polytope called theassociahedron. A wealth of analytical examples includes not only the familiar tonal canon - J.S. Bach, Mozart, Schumann - but also lesser known masters of the musical Enlightenment such as C.P.E. and J.C. Bach, Boccherini, and Johann Gottlieb Graun.Yust's approach has wide-ranging ramifications across music theory, enabling new approaches to musical closure, hypermeter, formal function, syncopation, and rhythmic dissonance, as well as historical observations about the development of sonata form and the innovations of Haydn and Beethoven.Making a forceful argument for the independence of musical modalities and for multivalent approach to music analysis, Organized Time establishes the aesthetic importance of structural disjunction, the conflict of structure in different modalities, in numerous analytical contexts.
The Practice of Harmony by
With an emphasis onlearning and understanding by doing,this workbook takes learners from music fundamentals through harmony in common practice to some of the more important harmonic procedures of the 20th century. The approach is “additive” throughout, allowing readers to use what was learned in one chapter to help comprehension of the materials in the next.A four-part organization covers foundations, the diatonic vocabulary, the chromatic vocabulary, and post-common practice harmony.For anyone looking for an easy-to-use book—and an understanding of—music theory.
The Principles and Practice of Tonal Counterpoint by
The Principles and Practice of Tonal Counterpoint is a comprehensive textbook that combines practical, "how-to" guidance in 18th-century techniques with extensive historical examination of contrapuntal works and genres. Beginning with an introductory grounding in species counterpoint, tonal harmony, and figured bass, students progress through the study of chorale preludes, invertible counterpoint, and canonic and fugal writing. This textbook thoroughly joins principle with practice, providing a truly immersive experience in the study of tonal counterpoint and familiarizing students with contrapuntal styles from the Baroque period to the 21st century. Also available is a companion volume, The Principles and Practice of Modal Counterpoint, which focuses on 16th-century techniques and covers modal music from Gregorian chant through the 17th century.
The study on the principles of voice leading, the treatment of dissonances, intervallic and harmonic organization, and melodic structures. The principal goal of a study of counterpoint is for you to have a heightened sensitivity to the contrapuntal element that is present in all musical styles in various degrees; to discover the forces of tension and relaxation, direction and musical climax that operate whenever two or more voices sound together. Analysis will address both the technical interaction of voices as well as issues of melody, line and form in music.
Creating Jazz Counterpoint : New Orleans, Barbershop Harmony, and the Blues by
The book Jazzmen (1939) claimed New Orleans as the birthplace of jazz and introduced the legend of Buddy Bolden as the "First Man of Jazz." Much of the information that the book relied on came from a highly controversial source: Bunk Johnson. He claimed to have played with Bolden and that together they had pioneered jazz. Johnson made many recordings talking about and playing the music of the Bolden era. These recordings have been treated with skepticism because of doubts about Johnson's credibility. Using oral histories, the Jazzmen interview notes, and unpublished archive material, this book confirms that Bunk Johnson did play with Bolden. This confirmation, in turn, has profound implications for Johnson's recorded legacy in describing the music of the early years of New Orleans jazz. New Orleans jazz was different from ragtime in a number of ways. It was a music that was collectively improvised, and it carried a new tonality--the tonality of the blues. How early jazz musicians improvised together and how the blues became a part of jazz has until now been a mystery. Part of the reason New Orleans jazz developed as it did is that all the prominent jazz pioneers, including Buddy Bolden, Bunk Johnson, Louis Armstrong, Sidney Bechet, Johnny Dodds, and Kid Ory, sang in barbershop (or barroom) quartets. This book describes in both historical and musical terms how the practices of quartet singing were converted to the instruments of a jazz band, and how this, in turn, produced collectively improvised, blues-inflected jazz, that unique sound of New Orleans.
Melody, Harmony, Tonality : A Book for Connoisseurs and Amateurs by
Where did the major scale come from? Why does most traditional non-Western music not share Western principles of harmony? What does the inner structure of a canon have to do with religious belief? Why, in historical terms, is J.S. Bach's music regarded as a perfect combination of melody and harmony? Why do clocks in church towers strike dominant-tonic-dominant-tonic? What do cathedrals have to do with monochords? How can the harmonic series be demonstrated with a rope tied to a doorknob, and how can it be heard by standing next to an electric fan? Why are the free ocean waves in Debussy's La Mer, the turbulent river waves in Smetana's Moldau, and the fountain ripples in Ravel's Jeux d'Eau pushed at times into four-bar phrases? Why is the metric system inherently unsuitable for organizing music and poetry? In what way does Plato's Timaeus resemble the prelude to Wagner's Das Rheingold? Just how does Beethoven's work perfectly illustrate fully functional tonality, and why were long-range works based on this type of tonality impossible before the introduction of equal temperament? In this new century, what promising materials are available to composers in the wake of harmonic experimentation and, some would argue, exhaustion? The answers to these seemingly complicated questions are not the sole province of music professors or orchestra conductors. In fact, as E. Eugene Helm demonstrates, they can just as easily be explained to amateurs, and their answers are important if we are to understand how Western music works. The full range of Western music is explored through 21 concise chapters on such topics as melody, harmony, counterpoint, texture, melody types, improvisation, music notation, free imitation, canon and fugue, vibration and its relation to harmony, tonality, and the place of music in architecture and astronomy. Intended for amateurs and professionals, concert-goers and conductors, Helm offers in down-to-earth language an explanation of the foundations of our Western music heritage, deepening our understanding and the listening experience of it for all.
Musical Rhetoric : Foundations and Annotation Schemes by
Discourse analysis and rhetoric are very much developed in communication, linguistics, cognitive science and artificial intelligence. Besides theoretical investigations, discourse analysis is central in a number of application areas such as dialogue and negotiation, the semantic web, question answering or authoring systems. Music is also a natural language, more abstract and mathematical, which follows very strict construction principles. However, there is very limited and no recent literature on Music Discourse analysis using computational principles. This book aims at developing a central issue in musical discourse: modeling rhetoric and argumentation. It also contributes to the development of high-level multimedia annotation schemes for non-verbal communication.
Musical Techniques : Frequencies and Harmony by
This book is built to start from elementary and fundamental bases to the first degrees of harmony. It provides many theoretical and technical bases of music, presenting in detail relations between physics and music (harmonics, frequency and time spectrum, dissonance, etc.), physiological relations with human body and education.
This is an introductory class course in music-writing aimed at developing your proficiency in using rudimentary composition techniques. Your analytical awareness will also improve by engaging in analysis and discussion of works that exhibit various styles and techniques, followed by applying your knowledge through short exercises and projects
6 steps to songwriting success : the comprehensive guide to writing and marketing hit songs by Aaron Marks' complete guide to game audio : for composers, sound designers, musicians, and game developers by
Whether trying to land that first big gig or working to perfect the necessary skills to fill a game world with sound, Aaron Marks' Complete Guide to Game Audio 3rd edition will teach the reader everything they need to know about the audio side of the multi-million dollar video game industry. This book builds upon the success of the second edition with even more expert advice from masters in the field and notes current changes within the growing video game industry. The tools of the trade excerpts will showcase what professionals, like Marty O'Donnell, Richard Jacques and Tom Salta, use to create their work and to help newcomers in the field prepare their own sound studios. Sample contracts are reviewed within the text as well as helpful advice about contractual terms and negotiable points. These sample contracts can also be found as a downloadable zip for the reader's convenience. Aaron Marks also explores how to set your financial terms and network efficiently along with examples of how projects can go completely awry and achieving the best results in often complicated situations. Aaron Marks' Complete Guide to Game Audio serves as the ultimate survival guide to navigating an audio career in the video game industry. Key Features New, full color edition with a complete update of information. Added and expanded coverage of field recording for games, creating voiceovers, adaptive and interactive audio and other cutting edge sound creation and implementation techniques used within games. Update/Replacement of interviews. Include interviews/features on international game audio professionals New and expanded interview features from game composers and sound designers of every experience level such as Keith Arem, Bradley Meyer, Christopher Tin and Rodney Gates including many international professionals like Pasi Pitkanen, Henning Nugel and Christos Panayides. Expanded and updated game console coverage of the Wii, Wii U, Xbox 360, Xbox One, PS3 and PS4. Includes new scripting and middleware concepts and techniques and review of powerful tools such as FMOD and Wwise.
A Composer's Guide to Game Music by
A comprehensive, practical guide to composing video game music, from acquiring the necessary skills to finding work in the field. Music in video games is often a sophisticated, complex composition that serves to engage the player, set the pace of play, and aid interactivity. Composers of video game music must master an array of specialized skills not taught in the conservatory, including the creation of linear loops, music chunks for horizontal resequencing, and compositional fragments for use within a generative framework. In A Composer's Guide to Game Music, Winifred Phillips--herself an award-winning composer of video game music--provides a comprehensive, practical guide that leads an aspiring video game composer from acquiring the necessary creative skills to understanding the function of music in games to finding work in the field. Musicians and composers may be drawn to game music composition because the game industry is a multibillion-dollar, employment-generating economic powerhouse, but, Phillips writes, the most important qualification for a musician who wants to become a game music composer is a love of video games. Phillips offers detailed coverage of essential topics, including musicianship and composition experience; immersion; musical themes; music and game genres; workflow; working with a development team; linear music; interactive music, both rendered and generative; audio technology, from mixers and preamps to software; and running a business. A Composer's Guide to Game Music offers indispensable guidance for musicians and composers who want to deploy their creativity in a dynamic and growing industry, protect their musical identities while working in a highly technical field, and create great music within the constraints of a new medium.
Composing Digital Music for Dummies by
Yes, you can turn those great melodies and smokin? grooves in your head into stunning digital music! And you don?t have to be a musical genius or a computer geek to do it! Composing Digital Music For Dummies shows you everything you need to know to compose great tunes using the hottest digital tools. This friendly, plain-English guide explains all of the digital music basics, including how to work with the latest hardware and software, use templates from the companion CD-ROM to make a quick start, build your first tune, and save it in different formats. You?ll also find out how to add instruments to your score, set tempos and keys, create chord symbols and show fretboards, add lyrics to your tune, and much more. Discover how to: Write and arrange digital music Determine what ? if any ? equipment you need Create your own ringtones and mp3s Compose with a MIDI controller, or a mouse Work with notation software Use keyboard shortcuts Publish your creations on the Internet Build your own tune from scratch Extract parts from your score for each instrument The companion CD-Rom also includes a demo of Sebelius 5, the most popular music notation software, as well as audio files for all music examples in the book. With this step-by-step guide and your computer, you?ll have everything you need to start writing, arranging, and publishing your own digital music ? immediately! Note: CD-ROM/DVD and other supplementary materials are not included as part of eBook file.
Composing for voice : exploring voice, language and music by
Composing for Voice: Exploring Voice, Language and Music, Second Edition, elucidates how language and music function together from the perspectives of composers, singers and actors, providing an understanding of the complex functions of the voice pedagogically, musicologically and dramatically. Composing for Voice examines the voice across a wide range of musical genres (including pop, jazz, folk, classical, opera and the musical) and explores the fusion of language and music that is unique to song. This second edition is enlarged to attract a wider readership amongst all music and theatre professionals and educators, whilst also engaging an international audience with the introduction of new co-author Maria Huesca. New to the second edition: A review of the history of singing An overview of the development of melisma A chapter to help performers understand each other, as singers and actors often receive disparate educations Case studies and qualitative research around song, lyric and meaning A discussion of the synthetic voice An introduction to the concept of embodied composition Interviews with composers and singers Summaries of various vocal styles A website with links to performances discussed, as well as related workshops: www.composingforvoice.com Composing for Voice: Exploring Voice, Language and Music, Second Edition, articulates possibilities for the practical exploration of language, music and voice by composers, singers and actors.
Creative music composition : the young composer's voice by
Creative Music Composition is designed to be an introductory textbook for music students. "Creative composition"-composing in your own style, rather than in the style of a composer of the past-is embraced by music educators not only for composition students, but for beginning performers and music educators, and is often offered to all music students and non-music majors who wish to enhance their musical creativity. With 25 years of experience teaching fledgling composers, the author tackles the key ingredients that make for successful composition, including: stimulus to the musical imagination; discussion of a variety of current musical languages; analysis of many examples from contemporary scores; technical exercises; suggestions as to how to start a composition; structures; and examinations of works from particular genres. Wilkins covers several musical languages, from folk and popular to serialism; analyses various rhythmic forms; suggests approaches for composing for a variety of instruments, from traditional to electronic ones, as well as for the human voice; addresses the nuts and bolts of score preparation; and offers career advice. For all composition students-and for music students in general-Creative Music Composition offers a clear and concise introduction that will enable them to reach their personal goals.
Improvisation and music education : beyond the classroom by
This book offers compelling new perspectives on the revolutionary potential of improvisation pedagogy. Bringing together contributions from leading musicians, scholars, and teachers from around the world, the volume articulates how improvisation can breathe new life into old curricula; how it can help teachers and students to communicate more effectively; how it can break down damaging ideological boundaries between classrooms and communities; and how it can help students become more thoughtful, engaged, and activist global citizens. In the last two decades, a growing number of music educators, music education researchers, musicologists, cultural theorists, creative practitioners, and ethnomusicologists have suggested that a greater emphasis on improvisation in music performance, history, and theory classes offers enormous potential for pedagogical enrichment. This book will help educators realize that potential by exploring improvisation along a variety of trajectories. Essays offer readers both theoretical explorations of improvisation and music education from a wide array of vantage points, and practical explanations of how the theory can be implemented in real situations in communities and classrooms. It will therefore be of interest to teachers and students in numerous modes of pedagogy and fields of study, as well as students and faculty in the academic fields of music education, jazz studies, ethnomusicology, musicology, cultural studies, and popular culture studies.
Music As Creative Practice by
Until recently, ideas of creativity in music revolved around composers in garrets and the lone genius. But the last decade has witnessed a sea change: musical creativity is now overwhelmingly thought of in terms of collaboration and real-time performance. Music as Creative Practice is a firstattempt to synthesize both perspectives. It begins by developing the idea that creativity arises out of social interaction-of which making music together is perhaps the clearest possible illustration - and then shows how the same thinking can be applied to the ostensively solitary practices ofcomposition. The book also emphasizes the contextual dimensions of musical creativity, ranging from the prodigy phenomenon, long-term collaborative relationships within and beyond the family, and creative learning to the copyright system that is supposed to incentivize creativity but is widely seenas inhibiting it.Music as Creative Practice encompasses the classical tradition, jazz and popular music, and music emerges as an arena in which changing concepts of creativity - from the old myths about genius to present-day sociocultural theory - can be traced with particular clarity. The perspective of creativitytells us much about music, but the reverse is also true, and this fifth and last instalment of the Studies in Musical Performance as Creative Practice series offers an approach to musical creativity that is attuned to the practices of both music and everyday life.
Music Composition for Film and Television by
(Berklee Guide). Learn film-scoring techniques from one of the great film/television composers of our time. Lalo Schifrin shares his insights into the intimate relationship between music and drama. The book is illustrated with extended excerpts from his most iconic scores such as Mission: Impossible , Cool Hand Luke , Bullitt and many others and peppered with anecdotes from inside the Hollywood studios. Schifrin reveals the technical details of his own working approach, which has earned him six Oscar nominations, 21 Grammy nominations (with four awards), and credits on hundreds of major productions. Includes the full score of Schifrin's Fanfare for Screenplay and Orchestra , a treasure-trove of unfettered dramatic sound painting, commissioned by the Chicago Symphony Orchestra, and a great thesis on the emblematic language of film music.
You Can Write Song Lyrics by
The 1930s were the cinema's age of innocence, the decade when Hollywood concentrated, despite, or perhaps because of, the misery and gloom of the Great Depression, on escapism and entertainment, when the arrival of talkies had given the medium a voice, when the big studios with their stables of stars were deciding what the public wanted, and providing it on a massive scale.
This is an introductory class course in music-writing aimed at developing your proficiency in using rudimentary composition techniques. Your analytical awareness will also improve by engaging in analysis and discussion of works that exhibit various styles and techniques, followed by applying your knowledge through short exercises and projects
Algorithmic Composition : A Guide to Composing Music with Nyquist by
Composers have used formalized procedures to create music throughout history. With the advent of the computer, algorithmic composition allows composers not only to create and experiment with different formalisms, but to hear and evaluate results quickly. Often in algorithmic composition, the composer has only a vague idea how the output will sound, but because the input is highly automated, the composer can make adjustments to take advantage of happy accidents, program bugs, and other creative sources of sound. Algorithmic Composition: A Guide to Composing Music with Nyquistprovides an overview of procedural approaches to music generation. It introduces programming concepts through many examples written using the Nyquist system for music composition and sound synthesis. Nyquist is freely available software, and over 100 program examples from this book are available in electronic form. Readers will be well equipped to develop their own algorithms for composition. Music students who are learning about computer music and electronic music will all be interested in this innovative book, as generative music becomes an important part of the future of the discipline. Students and scholars in computer science will also find much to interest them, in a straightforward and fun way.
The Craft of Contemporary Commercial Music by
In the contemporary world, the role of the commercial composer has grown to include a wide range of new responsibilities. Modern composers not only write music, but also often need to perform, record, and market their own works. The Craft of Contemporary Commercial Music prepares today's music students for their careers by teaching them to compose their own music, produce it professionally, and sell it successfully. The textbook integrates three areas of concentration--music theory and composition, audio engineering, and music business--allowing students to understand and practice how to successfully navigate each stage of a score's life cycle from concept to contract. Students will learn how to: Translate musical ideas into scores utilizing music theory and composition techniques Transform scores into professional audio through the production stages of tracking, sequencing, editing, mixing, mastering, and bouncing Market works to prospective clients The textbook assumes no prior knowledge of music theory or audio topics, and its modular organization allows instructors to use the book flexibly. Exercises at the end of each chapter provide practice with key skills, and a companion website supports the book with video walkthroughs, streaming audio, a glossary, and printable exercise pages. Combining a grounding in music notation and theory concepts with a foundation in essential technologies, The Craft of Contemporary Commercial Music offers an innovative approach that addresses the needs of students preparing for music careers.
From Scratch : Writings in Music Theory by
One of the twentieth century's most important musical thinkers, James Tenney did pioneering work in multiple fields, including computer music, tuning theory, and algorithmic and computer-assisted composition. From Scratch is a collection of Tenney's hard-to-find writings arranged, edited, and revised by the self-described "composer/theorist." Selections focus on his fundamental concerns--"what the ear hears"--and include thoughts and ideas on perception and form, tuning systems and especially just intonation, information theory, theories of harmonic space, and stochastic (chance) procedures of composition.
Hands-On Music Generation with MagentaHands-on music generation with Magenta : explore the role of deep learning in music generation and assisted music composition by
Design and use machine learning models for music generation using Magenta and make them interact with existing music creation tools Key Features Learn how machine learning, deep learning, and reinforcement learning are used in music generation Generate new content by manipulating the source data using Magenta utilities, and train machine learning models with it Explore various Magenta projects such as Magenta Studio, MusicVAE, and NSynth Book Description The importance of machine learning (ML) in art is growing at a rapid pace due to recent advancements in the field, and Magenta is at the forefront of this innovation. With this book, you'll follow a hands-on approach to using ML models for music generation, learning how to integrate them into an existing music production workflow. Complete with practical examples and explanations of the theoretical background required to understand the underlying technologies, this book is the perfect starting point to begin exploring music generation. The book will help you learn how to use the models in Magenta for generating percussion sequences, monophonic and polyphonic melodies in MIDI, and instrument sounds in raw audio. Through practical examples and in-depth explanations, you'll understand ML models such as RNNs, VAEs, and GANs. Using this knowledge, you'll create and train your own models for advanced music generation use cases, along with preparing new datasets. Finally, you'll get to grips with integrating Magenta with other technologies, such as digital audio workstations (DAWs), and using Magenta.js to distribute music generation apps in the browser. By the end of this book, you'll be well-versed with Magenta and have developed the skills you need to use ML models for music generation in your own style. What you will learn Use RNN models in Magenta to generate MIDI percussion, and monophonic and polyphonic sequences Use WaveNet and GAN models to generate instrument notes in the form of raw audio Employ Variational Autoencoder models like MusicVAE and GrooVAE to sample, interpolate, and humanize existing sequences Prepare and create your dataset on specific styles and instruments Train your network on your personal datasets and fix problems when training networks Apply MIDI to synchronize Magenta with existing music production tools like DAWs Who this book is for This book is for technically inclined artists and musically inclined computer scientists. Readers who want to get hands-on with building generative music applications that use deep learning will also find this book useful. Although prior musical or technical competence is not required, basic knowledge of the Python programming language is assumed.
Litpop: Writing and Popular Music : Writing and Popular Music by
Bringing together exciting new interdisciplinary work from emerging and established scholars in the UK and beyond, Litpop addresses the question: how has writing past and present been influenced by popular music, and vice versa? Contributions explore how various forms of writing have had a crucial role to play in making popular music what it is, and how popular music informs 'literary' writing in diverse ways. The collection features musicologists, literary critics, experts in cultural studies, and creative writers.
Music, Text and Translation by
Expanding the notion of translation, this book specifically focuses on the transferences between music and text. The concept of 'translation' is often limited solely to language transfer. It is, however, a process occurring within and around most forms of artistic expression. Music, considered a language in its own right, often refers to text discourse and other art forms. In translation, this referential relationship must be translated too.How is music affected by text translation? How does music influence the translation of the text it sets? How is the sense of both the text and the music transferred in the translation process? Combining theory with practice, the book questions the process and role translation has to play in a musical context. It provides a range of case studies across interdisciplinary fields. It is the first collection on music in translation that is not restricted to one discipline, including explorations of opera libretti, surtitling, art song, musicals, poetry, painting, sculpture and biography, alongside looking at issues of accessibility.
The Music of Jōji Yuasa by
Over the last fifty years, the music of Joji Yuasa has attained the zenith of international musical standards: a study of this great Japanese composer is long overdue. Persuasive and captivating, less OCyeasyOCO than that of his lifetime friend Toru Takemitsu, YuasaOCOs music has also been a model for many young composers, both from Japan and further afield, thanks to the long period he spent teaching composition at the University of California, San Diego (1981-1994). This book serves to illumina..."
Teaching Music Through Composition : A Curriculum Using Technology by
Teaching Music through Composition offers a practical, fully multimedia curriculum designed to teach basic musical concepts through the creative process of music composition. Author and award-winning music educator Barbara Freedman presents classroom-tested ways of teaching composition with technology as a tool with which students can create, edit, save, and reproduce music. As Freedman demonstrates, technology allows a musical experience for all skill levels in opportunities never before available to compose manipulate, instantly listen to music electronically and even print standard Western music notation for others to play without having to know much about traditional music theory or notation. All students can have meaningful hands-on applied learning experiences that will impact not only their music experience and learning but also their understanding and comfort with 21st century technology.Whether the primary focus of your class is to use technology to create music or to explore using technology in a unit or two, this book will show you how it can be done with practical, tried-and-true lesson plans and student activities.
It is a continuation of the lessons introduced in COMPOS1. You will be introduced to various techniques and approaches through more exercises in listening, analysis, and music-writing, and look into how you can synthesize them with your personal musical language. Your one-on-one correspondence with the teacher will be an opportunity and space for focused discussion and constructive criticism.
Bending the rules of music theory : lessons from great composers by
For students learning the principles of music theory, it can often seem as though the tradition of tonal harmony is governed by immutable rules that define which chords, tones, and intervals can be used where. Yet even within the classical canon, there are innumerable examples of composers diverging from these foundational "rules." Drawing on examples from composers including J.S. Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Mendelssohn, Chopin, Brahms, and more, Bending the Rules of Music Theoryseeks to take readers beyond the basics of music theory and help them to understand the inherent flexibility in the system of tonal music. Chapters explore the use of different rule-breaking elements in practice and why they work, introducing students to a more nuanced understanding of music theory.
Choral MonumentsChoral monuments : studies of eleven choral masterworks by
Choral Monuments provides extensive material about eleven epoch-making choral masterworks that span the history of Western culture. Included are: Missa Pange lingua (Josquin Desprez); Missa Papae Marcelli (G. P. da Palestrina); B Minor Mass (J. S. Bach); Messiah (G. F. Handel); The Creation(Joseph Haydn); Symphony #9 (Ludwig van Beethoven); St. Paul (Felix Mendelssohn); Ein deutsches Requiem (Johannes Brahms); Messa da Requiem (Giuseppe Verdi); Mass (Igor Stravinsky); and War Requiem (Benjamin Britten). The works are presented in separate chapters, with each chapter divided intothree basic sections-history, analysis, and performance practice.Discussions of history are focused on relevancies - the genesis of the designated work in reference to the composer's total choral output, the work's place within the musical environment and social climate of its time, and essential features of the work that make it noteworthy. In addition, thecompositional history addresses three other factors: the work's public reception and critical response, both at the time of its composition and in ensuing years; the history of score publications, detailing the various differences between editions; and the texts of the composition. The materialregarding textual treatment, which often includes the complete texts of the works being discussed, concentrates on primary concerns of the text's usage; also included in the discussion are noteworthy aspects of texts separate from the music as well as biographical details of librettists and poets,if appropriate.The analysis section of each chapter outlines and describes musical forms and other types of compositional organization, including parody technique, mirror structures, and motto repetitions, as well as salient compositional characteristics that directly relate and contribute to the work's artisticstature. Numerous charts and musical examples illustrate the discussions.The discussion of performance practices includes primary source quotations about a wide range of topics, from performing forces, tempo, and phrasing of each work to specific issues such as tactus, text underlay, musica ficta, metric accentuation, and ornamentation.
Creating Sounds from ScratchCreating sounds from scratch : a practical guide to music synthesis for producers and composers by
Creating Sounds from Scratch is a practical, in-depth resource on the most common forms of music synthesis. It includes historical context, an overview of concepts in sound and hearing, and practical training examples to help sound designers and electronic music producers to effectivelymanipulate presets and create new sounds from scratch.The book covers the all of the main main synthesis techniques including analog subtractive, FM, additive, physical modeling, wavetable, sample-based, and granular. While the book is grounded in theory, it relies on practical examples and contemporary production techniques to illustrate how thereader can utilize electronic sound design to maximize and improve his/her work.Creating Sounds from Scratch is ideal for all who work in sound creation, composition, editing, and contemporary commercial production.
Great Songwriting Techniques by
In Great Songwriting Techniques, veteran composer and teacher Jack Perricone shares years of experience in the art, science, and pedagogy of songwriting to teach readers the craft. Whether they write for a small group of friends or in the hopes of creating a smash hit, aspiring songwriters canlearn how to focus on topics essential to their success in this competitive field; every songwriter must be aware of audience, thick-skinned enough to handle rejection and competition, and most importantly have the confidence to master the craft of composing and producing. Perricone teaches readersto accomplish this through a targeted series of lessons on key elements of songwriting from building blocks like melody, harmony, and rhythm to more advanced topics like lyric placement and tone texture.Chapters explore loop-based harmonic patterns, tone tendencies, form, function, and lyric writing, all in service of preparing the aspiring songwriter to be a master of prosody and keen in understanding the relationship between words and music. The volume includes examples of exceptional songwritingfrom well-known artists such as Irving Berlin, Prince, Bob Dylan, Stevie Wonder, Justin Timberlake, and Taylor Swift.
Live-electronic music : composition, performance, study by
During the twentieth century, electronic technology enabled the explosive development of new tools for the production, performance, dissemination and conservation of music. The era of the mechanical reproduction of music has, rather ironically, opened up new perspectives, which have contributed to the revitalisation of the performer's role and the concept of music as performance. This book examines questions related to music that cannot be set in conventional notation, reporting and reflecting on current research and creative practice primarily in live electronic music. It studies compositions for which the musical text is problematic, that is, non-existent, incomplete, insufficiently precise or transmitted in a nontraditional format. Thus, at the core of this project is an absence. The objects of study lack a reliably precise graphical representation of the work as the composer or the composer/performer conceived or imagined it. How do we compose, perform and study music that cannot be set in conventional notation? The authors of this book examine this problem from the complementary perspectives of the composer, the performer, the musical assistant, the audio engineer, the computer scientist and the musicologist.
Ready, set, improvise! : the nuts and bolts of music improvisation by
Improvisation - the creation of a unique combination of musical content within a musical context - is core to musicianship. As authors Suzanne L. Burton and Alden H. Snell II demonstrate, students already build skills that drive improvisation when they listen to music or imitate rhythmicpatterns. Building from this observation, Ready, Set, Improvise! addresses improvisation in a cogent, clear, practical, and sequential manner. As an essential resource for music educators, this book synthesizes what we know about exemplary music teaching and learning, provides an easy-to-followsequence for guiding improvisation instruction, and gives techniques for assessment of students' skill and conceptual development. Burton and Snell explore lessons in singing, rhythmic chanting, moving, and playing instrument exercises that prepare students to improvise. This all-in-one guide givesmusic teachers the necessary tools with which to plan the next steps for students to become independent musicians.
Teaching Music Improvisation with Technology by
Incorporating technology in music classrooms can take the mystery out of improvisation. What music technology does is establish a strong foundation for chord, scale, phrase, ear training, and listening exercises, creating a solid backdrop for student expression. As author and educator MikeFein shows, technology is a valuable tool that can be used effectively to supplement student practice time while also developing the skills necessary to become a proficient improviser. Complete with notated exercises, accompaniment tracks, and listening resources, this book gives teachers methods toset their students free to make mistakes and to develop their own ear for improvisation at their own pace. Broken down into significant areas of music technology, each chapter focuses on developing a new skill and guides readers to tangible outcomes with the assistance of hands-on activities thatcan be immediately implemented into the classroom. In addition to these hands-on activities, each chapter provides the reader with an "iPad Connection" to various iOS applications, which allows teachers and students another, albeit significantly less expensive, medium through which to learn, share,and create art.This book will appeal to music educators of students in grades K-12. It will serve collegiate music education courses secondarily, and will also appeal to those music educators who work with improvisation and technology.
It is a continuation of the lessons introduced in COMPOS1. You will be introduced to various techniques and approaches through more exercises in listening, analysis, and music-writing, and look into how you can synthesize them with your personal musical language. Your one-on-one correspondence with the teacher will be an opportunity and space for focused discussion and constructive criticism.
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer by
Acoustic and MIDI Orchestration for the Contemporary Composer, Second Edition provides effective explanations and illustrations to teach you how to integrate traditional approaches to orchestration with the use of the modern sequencing techniques and tools available to today's composer. By covering both approaches, Pejrolo and DeRosa offer a comprehensive and multifaceted learning experience that will develop your orchestration and sequencing skills and enhance your final productions. A leading manual on its subject, the second edition allows experienced composers and producers to be exposed to sequencing techniques applied to traditional writing and arranging styles. The book continues to provide a comprehensive and solid learning experience and has been fully revised to include the latest tools and techniques. The new edition has been updated to include: A new chapter on cover writing and sequencing for vocal ensembles Coverage of writing for different ensemble sizes A new final chapter on writing and production techniques for mixed contemporary ensembles. All new techniques, tools, and sound libraries available to today's composer. A companion website (www.routledge.com/cw/pejrolo) includes a wide selection of audio examples, templates, sounds, and videos showcasing operational processes, allows you the opportunity to listen to the techniques discussed within the book.
The Act of Musical Composition : Studies in the Creative Process by
The study of musical composition has been marked by a didactic, technique-based approach, focusing on the understanding of musical language and grammar -harmony, counterpoint, orchestration and arrangement - or on generic and stylistic categories. In the field of the psychology of music, the study of musical composition, even in the twenty-first century, remains a poor cousin to the literature which relates to musical perception, music performance, musical preferences, musical memory and so on. Our understanding of the compositional process has, in the main, been informed by anecdotal after-the-event accounts or post hoc analyses of composition. The Act of Musical Composition: Studies in the Creative Process presents the first coherent exploration around this unique aspect of human creative activity. The central threads, or key themes - compositional process, creative thinking and problem-solving - are integrated by the combination of theoretical understandings of creativity with innovative empirical work.
Collaborative Creative Thought and Practice in Music by
Focusing on the domain of music, the approach taken in this book falls into three sections: investigations of the people, processes, products, and places of collaborative creativity in compositional thought and practice; explorations of the ways in which creative collaboration provides a means of crossing boundaries between disciplines such as music performance and musicology; and studies of the emergence of creative thought and practice in educational contexts including that of the composer and the classroom. The volume concludes with an extended chapter that reflects on the ways in which the studies reported advance understandings of creative thought and practice.
A Composer's Guide to Game Music by
A comprehensive, practical guide to composing video game music, from acquiring the necessary skills to finding work in the field. Music in video games is often a sophisticated, complex composition that serves to engage the player, set the pace of play, and aid interactivity. Composers of video game music must master an array of specialized skills not taught in the conservatory, including the creation of linear loops, music chunks for horizontal resequencing, and compositional fragments for use within a generative framework. In A Composer's Guide to Game Music, Winifred Phillips--herself an award-winning composer of video game music--provides a comprehensive, practical guide that leads an aspiring video game composer from acquiring the necessary creative skills to understanding the function of music in games to finding work in the field. Musicians and composers may be drawn to game music composition because the game industry is a multibillion-dollar, employment-generating economic powerhouse, but, Phillips writes, the most important qualification for a musician who wants to become a game music composer is a love of video games. Phillips offers detailed coverage of essential topics, including musicianship and composition experience; immersion; musical themes; music and game genres; workflow; working with a development team; linear music; interactive music, both rendered and generative; audio technology, from mixers and preamps to software; and running a business. A Composer's Guide to Game Music offers indispensable guidance for musicians and composers who want to deploy their creativity in a dynamic and growing industry, protect their musical identities while working in a highly technical field, and create great music within the constraints of a new medium.
Composing for the Cinema : The Theory and Praxis of Music in Film by
With nearly 400 scores to his credit, Ennio Morricone is one of the most prolific and influential film composers working today. He has collaborated with many significant directors, and his scores for such films as The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly; Once Upon a Time in America; Days of Heaven; The Mission; The Untouchables; Mal na; and Cinema Paradiso leave moviegoers with the conviction that something special was achieved--a conviction shared by composers, scholars, and fans alike. In Composing for the Cinema: The Theory and Praxis of Music in Film, Morricone and musicologist Sergio Miceli present a series of lectures on the composition and analysis of film music. Adapted from several lectures and seminars, these lessons show how sound design can be analyzed and offer a variety of musical solutions to many different kinds of film. Though aimed at composers, Morricone's expositions are easy to understand and fascinating even to those without any musical training. Drawing upon scores by himself and others, the composer also provides insight into his relationships with many of the directors with whom he has collaborated, including Sergio Leone, Giuseppe Tornatore, Franco Zeffirelli, Warren Beatty, Ridley Scott, Roland Joff , the Taviani Brothers, and others. Translated and edited by Gillian B. Anderson, an orchestral conductor and musicologist, these lessons reveal Morricone's passion about musical expression. Delivered in a conversational mode that is both comprehensible and interesting, this groundbreaking work intertwines analysis with practical details of film music composition. Aimed at a wide audience of composers, musicians, film historians, and fans, Composing for the Cinema contains a treasure trove of practical information and observations from a distinguished musicologist and one of the most accomplished composers on the international film scene.
Composing Music for Games : the Art, Technology and Business of Video Game Scoring. by
Composing Music for Games is a guidebook for launching and maintaining a successful career as a video game composer. It offers a pragmatic approach to learning, intensified through challenging project assignments and simulations. Author Chance Thomas begins with the foundation of scoring principles applicable to all media, and then progresses serially through core methodologies specific to video game music. This book offers a powerful blend of aesthetic, technique, technology and business, which are all necessary components for a successful career as a video game composer.
Computational Thinking in Sound : Teaching the Art and Science of Music and Technology by
With Computational Thinking in Sound, veteran educators Gena R. Greher and Jesse M. Heines provide the first book ever written for music fundamentals educators that is devoted specifically to music, sound, and technology. Using a student-centered approach that emphasizes project-based experiences, the book provides music educators with multiple strategies to explore, create, and solve problems with music and technology in equal parts. It also provides examples of hands-on activities that encourage students, alone and in groups, to explore the basic principles that underlie today's music technology and freely available multimedia creation tools. Computational Thinking in Sound is an effective tool for educators to introduce students to the complex process of computational thinking in the context of the creative arts through the more accessible medium of music.
Hands-on music generation with Magenta : explore the role of deep learning in music generation and assisted music composition by
Design and use machine learning models for music generation using Magenta and make them interact with existing music creation tools Key Features Learn how machine learning, deep learning, and reinforcement learning are used in music generation Generate new content by manipulating the source data using Magenta utilities, and train machine learning models with it Explore various Magenta projects such as Magenta Studio, MusicVAE, and NSynth Book Description The importance of machine learning (ML) in art is growing at a rapid pace due to recent advancements in the field, and Magenta is at the forefront of this innovation. With this book, you'll follow a hands-on approach to using ML models for music generation, learning how to integrate them into an existing music production workflow. Complete with practical examples and explanations of the theoretical background required to understand the underlying technologies, this book is the perfect starting point to begin exploring music generation. The book will help you learn how to use the models in Magenta for generating percussion sequences, monophonic and polyphonic melodies in MIDI, and instrument sounds in raw audio. Through practical examples and in-depth explanations, you'll understand ML models such as RNNs, VAEs, and GANs. Using this knowledge, you'll create and train your own models for advanced music generation use cases, along with preparing new datasets. Finally, you'll get to grips with integrating Magenta with other technologies, such as digital audio workstations (DAWs), and using Magenta.js to distribute music generation apps in the browser. By the end of this book, you'll be well-versed with Magenta and have developed the skills you need to use ML models for music generation in your own style. What you will learn Use RNN models in Magenta to generate MIDI percussion, and monophonic and polyphonic sequences Use WaveNet and GAN models to generate instrument notes in the form of raw audio Employ Variational Autoencoder models like MusicVAE and GrooVAE to sample, interpolate, and humanize existing sequences Prepare and create your dataset on specific styles and instruments Train your network on your personal datasets and fix problems when training networks Apply MIDI to synchronize Magenta with existing music production tools like DAWs Who this book is for This book is for technically inclined artists and musically inclined computer scientists. Readers who want to get hands-on with building generative music applications that use deep learning will also find this book useful. Although prior musical or technical competence is not required, basic knowledge of the Python programming language is assumed.
Interactive Composition : Strategies Using Ableton Live and Max for Live by
Interactive Composition empowers readers with all of the practical skills and insights they need to compose and perform electronic popular music in a variety of popular styles. The book begins by introducing all of the tools involved in creating interactive compositions through the software Ableton Live and Max for Live. The following chapters then put the tools to use by both describing particular musical styles and also teaching readers how to compose and perform within these styles using the software. As readers progresses through the book, they will learn to use the software to facilitate their own unique compositional objectives.This book takes readers through all of the steps in designing interactive music compositions. It is geared toward both beginners as well as intermediate and advanced readers, and so readers with even little experience working with digital audio software will quickly learn how to design powerful systems that facilitate their unique compositional ideas.A particular feature of this book is that it discusses the historical context of several electronic music styles used by DJs, electronic musicians, and other artists, and then describes, using software, the technical process used in the composition and performance of these styles. Each chapter leads readers to create an original composition in a given style and also discusses the techniques that can be used to perform the piece in an idiomatic fashion.
Music and the Skillful Listener : American Women Compose the Natural World by
For Denise Von Glahn, listening is that special quality afforded women who have been fettered for generations by the maxim "be seen and not heard." In Music and the Skillful Listener, Von Glahn explores the relationship between listening and musical composition focusing on nine American women composers inspired by the sounds of the natural world: Amy Beach, Marion Bauer, Louise Talma, Pauline Oliveros, Joan Tower, Ellen Taaffe Zwilich, Victoria Bond, Libby Larsen, and Emily Doolittle. Von Glahn situates "nature composing" among the larger tradition of nature writing and argues that, like their literary sisters, works of these women express deeply held spiritual and aesthetic beliefs about nature. Drawing on a wealth of archival and original source material, Von Glahn skillfully employs literary and gender studies, ecocriticism and ecomusicology, and the larger world of contemporary musicological thought to tell the stories of nine women composers who seek to understand nature through music.
This is the 1st of the two ensemble classes in the Music Production curriculum, a performance class geared towards proper ensemble practice and study. In this class, using your instrument or voice, you will learn music repertoire and arrangements appropriate at your proficiency level, in preparation for a 45 minute recital performance at the end of the term.
The Alexander Technique for Musicians by
The Alexander Technique for Musicians is a unique guide for all musicians, providing a practical, informative approach to being a successful and comfortable performer. Perfect as an introduction to the Alexander Technique, or to supplement the reader's lessons, the book looks at daily and last-minute practice, breathing, performance and performance anxiety, teacher-pupil relationships, ensemble skills, and the application of the Alexander Technique to instrumental and vocal work. Complete with diagrams and photographs to aid the learning process, as well as step-by-step procedures and diary entries written by participating students, The Alexander Technique for Musicians gives tried-and-tested advice, drawn from the authors' twenty-plus years of experience working with musicians, providing an essential handbook for musicians seeking the most from themselves and their art.
Arranging for Horns by
(Berklee Guide). Write for a horn section! In this book, you will learn how to add saxophones and brass to a rhythm section ensemble. You will learn the capabilities and characteristics of the most common instruments, and how to order them effectively. You will also learn the different roles that a horn section can serve in your ensemble. Online audio tracks demonstrate the key concepts, as exemplified in a complete score. Online audio is accessed at halleonard.com/mylibrary
The Cambridge Guide to Orchestration by
Demonstrating not only how to write for orchestra but also how to understand and enjoy a score, The Cambridge Guide to Orchestration is a theoretical and practical guide to instrumentation and orchestration for scholars, professionals and enthusiasts. With detailed information on all the instruments of the orchestra, both past and present, it combines discussion of both traditional and modern playing techniques to give the most complete overview of the subject. It contains fifty reduced scores to be re-orchestrated and a wide range of exercises, which clarify complex subjects such as multiple stops on stringed instruments, harmonics and trombone glissandi. Systematic analysis reveals the orchestration techniques used in original scores, including seven twentieth-century compositions. This Guide also includes tables and lists for quick reference, providing the ranges of commonly used instruments and the musical names and terminology used in English, German, Italian and French.
Dance Music ManualDance music manual : tools, toys, and techniques by
What are the differences between trance and chill out? How can you create compelling, professional-sounding original or remixed dance tracks? With Dance Music Manual, you'll get coverage of every aspect of dance music production--from designing sounds to compression, from effects to mixing and mastering--and go even further, with advice on publishing and promoting your tracks. No matter your level of experience, this book is packed with techniques and practical tips to help you achieve professional results, whether you're an aspiring dance music producer, DJ, remixer, recording engineer, musician, or composer. The companion website provides examples of synthesis programming, compression, effects, MIDI files and examples of the tracks discussed within this edition. The third edition includes up-to-date dance music coverage, including new chapters on arranging dance music, layering kicks, more on music theory, fundamentals of rhythm, building professional drum loops, gain structure, producing dubstep, and advice on the very latest production techniques. ng professional drum loops, gain structure, producing dubstep, and advice on the very latest production techniques.
Developing Musicianship Through Aural SkillsDeveloping musicianship through aural skills : a holistic approach to sight singing and ear training by
Developing Musicianship through Aural Skills, Second Edition, is a comprehensive method for learning to hear, sing, understand, and use the foundations of music as part of an integrated curriculum, incorporating both sight singing and ear training in one volume. Under the umbrella of musicianship, this textbook guides students to "hear what they see, and see what they hear," with a trained, discerning ear on both a musical and an aesthetic level. Key features of this new edition include: Revised organization, with exercises gradually progressing from the simple to more difficult, taking beginner students' varied skill sets into account. An enhanced companion website, with interactive training modules for students to practice core skills, and additional exercises, dictation lesson plans and worksheets for instructors Enhanced coverage and a specific methodology for covering post-tonal material Greater emphasis on developing improvisation skills and realizing lead sheets The text reinforces both musicianship and theory in a systematic method, and its holistic approach provides students the skills necessary to incorporate professionalism, creativity, confidence, and performance preparation in their music education. The second edition of Developing Musicianship through Aural Skills provides a strong foundation for undergraduate music students and answers the need for combining skills in a more holistic, integrated music theory core.
Distributed creativity : collaboration and improvisation in contemporary music by
Creative practice in music, particularly in traditional concert culture, is commonly understood in terms of a rather stark division of labour between composer and performer. But this overlooks the distributed and interactive nature of the creative processes on which so much contemporary musicdepends. The incorporation of two features - improvisation and collaboration - into much contemporary music suggests that the received view of the relationship between composition and performance requires reassessment. Improvisation and collaborative working practices blur thecomposition/performance divide and, in doing so, provide important new perspectives on the forms of distributed creativity that play a central part in much contemporary music.Distributed Creativity: Collaboration and Improvisation in Contemporary Music explores the different ways in which collaboration and improvisation enable and constrain creative processes. Thirteen chapters and twelve shorter Interventions offer a range of perspectives on distributed creativity inmusic, on composer/performer collaborations and on contemporary improvisation practices. The chapters provide substantial discussions of a variety of conceptual frameworks and particular projects, while the Interventions present more informal contributions from a variety of practitioners(performers, composers, improvisers), giving insights into the pleasures and perils of working creatively in collaborative and improvised ways.
Harmony and Voice Leading by
A clear and accessible volume spanning the entire theory course sequence, HARMONY AND VOICE LEADING covers all basic concepts, including species counterpoint. Available with MindTap Music (sold separately), which includes the ebook with audio examples, Guided Listening Exercises for many units--showing a step-by-step resolution of a unit exercise--and PDFs of the workbook exercises.
Jazz arranging and orchestration : a concise introduction by
Working on the premise that readers learn by doing, Sabina takes readers step-by-step through the basics of arranging for the big band. Over 200 music examples support the theory presented in this text, and over 60 of the most valuable examples also appear on a dynamic, interactive CD-ROM that is shrink-wrapped with every new copy of the book. Music examples appear in two formats with synthesizer sound: locked Finale files (for analysis) and unlocked Standard MIDI Format files that allow readers to experiment with sound and technique as they change the musical examples. Using the MIDI files, readers can manipulate, print, and save their arrangements. The text and CD-ROM also include three complete arrangements that span from swing to jazz-rock. Back matter includes a comprehensive glossary, bibliography, and discography.
Music and aesthetic reality : formalism and the limits of description by
In this volume, Zangwill develops a view of the nature of music and our experience of music that foregrounds the aesthetic properties of music. He focuses on metaphysical issues about aesthetic properties of music, psychological issues about the nature of musical experience, and philosophy of language issues about the metaphorical nature of aesthetic descriptions of music. Among the innovations of this book, Zangwill addresses the limits of literal description, generally, and in the aesthetic case. He also explores the social and political issues about musical listening, which tend to be addressed more in continental traditions.
Peer Mentoring in Music Education by
Explains peer mentoring in the context of music teaching, showing the benefits of this technique and how to apply it in a music-specific context. Draws on real-life case studies to demonstrate applications of peer mentoring in practice. Shows how peer mentoring can be used to support diversity, equity, inclusion and access in the music context.
Singing on stage : an actors' guide by
Singing on stage can be a daunting experience for the actor, particularly for those who have not sang before. Yet singing is an integral part of the training for classical actors. What is a performer to do? Singing on Stage, by Jane Streeton and Philip Raymond, two experienced singing tutors at the Royal Academy of Dramatic Arts, helps the actor to develop singing skills both musically and vocally for the purpose of acting. It demystifies the teaching of singing, and explains the history of singing training. Written in an accessible, friendly and enabling style, Singing on Stage is packed with practical exercises to develop the actor's skills and aid practice including investigations into and overviews of- the process of singing theatrically the elements of technique musicianship how to learn a song practical techniques choosing your repertoire Singing on Stage offers a troubleshooting guide for performers as well as explanations of the connection between singing and other areas of acting ability including general voice work and physicality. Featuring interviews with professionals and other practitioners from related disciplines, Singing on Stage is the must-have guide from the experts of singing training.
This is the 1st of the two ensemble classes in the Music Production curriculum, a performance class geared towards proper ensemble practice and study. In this class, using your instrument or voice, you will learn music repertoire and arrangements appropriate at your proficiency level, in preparation for a 45 minute recital performance at the end of the term.
Conducting and Rehearsing the Instrumental Music Ensemble by
Conducting and Rehearsing the Instrumental Music Ensemble is the most comprehensive guide on the rehearsal process for conducting instrumental music ensembles. Ideal for the advanced instrumental music conductor seeking to look beyond basic conducting technique, this work breaks the multidimensional activity of working with an ensemble, orchestra, or band into its constituent components. Advanced students of conducting will find within the full range of conducting activities: - Chapters on the infrastructure of the rehearsal, the rehearsal environment, 10 rehearsal essentials, score study, music imagery, inner singing, and rehearsal procedures (with an emphasis on an integrated approach to rehearsing) - The technical priorities of intonation and tuning, rhythm patterns, ensemble sonority (tone, balance, blend, color and texture), and articulation - The musical priorities of tempo and ensemble precision, phrasing and the musical line, style and interpretation, dynamics and musical expression - Emphasizing the expectations of 21st-century conductors, the challenges of conducting and rehearsing contemporary music, preparing conductor profiles and self-evaluations, and moving from the rehearsal process to concert performance Conducting and Rehearsing the Instrumental Music Ensemble is a great resource for teachers and students of conducting, as well as current conductors wishing to further hone their skills.
Learning, Teaching, and Musical Identity : Voices across Cultures by
Musical identity raises complex, multifarious, and fascinating questions. Discussions in this new study consider how individuals construct their musical identities in relation to their experiences of formal and informal music teaching and learning. Each chapter features a different case study situated in a specific national or local socio-musical context, spanning 20 regions across the world. Subjects range from Ghanaian or Balinese villagers, festival-goers in Lapland, and children in a South African township to North American and British students, adults and children in a Cretan brass band, and Gujerati barbers in the Indian diaspora.
New Perspectives on Music and Gesture by
Building on the insights of the first volume Music and Gesture (Ashgate 2006), the chapters here are structured in a broad narrative trajectory moving from theory to practice, embracing Western and non-Western practices, real and virtual gestures, live and recorded performances, physical and acoustic gestures, visual and auditory perception, among other themes of topical interest. The main areas of enquiry include psychobiology; perception and cognition; philosophy and semiotics; conducting; ensemble work and solo piano playing.
This is the 2nd of the two ensemble classes in the Music Production curriculum, a performance class geared towards proper ensemble practice and study. In this class, using your instrument or voice, you will learn music repertoire and arrangements appropriate at an intermediate proficiency level, in preparation for a 45 minute recital performance at the end of the term.
The Berklee Book of Jazz Harmony by
(Berklee Guide). Learn jazz harmony, as taught at Berklee College of Music. This text provides a strong foundation in harmonic principles, supporting further study in jazz composition, arranging, and improvisation. It covers basic chord types and their tensions, with practical demonstrations of how they are used in characteristic jazz contexts and an accompanying recording that lets you hear how they can be applied. The price of this book includes access to audio tracks online, for download or streaming, using the unique code inside the book. The audio features PLAYBACK+, a multi-functional audio player that allows you to slow down audio without changing pitch, set loop points, change keys, and pan left or right available exclusively from Hal Leonard.
Contemporary orchestration : a practical guide to instruments, ensembles, and musicians by
Contemporary Orchestration: A Practical Guide to Instruments, Ensembles, and Musicians teaches students how to orchestrate for a wide variety of instruments, ensembles, and genres, while preparing them for various real-world professional settings ranging from the concert hall to the recording studio. Unlike most orchestration texts, it includes coverage of contemporary instruments and ensembles alongside traditional orchestra and chamber ensembles. Features Practical considerations: Practical suggestions for choosing a work to orchestrate, and what to avoid when writing for each instrument. Pedagogical features In the Profession: Professional courtesies, considerations and expectations. Building the Score: Step-by-step construction of an orchestration. Scoring Examples: Multiple scoring examples for each instrument. Exercises: Analyzing, problem solving, and creating orchestration solutions. Critical Thinking: Alternate approaches and solutions.
Harmony and Voice Leading by
A clear and accessible volume spanning the entire theory course sequence, HARMONY AND VOICE LEADING covers all basic concepts, including species counterpoint. Available with MindTap Music (sold separately), which includes the ebook with audio examples, Guided Listening Exercises for many units--showing a step-by-step resolution of a unit exercise--and PDFs of the workbook exercises.
Improvisation and inventio in the performance of medieval music : a practical approach by
Improvisation and Inventio in the Performance of Medieval Music: A Practical Approach is an innovative and groundbreaking approach to medieval music as living repertoire. The book provides philosophical frameworks, primary-source analysis, and clear, actionable practices and exercises aimed at recovering the improvisatory and inventive aspects of medieval music for contemporary musicians. Aimed at both instrumentalists and vocalists, the book explores the utilization of musical models, the inventive implications of medieval notation, and the ways in which memory, mode, rhetoric, and primary source paradigms inform the improvisatory process in both monophonic and polyphonic music of the Middle Ages. Angela Mariani, an experienced performer of both medieval music and folk and traditional musics, rediscovers and explicates the processes of imagination, invention, and improvisation which historically energized both medieval music in its own period and in its revival in our own time. Based on decades of research, university teaching, ensemble direction, collaboration, and performance, Mariani's impassioned stance that "the elusive element of inventio, as the medieval rhetoricians would have called it, must always be provided by the performer in the present," emphasizes medieval music performance practice as a dynamic and still-vital tradition. Students, teachers, directors, and those interested in the wealth of expressive beauty found in the music of the middle ages will likewise find value and meaning in her clear and accessible prose, and in the practical processes and exercises that make this book unique within the literature of medieval performance practice.
Leading Musically by
Musical leadership is associated with a specific profession--the conductor--as well as being a colloquial metaphor for human communication and cooperation at its best. This book examines what musical leadership is, by delving into the choral conductor role, what goes on in the music-making moment and what it takes to do it well. One of the unique features of the musical ensemble is the simultaneity of collective discipline and individual expression. Music is therefore a potent laboratory for understanding the leadership act in the space between leader and team. The musical experience is used to shed light on leading and following more broadly, by linking it to themes such as authority, control, empowerment, intersubjectivity, sensemaking and charisma. Jansson develops the argument that musical leadership involves the combination of strong power and deep sensitivity, a blend that might be equally valid in other leadership domains. Aesthetic knowledge and musical perception therefore offer untapped potential for leadership and organisational development outside the art domain.
Managing Stage FrightManaging stage fright : a guide for musicians and music teachers by
Why is it that well-prepared, talented, hardworking, and intelligent performers find their performance and self-esteem undermined by the fear of memory slips, technique failures, and public humiliation? In Managing Stage Fright: A Guide for Musicians and Music Teachers, author Julie JaffeeNagel unravels these mysteries, taking the reader on an intensive backstage tour of the anxious performer's emotions to explain why stage fright happens and what performers can do to increase their comfort in the glare of the spotlight.Examining the topic from her interdisciplinary educational, theoretical, clinical, and personal perspectives, Nagel uses the music teacher/student relationship as a model for understanding the performance anxiety that affects musicians and non-musicians alike. Shedding new light on how theperformer's emotional life is connected to every other facet of their life, Managing Stage Fright encourages a deeper understanding of anxiety when performing. The guide offers strategies for achieving performance confidence, emphasizing the relevance of mental health in teaching and performing.Through the practices of self-awareness outlined in the book, Nagel demonstrates that it is possible and desirable for teachers to assist students in developing the coping skills and attitudes that will allow them to not feel overwhelmed and powerless when they experience strong anxiety. Eachchapter contains insights that help teachers recognize the symptoms - obvious, subtle, and puzzling - of the emotional grip of stage fright, while offering practical guidelines that empower teachers to empower their students. The psychological concepts offered, when added to pedagogical techniques,are invaluable in music performance and in a variety of life situations since, after all, music lessons are life lessons.
Music As Creative Practice by
Until recently, ideas of creativity in music revolved around composers in garrets and the lone genius. But the last decade has witnessed a sea change: musical creativity is now overwhelmingly thought of in terms of collaboration and real-time performance. Music as Creative Practice is a firstattempt to synthesize both perspectives. It begins by developing the idea that creativity arises out of social interaction-of which making music together is perhaps the clearest possible illustration - and then shows how the same thinking can be applied to the ostensively solitary practices ofcomposition. The book also emphasizes the contextual dimensions of musical creativity, ranging from the prodigy phenomenon, long-term collaborative relationships within and beyond the family, and creative learning to the copyright system that is supposed to incentivize creativity but is widely seenas inhibiting it.Music as Creative Practice encompasses the classical tradition, jazz and popular music, and music emerges as an arena in which changing concepts of creativity - from the old myths about genius to present-day sociocultural theory - can be traced with particular clarity. The perspective of creativitytells us much about music, but the reverse is also true, and this fifth and last instalment of the Studies in Musical Performance as Creative Practice series offers an approach to musical creativity that is attuned to the practices of both music and everyday life.
Music Assessment for Better Ensembles by
Assessment is central to ensemble music. Yet, teachers do not always have the expertise to harness its potential to improve rehearsals and performances, and promote and document student learning. Written specifically for band, choir, and orchestra teachers at all levels, this book contains allof the information necessary to design and use assessment in a thriving music classroom.The first section addresses foundations such as learning targets, metacognition, and growth mindset. Assessment jargon such as formative assessment, summative assessment, Assessment for Learning, self and peer assessment, and authentic assessment is clarified and illustrated with music examples.Readers will learn practical strategies for choosing which concepts to assess, which methods to use, and how to use results to provide accurate and effective feedback to students.The second section brings assessment fundamentals into the music room. Filled with practical advice, each chapter examines a different facet of musicianship. Sample assessments in all performance areas are provided, including music literacy, fundamentals and technique, terminology, interpretation,evaluation and critique, composition and improvisation, beliefs and attitudes, and more. There is an entire chapter devoted to tips for applying assessment and feedback strategies in rehearsals, which can result in a fresh and effective approach to performance preparation.The final section is an examination of grading practices in music classes. Readers will gain information about ensemble grades that communicate what students know and are able to do, rather than whether they remembered their black socks. A variety of approaches, including Standards-Based Grading,are evaluated in light of music teachers' unique situations.The book concludes with ways for music educators to take their first steps toward implementing these strategies in their own teaching, including the use of instructional technology. Assessing like an expert is possible, and this book is just what teachers need to get started.
Musicians in the making : pathways to creative performance by
Musicians are continually "in the making", tapping into their own creative resources while deriving inspiration from teachers, friends, family members and listeners. Amateur and professional performers alike tend not to follow fixed routes in developing a creative voice: instead, theirartistic journeys are personal, often without foreseeable goals. The imperative to assess and reassess one's musical knowledge, understanding and aspirations is nevertheless a central feature of life as a performer.Musicians in the Making explores the creative development of musicians in both formal and informal learning contexts. It promotes a novel view of creativity, emphasizing its location within creative processes rather than understanding it as an innate quality. It argues that such processes may belearned and refined, and furthermore that collaboration and interaction within group contexts carry significant potential to inform and catalyze creative experiences and outcomes. The book also traces and models the ways in which creative processes evolve over time.Performers, music teachers and researchers will find the rich body of material assembled here engaging and enlightening. The book's three parts focus in turn on "Creative learning in context", "Creative processes" and "Creative dialogue and reflection". In addition to sixteen extended chapterswritten by leading experts in the field, the volume includes ten "Insights" by internationally prominent performers, performance teachers and others. Practical aids include abstracts and lists of keywords at the start of each chapter, which provide useful overviews and guidance on content.Topics addressed by individual authors include intrapersonal and interpersonal dynamics, performance experience, practice and rehearsal, "self-regulated performing", improvisation, self-reflection, expression, interactions between performers and audiences, assessment, and the role of academic studyin performers' development.
Race/Gender/Class/Media by
- Provides a thorough, detailed introduction to the key concepts of the issues of race, gender, class and the media in a succinct and accessible format. - Addresses current debates surrounding these cultural issues, particularly as represented in and by the media, making it a uniquely timely book. - Includes alternate tables of contents to give instructors flexibility in course building as well as pedagogical features such as an 'It's Your Turn' feature, discussion questions, and activities after each reading and suggested further resources to help students grapples with the concepts discussed. - Thoroughly updated edition features almost entirely new content.
Techniques and materials of music : from the common practice period through the twentieth century by
Designed to serve as a primary text for the first two years of college music theory, TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS OF MUSIC, 7th Enhanced Edition covers all the basics of composition--including harmony, melody, and musical form. The authors present essential materials of common-practice music and an overview of 20th century techniques, and include numerous hands-on exercises to help students better retain key concepts.
This is the 2nd of the two ensemble classes in the Music Production curriculum, a performance class geared towards proper ensemble practice and study. In this class, using your instrument or voice, you will learn music repertoire and arrangements appropriate at an intermediate proficiency level, in preparation for a 45 minute recital performance at the end of the term.
Alternative Approaches in Music Education : Case Studies from the Field by
Explore the creative ways music educators across the country are approaching emerging practices in music teaching and learning. Outlined in twenty-five unique case studies, each program offers a new perspective on music teaching and learning, often falling outside the standard music education curriculum. Find innovative ideas and models of successful practice to incorporate into your teaching, whether in school, university, or community settings. Close the gap between music inside and outside the music classroom and spark student interest. The diversity of these real-world case studies will inspire questioning and curiosity, stimulate lively discussion and innovation, and provide much food for thought. Designed for music teachers, preservice music education students, and music education faculty, this project was supported by Society for Music Teacher Education's (SMTE) Areas of Strategic Planning and Action on Critical Examination of the Curriculum, which will receive a portion of the proceeds.
Alternative Voices : Essays on Contemporary Vocal and Choral Composition by
Istvan Anhalt, himself a composer of many vocal works, has written an interdisciplinary study of the innovative vocal and choral music that has emerged in Europe and North America since the Second World War.
Conducting and Rehearsing the Instrumental Music Ensemble : Scenarios, Priorities, Strategies, Essentials, and Repertoire by
Conducting and Rehearsing the Instrumental Music Ensemble is the most comprehensive guide on the rehearsal process for conducting instrumental music ensembles. Ideal for the advanced instrumental music conductor seeking to look beyond basic conducting technique, this work breaks the multidimensional activity of working with an ensemble, orchestra, or band into its constituent components. Advanced students of conducting will find within the full range of conducting activities: - Chapters on the infrastructure of the rehearsal, the rehearsal environment, 10 rehearsal essentials, score study, music imagery, inner singing, and rehearsal procedures (with an emphasis on an integrated approach to rehearsing) - The technical priorities of intonation and tuning, rhythm patterns, ensemble sonority (tone, balance, blend, color and texture), and articulation - The musical priorities of tempo and ensemble precision, phrasing and the musical line, style and interpretation, dynamics and musical expression - Emphasizing the expectations of 21st-century conductors, the challenges of conducting and rehearsing contemporary music, preparing conductor profiles and self-evaluations, and moving from the rehearsal process to concert performance Conducting and Rehearsing the Instrumental Music Ensemble is a great resource for teachers and students of conducting, as well as current conductors wishing to further hone their skills.
Music Direction for the Stage : A View from the Podium by New Perspectives on Music and Gesture by
Building on the insights of the first volume Music and Gesture (Ashgate 2006), the chapters here are structured in a broad narrative trajectory moving from theory to practice, embracing Western and non-Western practices, real and virtual gestures, live and recorded performances, physical and acoustic gestures, visual and auditory perception, among other themes of topical interest. The main areas of enquiry include psychobiology; perception and cognition; philosophy and semiotics; conducting; ensemble work and solo piano playing.
This course is an overview of basic music writing for film and television. It is also designed to encourage appreciation of cinematic art especially the various elements of and musical genres associated with film scoring.
Guerrilla Film Scoring by
As the movie and music industries have changed, film scoring has become an overwhelmingly independent process. Film composers have more responsibilities than ever before, and they must fulfill them with smaller budgets and shorter schedules. As a result, composers are increasingly becoming armies of one. In Guerrilla Film Scoring: Practical Advice from Hollywood Composers, Jeremy Borum provides valuable guidance on how to make a good film score both quickly and inexpensively. This handbook encompasses the entire film scoring process including education, preparation, writing and recording a score, editing, mixing and mastering, finding work, career development, and sample contracts. Offering strategic tools and techniques, this insider's guide draws on the expertise from a number of prominent composers in movies, television, and video gaming, including Stewart Copeland, Bruce Broughton, and Jack Wall. A straightforward do-it-yourself manual, this book will help composers at all levels create the best-sounding scores quickly and cost effectively--without jeopardizing their art. With access to rare and extremely useful input from the best in the business, Guerrilla Film Scoring will benefit not only students but also professionals looking to update their game.
The invisible art of film music : a comprehensive history by
Beginning with the era of synchronized sound in the 1920s, music has been an integral part of motion pictures. Whether used to heighten the tension of a scene or evoke a subtle emotional response, scores have played a significant--if often unrealized--role in the viewer's enjoyment. In The Invisible Art of Film Music, Laurence MacDonald provides a comprehensive introduction for the general student, film historian, and aspiring cinematographer. Arranged chronologically from the silent era to the present day, this volume provides insight into the evolution of music in cinema and analyzes the vital contributions of scores to hundreds of films. MacDonald reviews key developments in film music and discusses many of the most important and influential scores of the last nine decades, including those from Modern Times, Gone with the Wind, Citizen Kane, Laura, A Streetcar Named Desire, Ben-Hur, Lawrence of Arabia, The Godfather, Jaws, Ragtime, The Mission, Titanic, Gladiator, The Lord of the Rings, Brokeback Mountain, and Slumdog Millionaire. MacDonald also provides biographical sketches of such great composers as Max Steiner, Alfred Newman, Franz Waxman, Bernard Herrmann, Elmer Bernstein, Henry Mancini, Maurice Jarre, John Barry, John Williams, Jerry Goldsmith, Dave Grusin, Ennio Morricone, Randy Newman, Hans Zimmer, and Danny Elfman. Updated and expanded to include scores produced well into the twenty-first century, this new edition of The Invisible Art of Film Music will appeal not only to scholars of cinema and musicologists but also any fan of film scores.
Music, Performance, and the Realities of Film by
This book examines the relationship between narrative film and reality, as seen through the lens of on-screen classical concert performance. By investigating these scenes, wherein the performance of music is foregrounded in the narrative, Winters uncovers how concert performance reflexively articulates music's importance to the ontology of film. The book asserts that narrative film of a variety of aesthetic approaches and traditions is no mere copy of everyday reality, but constitutes its own filmic reality, and that the music heard in a film's underscore plays an important role in distinguishing film reality from the everyday. As a result, concert scenes are examined as sites for provocative interactions between these two realities, in which real-world musicians appear in fictional narratives, and an audience's suspension of disbelief is problematised. In blurring the musical experiences of onscreen observers and participants, these concert scenes also allegorize music's role in creating a shared subjectivity between film audience and character, and prompt Winters to propose a radically new vision of music's role in narrative cinema wherein musical underscore becomes part of a shared audio-visual space that may be just as accessible to the characters as the music they encounter in scenes of concert performance.
Music and Sound in Documentary Film by
This collection of fourteen essays provides a rich and detailed history of the relationship between and music and image in documentary films, exploring the often overlooked role of music in the genre and its subsequent impact on an audience's perception of reality and fiction. Exploring examples of documentary films which make use of soundtrack music, from an interdisciplinary perspective, Music and Sound innbsp;Documentary Film is the first in-depth treatment on the use of music in the nonfiction film and will appeal to scholars and students working in the intersection of music and film and media studies.
The Music and Sound of Experimental Film by
This book explores music/sound-image relationships in non-mainstream screen repertoire from the earliest examples of experimental audiovisuality to the most recent forms of expanded and digital technology. It challenges presumptions of visual primacy in experimental cinema and rethinks screenmusic discourse in light of the aesthetics of non-commercial imperatives. Several themes run through the book, connecting with and significantly enlarging upon current critical discourse surrounding realism and audibility in the fiction film, the role of music in mainstream cinema, and theaudiovisual strategies of experimental film.The contributors investigate repertoires and artists from Europe and the USA through the critical lenses of synchronicity and animated sound, interrelations of experimentation in image and sound, audiovisual synchresis and dissonance, experimental soundscape traditions, found-footage film,re-mediation of pre-existent music and sound, popular and queer sound cultures, and a diversity of radical technological, aesthetic, tropes in film media traversing the work of early pioneers such as Walther Ruttmann and Len Lye, through the mid-century innovations of Norman McLaren, Stan Brakhage,Lis Rhodes, Kenneth Anger, Andy Warhol, and studio collectives in Poland, to latter-day experimentalists John Smith and Bill Morrison, as well as the contemporary practices of Vjing.
Music Editing for Film and Television by
Making music for the movies is a complicated, involved, and challenging process. Music Editing for Film and Television covers the practical skills needed to successfully hone your craft. Through an overview of the music editing process, this book will equip you with detailed techniques to solve musical problems encountered during editing. An abundance of interviews with well-known professionals provide a wide range of perspectives on music editing for film, while special features address an array of projects, from a low-budget documentary, to a Hollywood blockbuster, to indie projects.
Music in Science Fiction Television by
The music for science fiction television programs, like music for science fiction films, is often highly distinctive, introducing cutting-edge electronic music and soundscapes. There is a highly particular role for sound and music in science fiction, because it regularly has to expand the vistas and imagination of the shows and plays a crucial role in setting up the time and place. Notable for its adoption of electronic instruments and integration of music and effects, science fiction programs explore sonic capabilities offered through the evolution of sound technology and design, which has allowed for the precise control and creation of unique and otherworldly sounds. This collection of essays analyzes the style and context of music and sound design in Science Fiction television. It provides a wide range of in-depth analyses of seminal live-action series such as Doctor Who, The Twilight Zone, and Lost,nbsp; as well as animated series, such as The Jetsons. With thirteen essays from prominent contributors in the field of music and screen media, this anthology will appeal to students of Music and Media, as well as fans of science fiction television.
Sonatas, screams, and silence : music and sound in the films of Ingmar Bergman by
Sonatas, Screams, and Silence: Music and Sound in the Films of Ingmar Bergman is the first musical examination of Bergman's style as an auteur filmmaker. It provides a comprehensive examination of all three aspects (music, sound effects, and voice) of Bergman's signature soundtrack-style. Through examinations of Bergman's biographical links to music, the role of music, sound effects, silence, and voice, and Bergman's working methods with sound technicians, mixers, and editors, this book argues that Bergman's soundtracks are as superbly developed as his psychological narratives and breathtaking cinematography. Interdisciplinary in nature, this book bridges the fields of music, sound, and film.
Soundtrack nation : interviews with today's top professionals in film, videogame and television scoring by
It's an industry that may appear to be tucked behind the curtains in lieu of the frontline actors, directors, and special effects of a project, but it remains consistent in its positioning. No matter how often the entertainment industry evolves over the years, there is always a need for a musical score to guide the end product to success. SOUNDTRACK NATION: INTERVIEWS WITH TODAY'S TOP PROFESSIONALS IN FILM, VIDEOGAME, AND TELEVISION SCORING includes interviews with representatives from every facet of the art and business sides of soundtracks, including composers, musicians, vocalists, music producers/ distributors, public relations representatives, journalists, and even the fans themselves. These interviews offer rare insight about the business for individuals who are seeking to get into the industry and those already in it. Whether you're a budding composer looking to make strides in the field, a musician who wants to participate in recording film music, or a future publicist or manager, you'll find great resources here. But you can also approach the book as pure entertainment--the interviews are a fun and informative way to connect with your favorite scores and movies. Either way, you can't go wrong.
This course is an overview of basic music writing for film and television. It is also designed to encourage appreciation of cinematic art especially the various elements of and musical genres associated with film scoring.
Henry Mancini : Reinventing Film Music by
Henry Mancini, the first publicly successful and personally recognizable film composer in history, has practically become a Hollywood brand name. In his lifetime, he sold thirty million albums and won four Oscars and twenty Grammy awards. Through Mancini, mere background music in movies became part of pop culture--an expression of sophistication and wit with a modern sense of cool and a lasting lyricism that has not dated. The first comprehensive study of Mancini's music, Henry Mancini: Reinventing Film Music describes how the composer served as a bridge between the Big Band period of World War II and the impatient eclecticism of the Baby Boomer generation, between the grand formal orchestral film scores of the past and a modern American minimalist approach. Mancini's sound seemed to capture the bright, confident, welcoming voice of the middle class's new efficient life: interested in pop songs and jazz, in movies and television, in outreach politics but also conventional stay-at-home comforts. As John Caps shows, Mancini easily combined it all in his music. Mancini wrote his first dramatic music for a radio series in 1950. By the mid-1960s, he wielded influence in Hollywood and around the world with his iconic scores: dynamic jazz for the noirish detective TV show Peter Gunn, the sly theme from The Pink Panther, and his wistful folk song "Moon River" from Breakfast at Tiffany's. Following the evolution of Mancini's style, Caps traces the history of movie scoring in general: from the jazz-pop of the 1960s to the edgier, electro-funk harmonies of the Watergate 1970s, from the revisionist 1980s marked by New Age trends and new jazz chords to the frustrating New Hollywood of the 1990s when films were made by committees of lawyers rather than by artisans. Through insightful close readings of key films, Caps traces Mancini's collaborations with important directors and shows how he homed in on specific dramatic or comic aspects of each film to create musical effects through clever instrumentation, eloquent melodies, and the strong narrative qualities of his scores. Accessible and engaging, this fresh view of Mancini's oeuvre and influence will delight and inform fans of film and popular music.
The Invisible Art of Film Music : A Comprehensive History by
Beginning with the era of synchronized sound in the 1920s, music has been an integral part of motion pictures. Whether used to heighten the tension of a scene or evoke a subtle emotional response, scores have played a significant--if often unrealized--role in the viewer's enjoyment. In The Invisible Art of Film Music, Laurence MacDonald provides a comprehensive introduction for the general student, film historian, and aspiring cinematographer. Arranged chronologically from the silent era to the present day, this volume provides insight into the evolution of music in cinema and analyzes the vital contributions of scores to hundreds of films. MacDonald reviews key developments in film music and discusses many of the most important and influential scores of the last nine decades, including those from Modern Times, Gone with the Wind, Citizen Kane, Laura, A Streetcar Named Desire, Ben-Hur, Lawrence of Arabia, The Godfather, Jaws, Ragtime, The Mission, Titanic, Gladiator, The Lord of the Rings, Brokeback Mountain, and Slumdog Millionaire. MacDonald also provides biographical sketches of such great composers as Max Steiner, Alfred Newman, Franz Waxman, Bernard Herrmann, Elmer Bernstein, Henry Mancini, Maurice Jarre, John Barry, John Williams, Jerry Goldsmith, Dave Grusin, Ennio Morricone, Randy Newman, Hans Zimmer, and Danny Elfman. Updated and expanded to include scores produced well into the twenty-first century, this new edition of The Invisible Art of Film Music will appeal not only to scholars of cinema and musicologists but also any fan of film scores.
Max Steiner : Composing, Casablanca, and the Golden Age of Film Music by 
Meaning and Interpretation of Music in Cinema by
By exploring the relationship between music and the moving image in film narrative, David Neumeyer shows that film music is not conceptually separate from sound or dialogue, but that all three are manipulated and continually interact in the larger acoustical world of the sound track. In a medium in which the image has traditionally trumped sound, Neumeyer turns our attention to the voice as the mechanism through which narrative (dialog, speech) and sound (sound effects, music) come together. Complemented by music examples, illustrations, and contributions by James Buhler, Meaning and Interpretation of Music in Cinema is the capstone of Neumeyer's 25-year project in the analysis and interpretation of music in film.
Music, Sound and FilmmakersMusic, Sound and Filmmakers : Sonic Style in Cinema by
Music, Sound and Filmmakers: Sonic Style in Cinema is a collection of essays that examine the work of filmmakers whose concern is not just for the eye, but also for the ear. The bulk of the text focuses on the work of directors Wes Anderson, Ingmar Bergman, the Coen brothers, Peter Greenaway, Krzysztof Kieślowski, Stanley Kubrick, David Lynch, Quentin Tarantino, Andrey Tarkovsky and Gus Van Sant. Significantly, the anthology includes a discussion of films administratively controlled by such famously sound-conscious producers as David O. Selznick and Val Lewton. Written by the leading film music scholars from Europe, North America, and Australia, Music, Sound and Filmmakers: Sonic Style in Cinema will complement other volumes in Film Music coursework, or stand on its own among a body of research.
Music and Levels of Narration in Film : Steps across the Border by 
Read Online Download Book Add to Bookshelf Share Link to Book Cite Book Jerome Moross's The Big Country : A Film Score Guide by
With its unique focus on pacifism, The Big Country was an unusual Western for audiences of the 1950s. Produced in 1958, this epic film featured an all-star cast that included Gregory Peck, Charlton Heston, and Oscar-winner Burl Ives. One of the most enduring elements of the film has been Jerome Moross's score. Inspired to re-think the traditional Western score and approach it in a way that enhances the emotional content, rather than simply accompanying the action, Moross created a work that stands as one of the great achievements of cinematic music. In Jerome Moross's The Big Country A Film Score Guide, Mariana Whitmer examines Moross's landmark work, a score that continues to attract listeners and influence composers of film, Westerns and otherwise. This book begins with a biographical survey of Moross's formative years, his early dramatic compositions in ballet and musical theater, and his early film work, providing an historical context for understanding his approach to scoring The Big Country. Drawing upon Moross's original manuscripts and correspondence, Whitmer looks carefully at the score itself. She relates the history of this magnificent score and how the film's music differs significantly from contemporary trends in the Western. Whitmer also examines the music's individual cues and describes how Moross approached the film as a dramatic entity, delineating sections of the narrative into mega-scenes through the music. Finally, the aftermath of this score is considered, including how it has influenced not only subsequent Westerns but also music videos. The first book devoted to a Western film score and the only biographical book on the composer, Jerome Moross's The Big Country A Film Score Guide, will be a valuable read for musicologists, film scholars, and anyone interested in Moross and his music.
Scoring Transcendence : Contemporary Film Music As Religious Experience by
Films are the lingua franca of western culture; for decades they have provided viewers with a universal way of understanding the human experience. And film music, Kutter Callaway demonstrates, has such a profound effect on the human spirit that it demands theological reflection. By engaging scores from the last decade of popular cinema, Callaway reveals how a musically aware approach to film can yield novel insights into the presence and activity of God in contemporary culture. And, through conversations with these films and their filmmakers, viewers can gain a new understanding of how God may be speaking to modern society through film and its transcendent melodies.
Sound, Speech, Music in Soviet and Post-Soviet Cinema by
This innovative volume challenges the ways we look at both cinema and cultural history by shifting the focus from the centrality of the visual and the literary toward the recognition of acoustic culture as formative of the Soviet and post-Soviet experience. Leading experts and emerging scholars from film studies, musicology, music theory, history, and cultural studies examine the importance of sound in Russian, Soviet, and post-Soviet cinema from a wide range of interdisciplinary perspectives. Addressing the little-known theoretical and artistic experimentation with sound in Soviet cinema, changing practices of voice delivery and translation, and issues of aesthetic ideology and music theory, this book explores the cultural and historical factors that influenced the use of voice, music, and sound on Soviet and post-Soviet screens.
Zbigniew Preisner's Three Colors Trilogy: Blue, White, Red : A Film Score Guide by
Director Krzysztof Kieslowski's Three Colors trilogy--Blue (1993), White (1993), and Red (1994)--is one of the great achievements of European film. A meditation on liberty, equality, and fraternity, these three films marked the culmination of the director's career, as well as the zenith of one of the most important creative collaborations in 20th-century cinema-between Kieslowski, scriptwriter Krzysztof Piesiewicz, and composer Zbigniew Preisner. Thanks to their close working relationship, music for the Three Colors trilogy achieves both a focal narrative and philosophical function. At times, Preisner's music advances the narrative independently of the films' other codes; at other times, it creates a metaphorical space into which the audience is invited in order to read for "deeper" messages. As the first major scholarly treatment of Preisner's music, Nicholas Reyland's Zbigniew Preisner's Three Colors Trilogy: A Film Score Guide fills an important void in film score scholarship. In this guide, Reyland analyzes the historical context of the film scores, the life of the composer, the hermeneutic and narrative role of the music within the film, and the musical scoring techniques used for the trilogy. This volume also draws on an interplay of established "classic" approaches to analyzing film music and more recent approaches in the exploration of its themes and readings. In addition, the composer's willingness to be interviewed by Reyland enhances the musicological scholarship of this book, giving the reader privileged access into the process of scoring. A significant contribution to both film studies and musicological literature, this book celebrates one of the great cinematic achievements of the last few decades.
This course is a more professionalized approach to scoring for film and video. Aside from various scoring projects, the students are introduced to real-life industry issues related to music scoring such as, dealing with industry professionals (producers, directors, sound engineers, etc.), accepting a project (from the client’s first phone call to the delivery of the master copy of the score), contracts, and other pertinent topics.
Double lives : film composers in the concert hall by
Double Lives: Film Composers in the Concert Hall is a collection of fifteen essays dealing with 'iconic' film composers who, perhaps to the surprise of many fans of film music, nevertheless maintained lifelong careers as composers for the concert hall. Featured composers include Erich Wolfgang Korngold, Franz Waxman, Miklós Rózsa, Bernard Herrmann, Nino Rota, Leonard Rosenman, and Ennio Morricone. Progressing in chronological order, the chapters offer accounts of the various composers' concert-hall careers and descriptions of their concert-hall styles. Each chapter compares the composer's music for films with his or her music for the concert hall, and speculates as to how music in one arena might have affected music in the other. For each composer discussed in the book, complete filmographies and complete works lists are included as appendices. Double Lives: Film Composers in the Concert Hall is accessible for scholars, researchers, and general readers with an interest in film music and concert music.
The Encyclopedia of Film Composers by
For more than a century, original music has been composed for the cinema. From the early days when live music accompanied silent films to the present in which a composer can draw upon a full orchestra or a lone synthesizer to embody a composition, music has been an integral element of most films. By the late 1930s, movie studios had established music departments, and some of the greatest names in film music emerged during Hollywood s Golden Age, including Alfred Newman, Max Steiner, Dimitri Tiomkin, and Bernard Herrmann. Over the decades, other creators of screen music offered additional memorable scores, and some composers such as Henry Mancini, Randy Newman, and John Williams have become household names. The Encyclopedia of Film Composers features entries on more than 250 movie composers from around the world. It not only provides facts about these artists but also explains what makes each composer notable and discusses his or her music in detail. Each entry includes .Biographical material .Important dates .Career highlights .Analysis of the composer s musical style .Complete list of movie credits This book brings recognition to the many men and women who have written music for movies over the past one hundred years. In addition to composers from the United States and Great Britain, artists from dozens of other countries are also represented. A rich resource of movie music history, The Encyclopedia of Film Composers will be of interest to fans of cinema in general as well as those who want to learn more about the many talented individuals who have created memorable scores."
The Film and Media Creator's Guide to Music by
Music plays an integral role in the experience of film, television, video games, and other media¿yet for many directors, producers, and media creators, working with music can be a baffling and intimidating process. The Film and Media Creators¿ Guide to Music bridges the gap between musical professionals and the creators of film and other media projects, establishing a shared language while demystifying this collaborative journey. Organized with a modular chapter structure, the book covers fundamental topics including: Why (and when) to use music in a project How to talk about music Licensing existing music Commissioning original music Working with a composer Geared toward emerging and established creators alike, this book takes a practical approach to the process of finding the best music for all forms of moving image. The Film and Media Creators¿ Guide to Music offers hands-on advice for media creators, providing readers with the confidence to approach the planning, commissioning, creation, and placement of music in their projects with the awareness, understanding, and vocabulary that will enable them to be better collaborators and empowered storytellers. For students and professionals working across film and media, this book is the essential guide to using music creatively and effectively.
Hollywood HarmonyHollywood harmony : musical wonder and the sound of cinema by
Film music often tells us how to feel, but it also guides us how to hear. Filmgoing is an intensely musical experience, one in which the soundtrack structures our interpretations and steers our emotions. Hollywood Harmony explores the inner workings of film music, bringing together tools frommusic theory, musicology, and music psychology in this first ever book-length analytical study of this culturally central repertoire. Harmony, and especially chromaticism, is emblematic of the "film music sound," and it is often used to evoke that most cinematic of feelings - wonder. To help parsethis familiar but complex musical style, Hollywood Harmony offers a first-of-its kind introduction to neo-Riemannian theory, a recently developed and versatile method of understanding music as a dynamic and transformational process, rather than a series of inert notes on a page. This application ofneo-Riemannian theory to film music is perfect way in for curious newcomers, while also constituting significant scholarly contribution to the larger discipline of music theory.Author Frank Lehman draws from his extensive knowledge of cinematic history with case-studies that range from classics of Golden Age Hollywood to massive contemporary franchises to obscure cult-films. Special emphasis is placed on scores for major blockbusters such as Lord of the Rings, Star Wars,and Inception. With over a hundred meticulously transcribed music examples and more than two hundred individual movies discussed, Hollywood Harmony will fascinate any fan of film and music.
Music, sound and filmmakers : sonic style in cinema by
Music, Sound and Filmmakers: Sonic Style in Cinema is a collection of essays that examine the work of filmmakers whose concern is not just for the eye, but also for the ear. The bulk of the text focuses on the work of directors Wes Anderson, Ingmar Bergman, the Coen brothers, Peter Greenaway, Krzysztof Kieślowski, Stanley Kubrick, David Lynch, Quentin Tarantino, Andrey Tarkovsky and Gus Van Sant. Significantly, the anthology includes a discussion of films administratively controlled by such famously sound-conscious producers as David O. Selznick and Val Lewton. Written by the leading film music scholars from Europe, North America, and Australia, Music, Sound and Filmmakers: Sonic Style in Cinema will complement other volumes in Film Music coursework, or stand on its own among a body of research.
Music Editing for Film and Television by
Making music for the movies is a complicated, involved, and challenging process. Music Editing for Film and Television covers the practical skills needed to successfully hone your craft. Through an overview of the music editing process, this book will equip you with detailed techniques to solve musical problems encountered during editing. An abundance of interviews with well-known professionals provide a wide range of perspectives on music editing for film, while special features address an array of projects, from a low-budget documentary, to a Hollywood blockbuster, to indie projects.
Music in comedy television : notes on laughs by
The study of television and music has expanded greatly in recent years, yet to date no book has focused on the genre of comedy television as it relates to music. Music in Comedy Television: Notes on Laughs fills that gap, breaking new critical ground. With contributions from an array of established and emerging scholars representing a range of disciplines, the twelve essays included cover a wide variety of topics and television shows, spanning nearly fifty years across network, cable, and online structures and capturing the latest research in this growing area of study. From Sesame Street to Saturday Night Live, from Monty Python to Flight of the Conchords, this book offers the perfect introduction for students and scholars in music and media studies seeking to understand the role of music in comedy onscreen and how it relates to the wider culture.
Popular Film Music and Masculinity in Action by
Amanda Howell offers a new perspective on the contemporary pop score as the means by which masculinities not seen--or heard--before become a part of post-World War II American cinema. Popular Film Music and Masculinity in Action addresses itself to an eclectic mix of film, from Elvis and Travolta star vehicles to Bruckheimer-produced blockbuster action, including the work of musically-innovative directors, Melvin Van Peebles, Martin Scorsese, Gregg Araki, and Quentin Tarantino. Of particular interest is the way these films and their representations of masculinity are shaped by generic exchanges among contemporary music, music cultures, and film, combining American cinema's long-standing investment in violence-as-spectacle with similarly body-focused pleasures of contemporary youth music. Drawing on scholarship of popular music and the pop score as well as feminist film and media studies, Howell addresses an often neglected area of gender representation by considering cinematic masculinity as an audio-visual construction. Through her analyses of music's role in action and other film genres that share its investment in violence, she reveals the mechanisms by which the pop score has helped to reinvent gender--and gendered fictions of male empowerment--in contemporary screen entertainment.
The Routledge Companion to Screen Music and Sound by
The Routledge Companion to Screen Music and Sound provides a detailed and comprehensive overview of screen music and sound studies, addressing the ways in which music and sound interact with forms of narrative media such as television, videogames, and film. The inclusive framework of "screen music and sound" allows readers to explore the intersections and connections between various types of media and music and sound, reflecting the current state of scholarship and the future of the field. A diverse range of international scholars have contributed an impressive set of forty-six chapters that move from foundational knowledge to cutting edge topics that highlight new key areas. The companion is thematically organized into five cohesive areas of study: Issues in the Study of Screen Music and Sound--discusses the essential topics of the discipline Historical Approaches--examines periods of historical change or transition Production and Process--focuses on issues of collaboration, institutional politics, and the impact of technology and industrial practices Cultural and Aesthetic Perspectives--contextualizes an aesthetic approach within a wider framework of cultural knowledge Analyses and Methodologies--explores potential methodologies for interrogating screen music and sound Covering a wide range of topic areas drawn from musicology, sound studies, and media studies, The Routledge Companion to Screen Music and Sound provides researchers and students with an effective overview of music's role in narrative media, as well as new methodological and aesthetic insights.
Theories of the Soundtrack by
A theory of the soundtrack is concerned with what belongs to the soundtrack, how a soundtrack is effectively organized, how its status in a multimedia object affects the nature of the object, the tools available for its analysis, and the interpretive regime that the theory mandates fordetermining the meaning, sense, and structure that sound and music bring to film and other audiovisual media. Beyond that, a theory may also delineate the range of possible uses of sound and music, classify the types of relations that films have used for image and sound, identify the centralproblems, and reflect on and describe effective uses of sound in film.This book summarizes and critiques major theories of the soundtrack from roughly 1929 until today. Rather than providing an exhaustive historical survey, it sketches out the range of theoretical approaches that have been applied to the soundtrack since the commercial introduction of the sound film.The basic theoretical framework of each approach is presented, taking into account the explicit and implicit claims about the soundtrack and its relation to other theories. The organization is both chronological and topical, the former in that the chapters move steadily from early film theorythrough models of the classical system to more recent critical theories; the latter in that the chapters highlight central issues for each generation: the problem of film itself, then of image and sound, of adequate analytical-descriptive models, and finally of critical-interpretative models.
This course is a more professionalized approach to scoring for film and video. Aside from various scoring projects, the students are introduced to real-life industry issues related to music scoring such as, dealing with industry professionals (producers, directors, sound engineers, etc.), accepting a project (from the client’s first phone call to the delivery of the master copy of the score), contracts, and other pertinent topics.
Composing for the Cinema : The Theory and Praxis of Music in Film by
With nearly 400 scores to his credit, Ennio Morricone is one of the most prolific and influential film composers working today. He has collaborated with many significant directors, and his scores for such films as The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly; Once Upon a Time in America; Days of Heaven; The Mission; The Untouchables; Mal na; and Cinema Paradiso leave moviegoers with the conviction that something special was achieved--a conviction shared by composers, scholars, and fans alike. In Composing for the Cinema: The Theory and Praxis of Music in Film, Morricone and musicologist Sergio Miceli present a series of lectures on the composition and analysis of film music. Adapted from several lectures and seminars, these lessons show how sound design can be analyzed and offer a variety of musical solutions to many different kinds of film. Though aimed at composers, Morricone's expositions are easy to understand and fascinating even to those without any musical training. Drawing upon scores by himself and others, the composer also provides insight into his relationships with many of the directors with whom he has collaborated, including Sergio Leone, Giuseppe Tornatore, Franco Zeffirelli, Warren Beatty, Ridley Scott, Roland Joff , the Taviani Brothers, and others. Translated and edited by Gillian B. Anderson, an orchestral conductor and musicologist, these lessons reveal Morricone's passion about musical expression. Delivered in a conversational mode that is both comprehensible and interesting, this groundbreaking work intertwines analysis with practical details of film music composition. Aimed at a wide audience of composers, musicians, film historians, and fans, Composing for the Cinema contains a treasure trove of practical information and observations from a distinguished musicologist and one of the most accomplished composers on the international film scene.
The Encyclopedia of Film Composers by
For more than a century, original music has been composed for the cinema. From the early days when live music accompanied silent films to the present in which a composer can draw upon a full orchestra or a lone synthesizer to embody a composition, music has been an integral element of most films. By the late 1930s, movie studios had established music departments, and some of the greatest names in film music emerged during Hollywood's Golden Age, including Alfred Newman, Max Steiner, Dimitri Tiomkin, and Bernard Herrmann. Over the decades, other creators of screen music offered additional memorable scores, and some composers--such as Henry Mancini, Randy Newman, and John Williams--have become household names. The Encyclopedia of Film Composers features entries on more than 250 movie composers from around the world. It not only provides facts about these artists but also explains what makes each composer notable and discusses his or her music in detail. Each entry includes Biographical materialImportant datesCareer highlightsAnalysis of the composer's musical styleComplete list of movie credits This book brings recognition to the many men and women who have written music for movies over the past one hundred years. In addition to composers from the United States and Great Britain, artists from dozens of other countries are also represented. A rich resource of movie music history, The Encyclopedia of Film Composers will be of interest to fans of cinema in general as well as those who want to learn more about the many talented individuals who have created memorable scores.
Epic Sound : Music in Postwar Hollywood Biblical Films by
Lavish musical soundtracks contributed a special grandeur to the new widescreen, stereophonic sound movie experience of postwar biblical epics such as Samson and Delilah, Ben-Hur, and Quo Vadis. In Epic Sound, Stephen C. Meyer shows how music was utilized for various effects, sometimes serving as a vehicle for narrative plot and at times complicating biblical and cinematic interpretation. In this way, the soundscapes of these films reflected the ideological and aesthetic tensions within the genre, and more generally, within postwar American society. By examining key biblical films, Meyer adeptly engages musicology with film studies to explore cinematic interpretations of the Bible during the 1940s through the 1960s.
John Williams's Film Music : Jaws, Star Wars, Raiders of the Lost Ark, and the Return of the Classical Hollywood Music Style by
John Williams is one of the most renowned film composers in history. He has penned unforgettable scores for Star Wars, the Indiana Jones series, E.T. the Extra-Terrestrial, Jaws, Superman, and countless other films. Fans flock to his many concerts, and with forty-nine Academy Award nominations as of 2014, he is the second-most Oscar-nominated person after Walt Disney. Yet despite such critical acclaim and prestige, this is the first book in English on Williams's work and career. Combining accessible writing with thorough scholarship, and rigorous historical accounts with insightful readings, John Williams's Film Music explores why Williams is so important to the history of film music. Beginning with an overview of music from Hollywood's Golden Age (1933-58), Emilio Audissino traces the turning points of Williams's career and articulates how he revived the classical Hollywood musical style. This book charts each landmark of this musical restoration, with special attention to the scores for Jaws and Star Wars, Williams's work as conductor of the Boston Pops Orchestra, and a full film/music analysis of Raiders of the Lost Ark. The result is a precise, enlightening definition of Williams's "neoclassicism" and a grounded demonstration of his lasting importance, for both his compositions and his historical role in restoring part of the Hollywood tradition. Best Special Interest Books, selected by the American Association of School Librarians Best Books for General Audiences, selected by the Public Library Reviewers
Nonfiction Sound and Story for Film and Video by
This book guides nonfiction storytellers in the art of creatively and strategically using sound to engage their audience and bring stories to life. Sound is half of film and video storytelling, and yet its importance is often overlooked until a post-production emergency arises. Written by two experienced creators--one a seasoned nonfiction producer/director with a background in music, and one a sound designer who owns a well-regarded mix studio--this book teaches nonfiction producers, filmmakers, and branded content creators how to reimagine their storytelling by improving sound workflow from field to post. In addition to real-world examples from the authors' own experiences, interviews with and examples from industry professionals across many genres of nonfiction production are included throughout. Written in a conversational style, the book pinpoints practical topics and considerations like 360 video and viewer accessibility. As such, it is a vital point of reference for all nonfiction filmmakers, directors, and producers, or anyone wanting to learn how to improve their storytelling. An accompanying Companion Website offers listening exercises, production sound layout diagrams, templates, and other resources.
The Synergy of Film and Music : Sight and Sound in Five Hollywood Films by
Although writers on film music frequently allude to specific parts of scores, comprehensive examinations of entire scores are rare. In addition, most analyses of scores composed for the screen are discussed outside their cinematic context. To best understand the role music plays in the production of a motion picture, however, it benefits the viewer to consider all of the elements that comprise the film experience. In The Synergy of Film and Music: Sight and Sound in Five Hollywood Films, Peter Rothbart considers the aural and visual aspects of five representative films: West Side Story, Psycho, Empire of the Sun, Altered States, and American Beauty. For each film, the author demonstrates how a variety of elements work together to create a singular experience. After reviewing the various roles that music can serve in a film, as well as providing an overview of the film scoring process, Rothbart looks at each film, examining them one musical cue at a time, so the reader can watch the film while reading about each cue. In these analyses, timecode markings from commercial DVDs are provided in the margins alongside the text, which allow the reader to correlate the on-screen drama to the second. Rothbart explains how music is used in a specific cue and why the decision was made to use that particular musical idea at that moment. Consequently, film music aficionados--as well as students and composers of film music--can gain real-world perspective of how music is used in conjunction with other elements. In this way, the author raises awareness of music's relationship to virtually every other aspect of cinema--dialogue, sound effects, costuming, set design, and cinematography--to deepen the viewer's experience. Written in a deliberately nontechnical way, this book is intended for anyone interested in film to easily follow along. At the same time, the information can benefit professional filmmakers or composers because they can see with great detail how each cue unfolds along with all of the visual elements of the film. This unique analysis makes The Synergy of Film and Music a fascinating and instructive volume that both casual viewers and students of cinema will appreciate.
A course that presents concepts necessary for a solid understanding of the fundamentals of music theory designed and structured for the beginning student.
Creating Sounds from Scratch by
Creating Sounds from Scratch is a practical, in-depth resource on the most common forms of music synthesis. It includes historical context, an overview of concepts in sound and hearing, and practical training examples to help sound designers and electronic music producers to effectivelymanipulate presets and create new sounds from scratch.The book covers the all of the main main synthesis techniques including analog subtractive, FM, additive, physical modeling, wavetable, sample-based, and granular. While the book is grounded in theory, it relies on practical examples and contemporary production techniques to illustrate how thereader can utilize electronic sound design to maximize and improve his/her work.Creating Sounds from Scratch is ideal for all who work in sound creation, composition, editing, and contemporary commercial production.
Current Directions in Ecomusicology by
AWARD WINNER OF THE 2018 SOCIETY OF ETHNOMUSICLOGY ELLEN KOSKOFF PRIZE This volume is the first sustained examination of the complex perspectives that comprise ecomusicology--the study of the intersections of music/sound, culture/society, and nature/environment. Twenty-two authors provide a range of theoretical, methodological, and empirical chapters representing disciplines such as anthropology, biology, ecology, environmental studies, ethnomusicology, history, literature, musicology, performance studies, and psychology. They bring their specialized training to bear on interdisciplinary topics, both individually and in collaboration. Emerging from the whole is a view of ecomusicology as a field, a place where many disciplines come together. The topics addressed in this volume--contemporary composers and traditional musics, acoustic ecology and politicized soundscapes, material sustainability and environmental crisis, familiar and unfamiliar sounds, local places and global warming, birds and mice, hearing and listening, biomusic and soundscape ecology, and more--engage with conversations in the various realms of music study as well as in environmental studies and cultural studies. As with any healthy ecosystem, the field of ecomusicology is dynamic, but this edited collection provides a snapshot of it in a formative period. Each chapter is short, designed to be accessible to the nonspecialist, and includes extensive bibliographies; some chapters also provide further materials on a companion website: http://www.ecomusicology.info/cde/. An introduction and interspersed editorial summaries help guide readers through four current directions--ecological, fieldwork, critical, and textual--in the field of ecomusicology.
Music by
The SEND Code of Practice (2015) has reinforced the requirement that all teachers must meet the needs of all learners. This topical book provides practical, tried and tested strategies and resources that will support teachers in making music lessons accessible and exciting for all pupils, including those with special needs. The authors draw on a wealth of experience to share their understanding of special educational needs and disabilities and show how the music teacher can reduce or remove any barriers to learning. Offering strategies that are specific to the context of music teaching, this book will enable teachers to: ensure all pupils are able to enjoy and appreciate music; find the appropriate musical instruments to suit the individual learner; develop approaches for teaching composition in mixed ability classrooms; provide opportunities for different types of performance; adapt content, approaches and resources for pupils with a wide range of learning needs. An invaluable tool for continuing professional development, this text will be essential for teachers (and their teaching assistants) seeking guidance specific to teaching music to all pupils, regardless of their individual needs. This book will also be of interest to SENCOs, senior management teams and ITT providers. 　 In addition to free online resources, a range of appendices provides music teachers with lesson case studies, behaviour plans and guidance on behaviour management and effective teaching. This is an essential tool for music teachers and teaching assistants, and will help to deliver successful inclusive lessons for all pupils.
Music As a Chariot : : the evolutionary origins of theatre in time, sound, and music by
Music as a Chariot offers a multidisciplinary perspective whose primary proposition is that theatre is a type of music. Understanding how music enables the theatre experience helps to shape our entire approach to the performing arts. Beginning with a discussion on the origin and nature of time, the author takes us on an evolutionary journey to discover how music, language and mimesis co-evolved, eventually coming together to produce the complex way we experience theatre. The book integrates the evolutionary neuroscience of the human brain into this journey, offering practical implications and applications for the auditory expression of this concept¿namely the fundamental techniques artists use to create sound scores for theatre. With contributions from directors, playwrights, actors and designers, Music as a Chariot explores the use of music to carry ideas into the human soul¿a concept that extends beyond the theatrical to include film, video gaming, dance, or anywhere art is manipulated in time.
Music As Creative Practice by
Until recently, ideas of creativity in music revolved around composers in garrets and the lone genius. But the last decade has witnessed a sea change: musical creativity is now overwhelmingly thought of in terms of collaboration and real-time performance. Music as Creative Practice is a firstattempt to synthesize both perspectives. It begins by developing the idea that creativity arises out of social interaction-of which making music together is perhaps the clearest possible illustration - and then shows how the same thinking can be applied to the ostensively solitary practices ofcomposition. The book also emphasizes the contextual dimensions of musical creativity, ranging from the prodigy phenomenon, long-term collaborative relationships within and beyond the family, and creative learning to the copyright system that is supposed to incentivize creativity but is widely seenas inhibiting it.Music as Creative Practice encompasses the classical tradition, jazz and popular music, and music emerges as an arena in which changing concepts of creativity - from the old myths about genius to present-day sociocultural theory - can be traced with particular clarity. The perspective of creativitytells us much about music, but the reverse is also true, and this fifth and last instalment of the Studies in Musical Performance as Creative Practice series offers an approach to musical creativity that is attuned to the practices of both music and everyday life.
Music Assessment for Better Ensembles by
Assessment is central to ensemble music. Yet, teachers do not always have the expertise to harness its potential to improve rehearsals and performances, and promote and document student learning. Written specifically for band, choir, and orchestra teachers at all levels, this book contains allof the information necessary to design and use assessment in a thriving music classroom.The first section addresses foundations such as learning targets, metacognition, and growth mindset. Assessment jargon such as formative assessment, summative assessment, Assessment for Learning, self and peer assessment, and authentic assessment is clarified and illustrated with music examples.Readers will learn practical strategies for choosing which concepts to assess, which methods to use, and how to use results to provide accurate and effective feedback to students.The second section brings assessment fundamentals into the music room. Filled with practical advice, each chapter examines a different facet of musicianship. Sample assessments in all performance areas are provided, including music literacy, fundamentals and technique, terminology, interpretation,evaluation and critique, composition and improvisation, beliefs and attitudes, and more. There is an entire chapter devoted to tips for applying assessment and feedback strategies in rehearsals, which can result in a fresh and effective approach to performance preparation.The final section is an examination of grading practices in music classes. Readers will gain information about ensemble grades that communicate what students know and are able to do, rather than whether they remembered their black socks. A variety of approaches, including Standards-Based Grading,are evaluated in light of music teachers' unique situations.The book concludes with ways for music educators to take their first steps toward implementing these strategies in their own teaching, including the use of instructional technology. Assessing like an expert is possible, and this book is just what teachers need to get started.
The Music Library by
Library Music, also known as source or mood music, was made for use in film, TV, advertising and radio. It is music given to TV stations and producers, but never commercially for sale. Similarly the sleeves are designed to represent the music not for commercial sales. These are LPs for purpose and function, not for pop charts, and as a result they look and sound like nothing else. The first edition of The Music Library came out in 2005. It brought together over 325 sleeves with information about these rare and elusive albums. This highly sought after book influenced both graphic artists and music collectors around the world, quickly becoming known as the music library 'bible'. The Music Library sparked a resurgence of interest in the subject over the last ten years, with many new libraries and recordings coming to light. As a result this revised and expanded edition contains twice the content, featuring 625 rare sleeves from 230 music library companies of the 1960s, 1970s and early 1980s. The amazing cover designs of over 100 newly discovered libraries are beautifully reproduced (alongside all the sleeves contained in the first book) accompanied by exhaustive updated captions.
Music Theory Essentials : : a streamlined approach to fundamentals, tonal harmony, and post-tonal materials by
Music Theory Essentials offers an antidote to music theory textbooks that are overly long and dense. Focusing on the essentials, this text provides a clear-cut guide to the key concepts of music theory. Beginning with no assumptions about music theory knowledge, the book covers the core elements of music fundamentals, diatonic and chromatic harmony, post-tonal theory, and popular music in a single concise volume. Emphasizing critical thinking skills, this book guides students through conceptualizing musical concepts and mastering analytic techniques. Each chapter concludes with a selection of applications designed to enhance engagement: Exercisesallow students to apply and practice the skills and techniques addressed in the chapter. Brain Teaserschallenge students to expand their musical understanding by thinking outside the box. Exploring Musicoffers strategies for students to apply learned concepts to the music they are currently learning or listening to. Thinking Criticallyencourages students to think more deeply about music by solving problems and identifying and challenging assumptions. A companion website provides answers to book exercises, additional downloadable exercises, and audio examples. Straightforward and streamlined, Music Theory Essentialsis a truly concise yet comprehensive introduction to music theory that is accessible to students of all backgrounds. by thinking outside the box. Exploring Musicoffers strategies for students to apply learned concepts to the music they are currently learning or listening to. Thinking Criticallyencourages students to think more deeply about music by solving problems and identifying and challenging assumptions. A companion website provides answers to book exercises, additional downloadable exercises, and audio examples. Straightforward and streamlined, Music Theory Essentialsis a truly concise yet comprehensive introduction to music theory that is accessible to students of all backgrounds.
The Transformation of Black Music : the rhythms, the songs, and the ships that make the African diaspora by
Powerful and embracive, The Transformation of Black Music explores the full spectrum of black musics over the past thousand years as Africans and their descendants have traveled around the globe making celebrated music both in their homelands and throughout the Diaspora. Authors Samuel A. Floyd, Melanie Zeck, and Guthrie Ramsey brilliantly discuss how the music has blossomed, permeated present traditions, and created new practices. As a companion to the ground-breaking The Power of Black Music, this text brilliantly situates emerging, morphing, and influential black musics in a broader framework of cultural, political, and social histories. Grappling with subjects frequently omitted from traditional musical texts, The Transformation of Black Music is guided by more than just the ideals of inclusivity and representation. This work covers overlooked topics that include classical musicians of African descent, and builds upon the contributions of esteemed predecessors in the field of black music study. Providing a sweeping list of figures rarely included in conventional music history and theory textbooks, the text elucidates the findings of ethnomusicologists, cultural historians, Americanists, Africanists, and anthropologists, and weaves these accounts into a powerful and informative narrative. Taking its readers on a journey - one that has never been attempted in a single volume alone - this book reflects the musical phenomena generated by forced African migration and collective memory, and considers the kinds of powerful stories that these musics were meant to tell. Filling in critical musical and historical gaps previously ignored, authors Floyd, Zeck, and Ramsey infuse an engaging musical dialogue with a deeper understanding of the interrelationships between black musical genres and mainstream music. The Transformation of Black Music will solidify not only the inestimable value of black musics, but also the importance and relevance of black music research to all musical endeavors.
A course that presents concepts necessary for a solid understanding of the fundamentals of music theory designed and structured for the beginning student.
Assessment and Evaluation of Narratives in Guided Imagery and Music (GIM) by
The author presents a new paradigm for GIM theory, research, and practiceâe"one that adds new dimensions yet retains the integrity of the method. The main focus is on how both client and therapist can derive meaning out of the narratives that emerge in the GIM session. The paradigm consists of a new procedural component to the session, the use of cognitive concepts to analyze the narratives created by the client, and a method of assessment and evaluation. The new procedure is the âeoere-descriptive technique,âe wherein the client writes a description of the GIM experience at home, after having time to reflect upon potential meanings. The narratives that the client develops from all the nonverbal and verbal materials from each session are then analyzed using cognitive concepts, such as ego resilience, emotional regulation, and cognitive dimensions such as abstraction, integration, coherence and so forth. Finally, the book concludes with easy to use forms for charting the clientâe(tm)s progress, not only in discovering greater meaning in life, but also in learning how to use and integrate the meaning-making process.
Country Comes to Town : The Music Industry and the Transformation of Nashville by
Country music evokes a simple, agrarian past, with images of open land and pickup trucks. While some might think of the genre as a repository of nostalgia, popular because it preserves and reveres traditional values, Jeremy Hill argues that country music has found such expansive success because its songs and its people have forcefully addressed social and cultural issues as well as geographic change. Hill demonstrates how the genre and its fans developed a flexible idea of "country," beyond their rural roots, and how this flexibility allowed fans and music to "come to town," to move into and within urban spaces, while retaining a country "character." To understand how the genre has become the far-reaching commercial phenomenon that it is today, Hill explores how various players within the country music fold have grappled with the notion of place. He shows both how the industry has transformed the city of Nashville and how country music -- through song lyrics, imagery associated with the music, and branding -- has reshaped ideas about the American landscape and character. As the genre underwent significant change in the last decades of the twentieth century, those who sought to explain its new styles and new locations relied on a traditional theme: "You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy." Hill demonstrates how this idea -- that you can still be "country" while no longer living in a rural place -- has been used to expand country's commercial appeal and establish a permanent home in the urban space of Nashville.
Digital Signatures by
How sonically distinctive digital "signatures"--including reverb, glitches, and autotuning--affect the aesthetics of popular music, analyzed in works by Prince, Lady Gaga, and others. Is digital production killing the soul of music? Is Auto-Tune the nadir of creative expression? Digital technology has changed not only how music is produced, distributed, and consumed but also--equally important but not often considered--how music sounds. In this book, Ragnhild Brøvig-Hanssen and Anne Danielsen examine the impact of digitization on the aesthetics of popular music. They investigate sonically distinctive "digital signatures"--musical moments when the use of digital technology is revealed to the listener. The particular signatures of digital mediation they examine include digital reverb and delay, MIDI and sampling, digital silence, the virtual cut-and-paste tool, digital glitches, microrhythmic manipulation, and autotuning--all of which they analyze in specific works by popular artists. Combining technical and historical knowledge of music production with musical analyses, aesthetic interpretations, and theoretical discussions, Brøvig-Hanssen and Danielsen offer unique insights into how digitization has changed the sound of popular music and the listener's experience of it. For example, they show how digital reverb and delay have allowed experimentation with spatiality by analyzing Kate Bush's "Get Out of My House"; they examine the contrast between digital silence and the low-tech noises of tape hiss or vinyl crackle in Portishead's "Stranger"; and they describe the development of Auto-Tune--at first a tool for pitch correction--into an artistic effect, citing work by various hip-hop artists, Bon Iver, and Lady Gaga.
The Meaning of Music by
For virtually all of our lives, we are surrounded by music. From lullabies to radio to the praises sung in houses of worship, we encounter music at home and in the street, during work and in our leisure time, and not infrequently at birth and death. But what is music, and what does it mean to humans? How do we process it, and how do we create it?Musician Leo Samama discusses these and many other questions while shaping a vibrant picture of music's importance in human lives both past and present. What is remarkable is that music is recognised almost universally as a type of language that we can use to wordlessly communicate. We can hardly shut ourselves off from music, and considering its primal role in our lives, it comes as no surprise that few would ever want to. Able to transverse borders and appeal to the most disparate of individuals, music is both a tool and a gift, and as Samama shows, a unifying thread running throughout the cultural history of mankind.
Music As a Chariot by
Music as a Chariot offers a multidisciplinary perspective whose primary proposition is that theatre is a type of music. Understanding how music enables the theatre experience helps to shape our entire approach to the performing arts. Beginning with a discussion on the origin and nature of time, the author takes us on an evolutionary journey to discover how music, language and mimesis co-evolved, eventually coming together to produce the complex way we experience theatre. The book integrates the evolutionary neuroscience of the human brain into this journey, offering practical implications and applications for the auditory expression of this concept--namely the fundamental techniques artists use to create sound scores for theatre. With contributions from directors, playwrights, actors and designers, Music as a Chariot explores the use of music to carry ideas into the human soul--a concept that extends beyond the theatrical to include film, video gaming, dance, or anywhere art is manipulated in time.
The continuation of the basic aspects of elementary music theory discussed initially in FMUSIC1 and its application in score analysis, performance, and composition.
Bending the rules of music theory : lessons from great composers by
For students learning the principles of music theory, it can often seem as though the tradition of tonal harmony is governed by immutable rules that define which chords, tones, and intervals can be used where. Yet even within the classical canon, there are innumerable examples of composers diverging from these foundational "rules." Drawing on examples from composers including J.S. Bach, Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert, Mendelssohn, Chopin, Brahms, and more, Bending the Rules of Music Theoryseeks to take readers beyond the basics of music theory and help them to understand the inherent flexibility in the system of tonal music. Chapters explore the use of different rule-breaking elements in practice and why they work, introducing students to a more nuanced understanding of music theory.
Berklee Contemporary Music Notation by
(Berklee Guide). Learn the nuances of music notation, and create professional looking scores. This reference presents a comprehensive look at contemporary music notation. You will learn the meaning and stylistic practices for many types of notation that are currently in common use, from traditional staffs to lead sheets to guitar tablature. It discusses hundreds of notation symbols, as well as general guidelines for writing music. Berklee College of Music brings together teachers and students from all over the world, and we use notation in a great variety of ways. This book presents our perspectives on notation: what we have found to be the most commonly used practices in today's music industry, and what seems to be serving our community best. It includes a foreword by Matthew Nicholl, who was a long-time chair of Berklee's Contemporary Writing and Production Department. Whether you find yourself in a Nashville recording studio, Hollywood sound stage, grand concert hall, worship choir loft, or elementary school auditorium, this book will help you to create readable, professional, publication-quality notation. Beyond understanding the standard rules and definitions, you will learn to make appropriate choices for your own work, and generally how to achieve clarity and consistency in your notation so that it best serves your music.
Managing stage fright : a guide for musicians and music teachers by
Why is it that well-prepared, talented, hardworking, and intelligent performers find their performance and self-esteem undermined by the fear of memory slips, technique failures, and public humiliation? In Managing Stage Fright: A Guide for Musicians and Music Teachers, author Julie JaffeeNagel unravels these mysteries, taking the reader on an intensive backstage tour of the anxious performer's emotions to explain why stage fright happens and what performers can do to increase their comfort in the glare of the spotlight.Examining the topic from her interdisciplinary educational, theoretical, clinical, and personal perspectives, Nagel uses the music teacher/student relationship as a model for understanding the performance anxiety that affects musicians and non-musicians alike. Shedding new light on how theperformer's emotional life is connected to every other facet of their life, Managing Stage Fright encourages a deeper understanding of anxiety when performing. The guide offers strategies for achieving performance confidence, emphasizing the relevance of mental health in teaching and performing.Through the practices of self-awareness outlined in the book, Nagel demonstrates that it is possible and desirable for teachers to assist students in developing the coping skills and attitudes that will allow them to not feel overwhelmed and powerless when they experience strong anxiety. Eachchapter contains insights that help teachers recognize the symptoms - obvious, subtle, and puzzling - of the emotional grip of stage fright, while offering practical guidelines that empower teachers to empower their students. The psychological concepts offered, when added to pedagogical techniques,are invaluable in music performance and in a variety of life situations since, after all, music lessons are life lessons.
Music, Passion, and Cognitive Function by
Music, Passion, and Cognitive Function examines contemporary cognitive theories of music, why they cannot explain music's power over us, and the origin and evolution of music. The book presents experimental confirmations of the theory in psychological and neuroimaging research, discussing the parallel evolution of consciousness, musical styles, and cultures since Homer and King David. In addition, it explains that 'in much wisdom is much grief' due to cognitive dissonances created by language that splits the inner world. Music enables us to survive in this sea of grief, overcomes discomforts and stresses of acquiring new knowledge, and unifies the soul, hence the power of music.
Music As Creative Practice by
Until recently, ideas of creativity in music revolved around composers in garrets and the lone genius. But the last decade has witnessed a sea change: musical creativity is now overwhelmingly thought of in terms of collaboration and real-time performance. Music as Creative Practice is a firstattempt to synthesize both perspectives. It begins by developing the idea that creativity arises out of social interaction-of which making music together is perhaps the clearest possible illustration - and then shows how the same thinking can be applied to the ostensively solitary practices ofcomposition. The book also emphasizes the contextual dimensions of musical creativity, ranging from the prodigy phenomenon, long-term collaborative relationships within and beyond the family, and creative learning to the copyright system that is supposed to incentivize creativity but is widely seenas inhibiting it.Music as Creative Practice encompasses the classical tradition, jazz and popular music, and music emerges as an arena in which changing concepts of creativity - from the old myths about genius to present-day sociocultural theory - can be traced with particular clarity. The perspective of creativitytells us much about music, but the reverse is also true, and this fifth and last instalment of the Studies in Musical Performance as Creative Practice series offers an approach to musical creativity that is attuned to the practices of both music and everyday life.
Music theory essentials : a streamlined approach to fundamentals, tonal harmony, and post-tonal materials by
Music Theory Essentials offers an antidote to music theory textbooks that are overly long and dense. Focusing on the essentials, this text provides a clear-cut guide to the key concepts of music theory. Beginning with no assumptions about music theory knowledge, the book covers the core elements of music fundamentals, diatonic and chromatic harmony, post-tonal theory, and popular music in a single concise volume. Emphasizing critical thinking skills, this book guides students through conceptualizing musical concepts and mastering analytic techniques. Each chapter concludes with a selection of applications designed to enhance engagement: Exercisesallow students to apply and practice the skills and techniques addressed in the chapter. Brain Teaserschallenge students to expand their musical understanding by thinking outside the box. Exploring Musicoffers strategies for students to apply learned concepts to the music they are currently learning or listening to. Thinking Criticallyencourages students to think more deeply about music by solving problems and identifying and challenging assumptions. A companion website provides answers to book exercises, additional downloadable exercises, and audio examples. Straightforward and streamlined, Music Theory Essentialsis a truly concise yet comprehensive introduction to music theory that is accessible to students of all backgrounds. by thinking outside the box. Exploring Musicoffers strategies for students to apply learned concepts to the music they are currently learning or listening to. Thinking Criticallyencourages students to think more deeply about music by solving problems and identifying and challenging assumptions. A companion website provides answers to book exercises, additional downloadable exercises, and audio examples. Straightforward and streamlined, Music Theory Essentialsis a truly concise yet comprehensive introduction to music theory that is accessible to students of all backgrounds.
Organized time : rhythm, tonality, and form by
Organized Time is the first attempt to unites theories of harmony, rhythm and meter, and form under a common idea of structured time. Building off of recent advances in music theory in essential subfields - rhythmic theory, tonal structure, and the theory of musical form - author Jason Yustdemonstrates that tonal music exhibits similar hierarchical organization in each of these dimensions. Yust develops a network model for temporal structure with an application of mathematical graph theory, which leads ultimately to musical applications of a multi-dimensional polytope called theassociahedron. A wealth of analytical examples includes not only the familiar tonal canon - J.S. Bach, Mozart, Schumann - but also lesser known masters of the musical Enlightenment such as C.P.E. and J.C. Bach, Boccherini, and Johann Gottlieb Graun.Yust's approach has wide-ranging ramifications across music theory, enabling new approaches to musical closure, hypermeter, formal function, syncopation, and rhythmic dissonance, as well as historical observations about the development of sonata form and the innovations of Haydn and Beethoven.Making a forceful argument for the independence of musical modalities and for multivalent approach to music analysis, Organized Time establishes the aesthetic importance of structural disjunction, the conflict of structure in different modalities, in numerous analytical contexts.
Theory and Practice in the Music of the Islamic World by
This volume of original essays is dedicated to Owen Wright in recognition of his formative contribution to the study of music in the Islamic Middle East. Wright's work, which comprises, at the time of writing, six field-defining volumes and countless articles, has reconfigured the relationship between historical musicology and ethnomusicology. No account of the transformation of these fields in recent years can afford to ignore his work. Ranging across the Middle East, Central Asia and North India, this volume brings together historical, philological and ethnographic approaches. The contributors focus on collections of musical notation and song texts, on commercial and ethnographic recordings, on travellers' reports and descriptions of instruments, on musical institutions and other spaces of musical performance. An introduction provides an overview and critical discussion of Wright's major publications. The central chapters cover the geographical regions and historical periods addressed in Wright's publications, with particular emphasis on Ottoman and Timurid legacies. Others discuss music in Greece, Iraq and Iran. Each explores historical continuities and discontinuities, and the constantly changing relationships between music theory and practice. An edited interview with Owen Wright concludes the book and provides a personal assessment of his scholarship and his approach to the history of the music of the Islamic Middle East. Extending the implications of Wright's own work, this volume argues for an ethnomusicology of the Islamic Middle East in which past and present, text and performance are systematically in dialogue.
Theory Essentials for Today's Musician (Textbook) by
Theory Essentials for Today's Musician offers a review of music theory that speaks directly and engagingly to modern students. Rooted in the tested pedagogy of Theory for Today's Musician, the authors have distilled and reorganized the concepts from the thirty-three chapters of their original textbook into twenty-one succinct, modular chapters that move from the core elements of harmony to further topics in form and 20th-century music. A broad coverage of topics and musicals styles--including examples drawn from popular music--is organized into four key parts: Basic Tools Chromatic Harmony Form and Analysis The 20th Century and Beyond Theory Essentials features clear and jargon-free (yet rigorous) explanations appropriate for students at all levels, ensuring comprehension of concepts that are often confusing or obscure. An accompanying workbook provides corresponding exercises, while a companion website presents streaming audio examples. This concise and reorganized all-in-one package--which can be covered in a single semester for a graduate review, or serve as the backbone for a briefer undergraduate survey--provides a comprehensive, flexible foundation in the vital concepts needed to analyze music. PURCHASING OPTIONS Textbook and Workbook Package (Paperback): 9781138098756 Textbook Only (Hardback): 9781138708815 Textbook Only (Paperback): 9781138708822 Textbook Only (eBook): 9781315201122 Workbook Only (Paperback): 9781138098749 Workbook Only (eBook): 9781315103839
Theory for Today's Musician Textbook by
Theory for Today's Musician, Third Edition, recasts the scope of the traditional music theory course to meet the demands of the professional music world, in a style that speaks directly and engagingly to today's music student. It uses classical, folk, popular, and jazz repertoires with clear explanations that link music theory to musical applications. The authors help prepare students by not only exploring how music theory works in art music, but how it functions within modern music, and why this knowledge will help them become better composers, music teachers, performers, and recording engineers. This broadly comprehensive text merges traditional topics such as part writing and harmony (diatonic, chromatic, neo-tonal and atonal), with less traditional topics such as counterpoint and musical process, and includes the non-traditional topics of popular music songwriting, jazz harmony and the blues. The accompanying companion website provides interactive exercises that allow students to practice foundational theory skills. Written by experienced authors, both active classroom teachers for many years, Theory for Today's Musician is the complete and ideal theory text to enable today's student to accomplish their musical goals tomorrow. Updated and corrected throughout, the Third Edition includes: Expanded coverage of atonality and serialism, now separated into two chapters. Broadened treatment of cadences, including examples from popular music. Substantially rewritten chapter on songwriting. Interactive features of the text simplified to two types, "Concept Checks" and "Review and Reinforcement," for greater ease of use. New and updated musical examples added throughout. Charts, illustrations, and musical examples revised for increased clarity. Audio of musical examples now provided through the companion website. The accompanying Workbook offers exercises and assignments to accompany each chapter in the book. A companion website houses online tutorials with drills of basic concepts, as well as audio. The hardback TEXTBOOK is also paired with the corresponding paperback WORKBOOK in a discounted PACKAGE (9780815371731).
The continuation of the basic aspects of elementary music theory discussed initially in FMUSIC1 and its application in score analysis, performance, and composition.
The Art of Music Production : The Theory and Practice by
The Art of Music Production is the first book to comprehensively analyze and describe the role of the music producer in creating successful music recordings. Now in its fourth edition, it is the definitive guide to the art and business of music production.Author and producer Richard James Burgess distills this complex field by defining the distinct roles of a music producer.The first part of the book outlines the underlying theory of the art of music production. The second focuses on the job's practical aspects, including training, getting into the business, and--most importantly--the musical, financial, and interpersonal relationships producers have with artists and their labels. The book is packed with insights from successful music producers, ranging from the beginnings of recorded sound to today's chart-toppers and across genre lines. It features many revealing anecdotes, encompassing both the daily and overarching career-related challenges that a producer faces. Burgess addresses the changes in the nature of music production brought about by technology and, in particular, the millennial shift that has occurred with digital recording and distribution. His lifelong experience in the recording industry as a studio musician, artist, composer, producer, manager, and marketer, combined with his extensive academic research in the field, brings a unique breadth and depth of understanding to the topic.
From Scratch : Writings in Music Theory by
One of the twentieth century's most important musical thinkers, James Tenney did pioneering work in multiple fields, including computer music, tuning theory, and algorithmic and computer-assisted composition. From Scratch is a collection of Tenney's hard-to-find writings arranged, edited, and revised by the self-described "composer/theorist." Selections focus on his fundamental concerns--"what the ear hears"--and include thoughts and ideas on perception and form, tuning systems and especially just intonation, information theory, theories of harmonic space, and stochastic (chance) procedures of composition.
Music and Camp by
This collection of essays provides the first in-depth examination of camp as it relates to a wide variety of twentieth and twenty-first century music and musical performances. Located at the convergence of popular and queer musicology, the book provides new research into camp's presence, techniques, discourses, and potential meanings across a broad spectrum of musical genres, including: musical theatre, classical music, film music, opera, instrumental music, the Broadway musical, rock, pop, hip-hop, and Christmas carols. This significant contribution to the field of camp studies investigates why and how music has served as an expressive and political vehicle for both the aesthetic characteristics and the receptive modes that have been associated with camp throughout twentieth and twenty-first-century culture. Hardcover is un-jacketed.
Music Theory Secrets : 94 Strategies for the Starting Musician by
Modeled on the brilliant approach first formulated by distinguished professor of music and master clarinetist Michele Gingras in Clarinet Secrets and More Clarinet Secrets (both available from Rowman and Littlefield), Music Secrets is designed for instrumentalists, singers, conductors, composers, and other instructors and professionals seeking a quick set of pointers to improve their work as performers and producers of music. Easy to use, contributions to the Music Secrets series fill a niche for those who need quick and easy methods for learning what they need--from those just starting to the advanced musician in need of a refresher or new insights. Rhythms, melodies, and harmonies are the building blocks of music. In Music Theory Secrets: 94 Strategies for the Starting Musician, Brent Coppenbarger offers a full range of methods to help musicians, not only grasp, but remember those key elements upon which the music they play is built: pitch, rhythm, scales, key signatures, and harmony. With over eighteen years of experience teaching music theory, Coppenbarger offers the various teaching and memory strategies he has designed to help musicians understand and retain what they need to know. Coppenbarger covers critical information on how to determine pitch, the use of meter, and how to count rhythms in simple and compound meter; explains major scales and major key signatures, as well as minor scales and minor key signatures; surveys other types of scales (such as those used in jazz) and explains how modes work; presents necessary data on scale degree names and intervals; covers triads and various types of chords; touches upon Roman numeral analysis, inversions, and figured bass; presents non-chord tones and discusses solfege singing, including several pages of sight singing using various clefs and keys (strongly recommended for instrumentalists for practicing transpositions for the appropriate clef and range) demonstrates the different techniques musicians can use for transposing keys; and finally discusses more advanced concepts such as part-writing rules, the use of sequences, and form. Music Theory Secrets: 94 Strategies for the Starting Musician is an indispensable resource for instrumental teachers wishing to incorporate music theory into lessons, classroom teachers, high school and college students, amateur musicians, those wanting to learn to read music, home-schooled students, and college bound music students.
Reforming Music : Music and the Religious Reformations of the Sixteenth Century by
Five hundred years ago a monk nailed his theses to a church gate in Wittenberg. The sound of Luther's mythical hammer, however, was by no means the only aural manifestation of the religious Reformations. This book describes the birth of Lutheran Chorales and Calvinist Psalmody; of how music was practised by Catholic nuns, Lutheran schoolchildren, battling Huguenots, missionaries and martyrs, cardinals at Trent and heretics in hiding, at a time when Palestrina, Lasso and Tallis were composing their masterpieces, and forbidden songs were concealed, smuggled and sung in taverns and princely courts alike. Music expressed faith in the Evangelicals' emerging worships and in the Catholics' ancient rites; through it new beliefs were spread and heresy countered; analysed by humanist theorists, it comforted and consoled miners, housewives and persecuted preachers; it was both the symbol of new, conflicting identities and the only surviving trace of a lost unity of faith. The music of the Reformations, thus, was music reformed, music reforming and the reform of music: this book shows what the Reformations sounded like, and how music became one of the protagonists in the religious conflicts of the sixteenth century.
This is the 3rd level of music theory class geared towards the study of music theory used in contemporary popular music. In this class, you will experience advanced awareness, knowledge and skills in music with its seven elements, namely will be heightened continuation on the study/analysis of harmonic progressions of the various modes, their chord scales and harmonic functions; modal ear training; dominant seven chords and their substitute dominant and related IIm7 chords; pivot chords modulation; modal interchange and deceptive resolutions; compound chords
Developing Musicianship Through Aural Skills by
Developing Musicianship through Aural Skills, Second Edition, is a comprehensive method for learning to hear, sing, understand, and use the foundations of music as part of an integrated curriculum, incorporating both sight singing and ear training in one volume. Under the umbrella of musicianship, this textbook guides students to "hear what they see, and see what they hear," with a trained, discerning ear on both a musical and an aesthetic level. Key features of this new edition include: Revised organization, with exercises gradually progressing from the simple to more difficult, taking beginner students' varied skill sets into account. An enhanced companion website, with interactive training modules for students to practice core skills, and additional exercises, dictation lesson plans and worksheets for instructors Enhanced coverage and a specific methodology for covering post-tonal material Greater emphasis on developing improvisation skills and realizing lead sheets The text reinforces both musicianship and theory in a systematic method, and its holistic approach provides students the skills necessary to incorporate professionalism, creativity, confidence, and performance preparation in their music education. The second edition of Developing Musicianship through Aural Skills provides a strong foundation for undergraduate music students and answers the need for combining skills in a more holistic, integrated music theory core.
Distributed Creativity by
Creative practice in music, particularly in traditional concert culture, is commonly understood in terms of a rather stark division of labour between composer and performer. But this overlooks the distributed and interactive nature of the creative processes on which so much contemporary musicdepends. The incorporation of two features - improvisation and collaboration - into much contemporary music suggests that the received view of the relationship between composition and performance requires reassessment. Improvisation and collaborative working practices blur thecomposition/performance divide and, in doing so, provide important new perspectives on the forms of distributed creativity that play a central part in much contemporary music.Distributed Creativity: Collaboration and Improvisation in Contemporary Music explores the different ways in which collaboration and improvisation enable and constrain creative processes. Thirteen chapters and twelve shorter Interventions offer a range of perspectives on distributed creativity inmusic, on composer/performer collaborations and on contemporary improvisation practices. The chapters provide substantial discussions of a variety of conceptual frameworks and particular projects, while the Interventions present more informal contributions from a variety of practitioners(performers, composers, improvisers), giving insights into the pleasures and perils of working creatively in collaborative and improvised ways.
Finale primer : mastering the art of music notation with Finale by
This comprehensive reference manual unravels all the intricacies of Finale 2014, for Windows and Mac platforms. Finale Primer: 2014 Edition helps you set up, edit, reformat, and reorganize your notation into a musical masterpiece. This fully illustrated step-by-step guide offers exercises, projects, creative ideas, and power-user tips that will improve your speed and help you become a Finale expert. This book is indispensable whether you're arranging an existing piece of music or creating an original work. This easy-to-use book includes: * Cross-platform instructions for both Macintosh and Windows * Tips to get the most out of Finale's powerful features such as HyperScribe, the Graphics Tool, and MusicScore Lite * Special sections on creative applications of Finale
Intelligent Music Production by
Intelligent Music Production presents the state of the art in approaches, methodologies and systems from the emerging field of automation in music mixing and mastering. This book collects the relevant works in the domain of innovation in music production, and orders them in a way that outlines the way forward: first, covering our knowledge of the music production processes; then by reviewing the methodologies in classification, data collection and perceptual evaluation; and finally by presenting recent advances on introducing intelligence in audio effects, sound engineering processes and music production interfaces. Intelligent Music Production is a comprehensive guide, providing an introductory read for beginners, as well as a crucial reference point for experienced researchers, producers, engineers and developers.
Music and the Making of Modern Science by
A wide-ranging exploration of how music has influenced science through the ages, from fifteenth-century cosmology to twentieth-century string theory.In the natural science of ancient Greece, music formed the meeting place between numbers and perception; for the next two millennia, Pesic tells us in Music and the Making of Modern Science, "liberal education" connected music with arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy within a fourfold study, the quadrivium. Peter Pesic argues provocatively that music has had a formative effect on the development of modern science-that music has been not just a charming accompaniment to thought but a conceptual force in its own right. Pesic explores a series of episodes in which music influenced science, moments in which prior developments in music arguably affected subsequent aspects of natural science. He describes encounters between harmony and fifteenth-century cosmological controversies, between musical initiatives and irrational numbers, between vibrating bodies and the emergent electromagnetism. He offers lively accounts of how Newton applied the musical scale to define the colors in the spectrum; how Euler and others applied musical ideas to develop the wave theory of light; and how a harmonium prepared Max Planck to find a quantum theory that reengaged the mathematics of vibration. Taken together, these cases document the peculiar power of music-its autonomous force as a stream of experience, capable of stimulating insights different from those mediated by the verbal and the visual. An innovative e-book edition available for iOS devices will allow sound examples to be played by a touch and shows the score in a moving line.
Music Apps for Musicians and Music Teachers by
In today's digital age, learning and creating music has never been so easy and affordable. Anyone can enhance their musical knowledge, skills, and creativity with the multitude of music apps available. However, sifting through thousands of music apps in the Apple App Store and Google Play can be a daunting task for any musician or music instructor. But not anymore Having spent countless hours researching the most interesting useful, educational, fun, and easy-to-use music apps, Elizabeth C. Axford in Music Apps for Musicians and Music Teachers surveys the landscape of music-related apps for both iOS and Android mobile devices, including tablets and smartphones. Music Apps for Musicians and Music Teachers lists hundreds of music-related apps organized by category, including singing, musical instruments, music theory and composition, songwriting, improvisation, recording, evaluating music performances, listening to music, music history and literature, music appreciation, and more. App developers are listed with each app, including links to their websites for updates and support. The book sections and chapters align with the newly revised National Standards for Music Education released in 2014 by the National Association for Music Education. Suggested activities for educators are provided, as well as key terms and a bibliography. Music Apps for Musicians and Music Teachers is for anyone interested in music, whether hobbyist or professional. It enhances the ability to learn on the go by offering musicians, music students, and music instructors a list of the most useful music apps available.
Musicians in the making : pathways to creative performance by
Musicians are continually "in the making", tapping into their own creative resources while deriving inspiration from teachers, friends, family members and listeners. Amateur and professional performers alike tend not to follow fixed routes in developing a creative voice: instead, theirartistic journeys are personal, often without foreseeable goals. The imperative to assess and reassess one's musical knowledge, understanding and aspirations is nevertheless a central feature of life as a performer.Musicians in the Making explores the creative development of musicians in both formal and informal learning contexts. It promotes a novel view of creativity, emphasizing its location within creative processes rather than understanding it as an innate quality. It argues that such processes may belearned and refined, and furthermore that collaboration and interaction within group contexts carry significant potential to inform and catalyze creative experiences and outcomes. The book also traces and models the ways in which creative processes evolve over time.Performers, music teachers and researchers will find the rich body of material assembled here engaging and enlightening. The book's three parts focus in turn on "Creative learning in context", "Creative processes" and "Creative dialogue and reflection". In addition to sixteen extended chapterswritten by leading experts in the field, the volume includes ten "Insights" by internationally prominent performers, performance teachers and others. Practical aids include abstracts and lists of keywords at the start of each chapter, which provide useful overviews and guidance on content.Topics addressed by individual authors include intrapersonal and interpersonal dynamics, performance experience, practice and rehearsal, "self-regulated performing", improvisation, self-reflection, expression, interactions between performers and audiences, assessment, and the role of academic studyin performers' development.
Music production : recording : a guide for producers, engineers and musicians by
The sound recorder is the 'mirror with a memory' for those who listen. With it we can capture glimpses of our reality, producing 'pictures' as we express ourselves. These may ultimately serve as reminders of who we were and of our dreams... Your recordings are the vehicle for your compositions. Improve the artistry of your productions with this techniques guide, which focuses throughout on musicality and how your decisions affect it. Author Carlos Lellis Ferreira walks you through the recording process, bringing aesthetic considerations into each discussion. Learn visually with detailed diagrams and clear explanations of best practices. Unlike many other recording books, Music Production: Recording is organized around real-world scenarios, with details about roles and responsibilities that help you navigate through key stages of production.
Music therapy assessment : theory, research, and application by
As the use of music therapy becomes more widespread so too does the need for detailed assessment. Standardised assessment tools, and knowledge of how to integrate assessment into clinical practice, are needed for teaching, research and clinical purposes all around the world. Based on the findings of members of the International Music Therapy Assessment Consortium (IMTAC), this comprehensive anthology collects the latest research and clinical practice methods about music therapy assessment. Looking at the available assessment tools holistically, the book covers the major assessment models currently used in clinical practice, and details each model's setting and motivation, development, theoretical background, and how to implement it in a clinical setting.
Redefining Mainstream Popular Music by
Redefining Mainstream Popular Music is a collection of seventeen essays that critically examines the idea of the "mainstream" in and across a variety of popular music styles and contexts. Notions of what is popular vary across generations and cultures - what may have been considered alternative to one group may be perceived as mainstream to another. Incorporating a wide range of popular music texts, genres, scenes, practices and technologies from the United Kingdom, North America, Australia and New Zealand, the authors theoretically challenge and augment our understanding of how the mainstream is understood and functions in the overlapping worlds of popular music production, consumption and scholarship. Spanning the local and the global, the historic and contemporary, the iconic and the everyday, the book covers a broad range of genres, from punk to grunge to hip-hop, while also considering popular music through other mediums, including mash-ups and the music of everyday work life. Redefining Mainstream Popular Music provides readers with an innovative and nuanced perspective of what it means to be mainstream.
This is the 3rd level of music theory class geared towards the study of music theory used in contemporary popular music. In this class, you will experience advanced awareness, knowledge and skills in music with its seven elements, namely will be heightened continuation on the study/analysis of harmonic progressions of the various modes, their chord scales and harmonic functions; modal ear training; dominant seven chords and their substitute dominant and related IIm7 chords; pivot chords modulation; modal interchange and deceptive resolutions; compound chords
Collaborative Creative Thought and Practice in Music by
Focusing on the domain of music, the approach taken in this book falls into three sections: investigations of the people, processes, products, and places of collaborative creativity in compositional thought and practice; explorations of the ways in which creative collaboration provides a means of crossing boundaries between disciplines such as music performance and musicology; and studies of the emergence of creative thought and practice in educational contexts including that of the composer and the classroom. The volume concludes with an extended chapter that reflects on the ways in which the studies reported advance understandings of creative thought and practice.
Countercultures and Popular Music by
'Counterculture' emerged as a term in the late 1960s and has been re-deployed in more recent decades in relation to other forms of cultural and socio-political phenomena. This volume provides an essential new academic scrutiny of the concept of 'counterculture' and a critical examination of the period and its heritage.
From Scratch : Writings in Music Theory by
One of the twentieth century's most important musical thinkers, James Tenney did pioneering work in multiple fields, including computer music, tuning theory, and algorithmic and computer-assisted composition. From Scratch is a collection of Tenney's hard-to-find writings arranged, edited, and revised by the self-described "composer/theorist." Selections focus on his fundamental concerns--"what the ear hears"--and include thoughts and ideas on perception and form, tuning systems and especially just intonation, information theory, theories of harmonic space, and stochastic (chance) procedures of composition.
Gender in Music Production by
The field of music production has for many years been regarded as male-dominated. Despite growing acknowledgement of this fact, and some evidence of diversification, it is clear that gender representation on the whole remains quite unbalanced. Gender in Music Production brings together industry leaders, practitioners, and academics to present and analyze the situation of gender within the wider context of music production as well as to propose potential directions for the future of the field. This much-anticipated volume explores a wide range of topics, covering historical and contextual perspectives on women in the industry, interviews, case studies, individual position pieces, as well as informed analysis of current challenges and opportunities for change. Ground-breaking in its synthesis of perspectives, Gender in Music Production offers a broadly considered and thought-provoking resource for professionals, students, and researchers working in the field of music production today.
Innovation in music : performance, production, technology and business by
Innovation in Music: Performance, Production, Technology and Business is an exciting collection comprising of cutting-edge articles on a range of topics, presented under the main themes of artistry, technology, production and industry. Each chapter is written by a leader in the field and contains insights and discoveries not yet shared. Innovation in Music covers new developments in standard practice of sound design, engineering and acoustics. It also reaches into areas of innovation, both in technology and business practice, even into cross-discipline areas. This book is the perfect companion for professionals and researchers alike with an interest in the Music industry. Chapter 31 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138498211_oachapter31.pdf
Music, Analysis, Experience : New Perspectives in Musical Semiotics by 
The Music and Literacy Connection by
The second edition of The Music and Literacy Connection expands our understanding of the links between reading and music by examining those skills and learning processes that are directly parallel for music learning and language arts literacy in the pre-K, elementary, and secondary levels. This edition includes two new chapters: one dedicated to secondary music education and teacher evaluation, and another that offers a literature review of latest literacy research in education, neuroscience, and neuropsychology. Readers will find extensive instructional examples for music and reading teachers so that they may enrich and support each other in alignment with current initiatives for twenty-first-century curricula. Instructional examples are aligned with The National Core Music Standards and the Common Core State Standards for English Language Arts and Media Arts. Readers will find an in-depth review of the benefits of music learning in the listening, viewing, speaking and writing literacy as well as comprehensive information for children with special needs. The Music and Literacy Connection is a valuable resource for professional development, college literacy courses, and curriculum administrators.
Sound : dialogue, music, and effects by
Sound has always been an integral component of the moviegoing experience. Even during the so-called "silent era," motion pictures were regularly accompanied by live music, lectures, and sound effects. Today, whether we listen to movies in booming Dolby theaters or on tiny laptop speakers, sonic elements hold our attention and guide our emotional responses. Yet few of us are fully aware of the tremendous collaborative work, involving both artistry and technical wizardry, required to create that cinematic soundscape. Sound, the latest book in the Behind the Silver Screen series, introduces key concepts, seminal moments, and pivotal figures in the development of cinematic sound. Each of the book's six chapters cover a different era in the history of Hollywood, from silent films to the digital age, and each is written by an expert in that period. Together, the book's contributors are able to explore a remarkable range of past and present film industry practices, from the hiring of elocution coaches to the marketing of soundtrack records. Not only does the collection highlight the achievements of renowned sound designers and film composers like Ben Burtt and John Williams, it also honors the unsung workers whose inventions, artistry, and performances have shaped the soundscapes of many notable movies. After you read Sound, you'll never see--or hear--movies in quite the same way. Sound is a volume in the Behind the Silver Screen series--other titles in the series include Acting; Animation; Art Direction and Production Design; Cinematography; Costume, Makeup, and Hair; Directing; Editing and Special Visual Effects; Producing; and Screenwriting.
Thinking about Thinking : Metacognition for Music Learning by This course aims to provide you with a basic introduction to keyboard playing. It is also a platform for you to acquire knowledge of basic music theory, which is reinforced as you continually experience the concepts in actual performance. This is in preparation for future subjects that deal with MIDI sequencing and arranging. You are required to practice regularly in preparation for each lesson. Your progress will depend largely on how quickly you learn the concepts and how diligently you practice.
Berklee Instant Keyboard by
(Berklee Methods). This cool new keyboard method will have students of all ages jammin' right away! It features simple lessons to get you playing instantly, tips on playing and locking in with a bass player and rhythm section, and strategies to help you understand the keyboard and develop your own keyboard parts. Jam with the band in a variety of musical styles including rock, blues, country and funk on the accompanying CD.
Dynamic group-piano teaching : transforming group theory into teaching practice by
Dynamic Group-Piano Teaching provides future teachers of group piano with an extensive framework of concepts upon which effective and dynamic teaching strategies can be explored and developed. Within fifteen chapters, it encompasses learning theory, group process, and group dynamics within the context of group-piano instruction. This book encourages teachers to transfer learning and group dynamics theory into classroom practice. As a piano pedagogy textbook, supplement for pedagogy classes, or resource for graduate teaching assistants and professional piano teachers, the book examines learning theory, student needs, assessment, and specific issues for the group-piano instructor.
Jazz Piano Comping by
(Berklee Guide). Learn the essentials of accompanying soloists and playing in jazz ensembles. Comping is the practice of using chords to accompany a melody. Whether supporting a soloist, playing in an ensemble, or performing solo, this book will help you to use chords effectively and appropriately to create a rich jazz feel and enhance the sound of your whole ensemble. It begins with triads and voice leading, and progresses through altered seventh-chord spread voicings for two hands, covering many different techniques for using harmony and rhythm. The accompanying audio recordings let you practice with a small jazz combo. Suitable for all major jazz styles. The audio is accessed online using the unique code inside each book and can be streamed or downloaded. The audio files include PLAYBACK+, a multi-functional audio player that allows you to slow down audio without changing pitch, set loop points, change keys, and pan left or right.
Mozart's Chamber Music with Keyboard by
Internationally renowned scholars and performers present a wide range of new analytical, historical and critical perspectives on some of Mozart's most popular chamber music: his sonatas with violin, keyboard trios and quartets and the quintet with wind instruments. The chapters trace a broad chronology, from the childhood works, to the Mannheim and Paris sonatas with keyboard and violin, and the mature compositions from his Vienna years. Drawing upon the most recent research, this study serves the reader, be they a performer, listener or scholar, with a collection of writings that demonstrate the composer's innovative developments to generic archetypes and which explore and assess Mozart's creative response to the opportunities afforded by new and diverse instrumental combinations. Manners of performance of this music far removed from our own are revealed, with concluding chapters considering historically informed practice and the challenges for modern performers and audiences.
Peer Mentoring in Music Education by
Explains peer mentoring in the context of music teaching, showing the benefits of this technique and how to apply it in a music-specific context. Draws on real-life case studies to demonstrate applications of peer mentoring in practice. Shows how peer mentoring can be used to support diversity, equity, inclusion and access in the music context.
Perspectives on Early Keyboard Music and Revival in the Twentieth Century by
The twentieth-century revival of early music unfolded in two successive movements rooted respectively in nineteenth-century antiquarianism and in rediscovery of the value of original instruments. The present volume is a collection of insights reflecting the principal concerns of the second of those revivals, focusing on early keyboards, and beginning in the 1950s. The volume and its authors acknowledge Canadian harpsichordist Kenneth Gilbert (b. 1931) as one of this revival's leaders. The content reflects international research on early keyboard music, sources, instruments, theory, editing, and discography. Considerations that echo throughout the book are the problematics of source attributions, progressive institutionalization of early music, historical instruments as agents of artistic change and education, antecedents and networks of the revival seen as a social phenomenon, the impact of historical performance and the quest for understanding style and genre. The chapters cover historical performance practice, source studies, edition, theory and form, and instrument curating and building. Among their authors are prominent figures in performance, music history, editing, instrument building and restoration, and theory, some of whom engaged with the early keyboard revival as it was happening.
Piano for the Developing Musician by
PIANO FOR THE DEVELOPING MUSICIAN 6e delivers a wealth of performance music for the music major who must pass a piano proficiency before graduating. The Online Tutorials, which is a virtual second book, add author guidance and more practice music to the components of every chapter. The pedagogical structure divides every chapter into Exemplary Repertoire (the keynote composition), Topics to Explore and Discuss (musicology), Technique (skill at the piano), Reading (sight-playing), Keyboard Theory (theory), Harmonization (theory), Transposition (theory), Improvisation (theory and creativity), Ensemble (multiple pianos), Composition (theory and creativity), and Subsequent Repertoire (further exploration of the keynote concepts). With a flexibility that allows students or instructors to control individual or class progress, Hilley's expert pedagogical approach takes full advantage of Olson's music (much of which was written especially for this text), as well as music from the keyboard literature. Together, the authors have created a compelling and consistent text that synthesizes keyboard skills, music theory, and creativity in every chapter and coordinates with the theory curriculum.
PianoLab : an introduction to class piano by
This is a complete package for Class Piano under one cover---textbook and audio CD. The engaging step-by-step approach to playing the piano will help you to understand how music works, and develop your keyboard skills-quickly.
Playing beyond the notes : a pianist's guide to musical interpretation by
Playing Beyond the Notes: A Pianist's Guide to Musical Interpretation demystifies the vague and complex concept of musical interpretation in Western tonal piano music by boiling it down to basic principles in an accessible writing style. Its intended audience is performing pianists,independent piano teachers, and piano pedagogy students, and the over 200 repertoire excerpts in the book cover the intermediate to advanced piano literature.Rather than dealing with issues pertaining to performance practice, specific composers, or genres, this book focuses solely on musical interpretation. Each chapter tackles a different interpretive principle, explaining clearly, for example, how to play effective ornaments and rubatos or how tounderstand transitional sections of pieces. The author supplies a helpful checklist of questions at the end of each chapter. The book aims to help pianists understand concrete ways to apply interpretive concepts to their own playing and to give teachers practical ways to teach interpretation totheir students. The book is supplemented by a companion website that hosts over 100 audio recordings to enhance the reader's experience.
Teach yourself visually piano by
Want to go beyond "Chopsticks?" This visual guide to tickling the ivories will show you the way. By Chapter 2, you'll be playing simple pieces and practicing scales. You'll progress from getting familiar with notes, symbols, and keys to playing basic chords and reading music like a pro. Without getting bogged down in boring theory, you'll learn what you need to know and enjoy playing as you go! Whether you like Bach or rock, jazz or country, golden oldies or new age, you'll love learning to play the fun, visual way. Concise two-page lessons show you all the crucial skills and are ideal for quick review Each skill, chord, or technique is clearly described Concise and understandable instructions accompany each photo Detailed color photos demonstrate proper fingering technique Helpful tips provide additional guidance
Transformational piano teaching : mentoring students from all walks of life by
Transformational Piano Teaching: Mentoring Students from All Walks of Life examines the concept of the piano teacher as someone who is more than just a teacher of a musical skill, but also someone who wields tremendous influence on the development of a young person's artistic and empathicpotential, as well as their lifelong personal motivational framework. The specific attributes of today's students are explored, including family and peer influences from interpersonal relationships to social media. Additionally, students from specific circumstances are discussed, including thosewith special needs such as Autism Spectrum Disorders, ADHD, and Depression. Finally, motivation of a teacher's students is related to a teacher's own motivation in their work, as a cycle of positivity and achievement will be recommended as a way to keep an instructor's work fresh andexciting.
This course aims to provide you with a basic introduction to keyboard playing. It is also a platform for you to acquire knowledge of basic music theory, which is reinforced as you continually experience the concepts in actual performance. This is in preparation for future subjects that deal with MIDI sequencing and arranging. You are required to practice regularly in preparation for each lesson. Your progress will depend largely on how quickly you learn the concepts and how diligently you practice.
Functional Piano for Music Therapists and Music Educators: an Exploration of Styles by
Step-by-step instruction in how to play piano in various styles in a clinical setting.
Interpreting Chopin: Analysis and Performance : Analysis and Performance by
Music theory is often seen as independent from - even antithetical to - performance. While music theory is an intellectual enterprise, performance requires an intuitive response to the music. But this binary opposition is a false one, which serves neither the theorist nor the performer. In Interpreting Chopin Alison Hood brings her experience as a performer to bear on contemporary analytical models. She combines significant aspects of current analytical approaches and applies that unique synthetic method to selected works by Chopin, casting new light on the composer's preludes, nocturnes and barcarolle and raising interpretive questions of central interest to performers.
Piano Lessons with Claudio Arrau : A Guide to His Philosophy and Techniques by Planning Your Piano Success : A Blueprint for Aspiring Musicians by
Young pianists pursuing a professional career face a barrage of questions, choices, and challenges. In this book, experienced teacher and performer Stewart Gordon offers a new and practical way to approach them by helping readers to plan strategically and build a secure and successful career from the ground up. For decades, Gordon has guided young pianists through the details of how to prepare musically, navigate their college years, and forge a career that will provide a livelihood. In this guide to beginning that musical career, Gordon has assembled the wisdom of decades of teaching: a fundamental body of information emerging pianists will rely on as they work toward their goals. His advice, focused on both mental and practical work, will enhance both motivation and security. Carefully balancing aspiration with reality and inspiration with organization, Gordon creates a blueprint for transforming dreams into achievement, and illustrates his points with examples drawn from the lives of famous musicians. The book also addresses many practical matters, such as developing keyboard technique, acquiring reading and memorizing skills, building repertoire, and balancing the demands of being a musician with living a full life. This volume is a valuable resource for both young pianists and their parents.
Read Online Download Book Add to Bookshelf Share Link to Book Cite Book Shostakovich's Music for Piano Solo : Interpretation and Performance by
The piano works of Dmitri Shostakovich (1906-1975) are among the most treasured musical compositions of the 20th century. In this volume, pianist and Russian music scholar Sofia Moshevich provides detailed interpretive analyses of the ten major piano solo works by Shostakovich, carefully noting important stylistic details and specific ways to overcome the numerous musical and technical challenges presented by the music. Each piece is introduced with a brief historic and structural description, followed by an examination of such interpretive aspects as tempo, phrasing, dynamics, voice balance, pedaling, and fingering. This book will be an invaluable resource for students, pedagogues, and performers of Shostakovich's piano solos.
This course is a continuation of Keyboard 1. It is also a platform for you to acquire knowledge of more advanced music theory, which is reinforced as you continually experience the concepts in actual performance. This is in preparation for future subjects that deal with MIDI sequencing and arranging. You are required to practice regularly in preparation for each lesson. Your progress will depend largely on how quickly you learn the concepts and how diligently you practice.
The complete idiot's guide to playing piano by
Whether you are an aspiring concert pianist or just want to play keyboards in your own band, The Complete Idiot's Guide® to Playing Piano and Electronic Keyboards, Second Edition will give you just what you need to know. From reading music and learning chords, to understanding music notation or buying an instrument, expert author Brad Hill tells gets you started. With more music and expanded practice sessions, the new edition of this already popular book will be a necessity for the beginner. Learn posture, positionings, fingerings, notations, drills, and advice from the masters. Also, learn how to fake your way through accompaniment, stay motivated to practice and advance to the intermediate level.
Dynamic group-piano teaching : transforming group theory into teaching practice by
Dynamic Group-Piano Teaching provides future teachers of group piano with an extensive framework of concepts upon which effective and dynamic teaching strategies can be explored and developed. Within fifteen chapters, it encompasses learning theory, group process, and group dynamics within the context of group-piano instruction. This book encourages teachers to transfer learning and group dynamics theory into classroom practice. As a piano pedagogy textbook, supplement for pedagogy classes, or resource for graduate teaching assistants and professional piano teachers, the book examines learning theory, student needs, assessment, and specific issues for the group-piano instructor.
Interpreting Mozart : the performance of his piano pieces and other compositions by
Originally published in German as Interpreting Mozart on the Keyboard in 1957, this definitive work on the performance of Mozart's works has greatly influenced students and scholars of keyboard literature and of Mozart. Now, in a completely updated and revised edition, this book includes the last half century of scholarship on Mozart's music, addressing the elements of performance and problems that may occur in performing Mozart's works on modern instruments.
The Piano in Nineteenth-Century British Culture by
Since the publication of The London Pianoforte School (ed. Nicholas Temperley) twenty years ago, research has proliferated in the area of music for the piano during the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and into developments in the musical life of London, for a time the centre of piano manufacturing, publishing and performance. But none has focused on the piano exclusively within Britain. The eleven chapters in this volume explore major issues surrounding the instrument, its performers and music within an expanded geographical context created by the spread of the instrument and the growth of concert touring. Topics covered include: the piano trade and how piano manufacturing affected a major provincial town; the reception of Bach's Well-Tempered Clavier and Clementi's Gradus ad Parnassum during the nineteenth century; the shift from composer-pianists to pianist-interpreters in the first half of the century that triggered crucial changes in piano performance and concert structure; the growth of musical life in the peripheries outside major musical centres; the pianist as advocate for contemporary composers as well as for historical repertory; the status of British pianists both in relation to foreigners on tour in Britain and as welcomed star performers in outposts of the Empire; marketing forces that had an impact on piano sales, concerts and piano careers; leading virtuosos, writers and critics; the important role played by women pianists and the development of the recording industry, bringing the volume into the early twentieth century.
Playing Beyond the NotesPlaying beyond the notes : a pianist's guide to musical interpretation by
Playing Beyond the Notes: A Pianist's Guide to Musical Interpretation demystifies the vague and complex concept of musical interpretation in Western tonal piano music by boiling it down to basic principles in an accessible writing style. Its intended audience is performing pianists,independent piano teachers, and piano pedagogy students, and the over 200 repertoire excerpts in the book cover the intermediate to advanced piano literature.Rather than dealing with issues pertaining to performance practice, specific composers, or genres, this book focuses solely on musical interpretation. Each chapter tackles a different interpretive principle, explaining clearly, for example, how to play effective ornaments and rubatos or how tounderstand transitional sections of pieces. The author supplies a helpful checklist of questions at the end of each chapter. The book aims to help pianists understand concrete ways to apply interpretive concepts to their own playing and to give teachers practical ways to teach interpretation totheir students. The book is supplemented by a companion website that hosts over 100 audio recordings to enhance the reader's experience.
Smooth jazz piano : the complete guide by
(Keyboard Instruction). This comprehensive book with online aduio will teach you the basic skills you need to play smooth jazz piano. From comping to soloing, you'll learn the theory, the tools, and the tricks used by the pros. The accompanying audio features many of the examples in the book performed either solo or with a full band. Specifically, you'll learn: scales and chords, harmony and voicings, progressions and comping, rhythmic concepts, melodies and soloing, characteristic stylings, the history of jazz, and more. THE HAL LEONARD KEYBOARD STYLE SERIES provides focused lessons that contain valuable how-to insight, essential playing tips, and beneficial information for all players. Comprehensive treatment is given to each subject, complete with professionally recorded audio tracks. The audio is accesssed online for download or streaming.
Stride & swing piano : the complete guide by
(Keyboard Instruction). Focusing on styles such as classic ragtime, early blues & boogie woogie, New Orleans jazz, stride and swing, this new book with online audio in the Hal Leonard Keyboard Style Series teaches left- and right-hand techniques including chords, bass runs, patterns and more. Key players of these styles Scott Joplin, Jimmy Yancey, Pete Johnson, Jelly Roll Morton, James P. Johnson, Fats Waller, Teddy Wilson and Art Tatum are prominently referenced. Includes 14 full songs to play and over 80 demo tracks! The audio is accessed online using the unique code inside each book and can be streamed or downloaded. The audio files include PLAYBACK+, a multi-functional audio player that allows you to slow down audio without changing pitch, set loop points, change keys, and pan left or right.
The Well-Tempered Keyboard Teacher by
This second edition of the best-selling piano pedagogy book provides future piano and keyboard teachers with the essential tools to meet the challenges the next century. Fundamental to every keyboard teacher, the text examines current learning theories, offers a historical overview of keyboard pedagogy, reviews educational materials, and describes specific teaching techniques. It also discusses specific repertoire and technique for beginning, intermediate, and adult students.
This course is a continuation of Keyboard 1. It is also a platform for you to acquire knowledge of more advanced music theory, which is reinforced as you continually experience the concepts in actual performance. This is in preparation for future subjects that deal with MIDI sequencing and arranging. You are required to practice regularly in preparation for each lesson. Your progress will depend largely on how quickly you learn the concepts and how diligently you practice.
Guide to the Pianist's Repertoire, Fourth Edition by
Guide to the Pianist's Repertoire continues to be the go-to source for piano performers, teachers, and students. Newly updated and expanded with more than 250 new composers, this incomparable resource expertly guides readers to solo piano literature and provides answers to common questions: What did a given composer write? What interesting work have I never heard of? How difficult is it? What are its special musical features? How can I reach the publisher? New to the fourth edition are enhanced indexes identifying black composers, women composers, and compositions for piano with live or recorded electronics; a thorough listing of anthologies and collections organized by time period and nationality, now including collections from Africa and Slovakia; and expanded entries to account for new material, works, and resources that have become available since the third edition, including websites and electronic resources. The "newest Hinson" will be an indispensible guide for many years to come.
Gurdjieff and Music : The Gurdjieff/De Hartmann Piano Music and Its Esoteric Significance by 
The Pianist's Craft : Mastering the Works of Great Composers by
No pianist can experience the full flowering of her art without eventually grappling with those great musical minds who composed specifically for piano. In The Pianist's Craft, Richard Anderson collects from his fellow pianist-scholars 19 articles on the teaching, preparation, and performance of works by the greatest composers in the standard piano repertoire. This collection ranges in subject matter from Inge Rosar's meditation on playing Bach on the modern keyboard to Gary Amato's assessment of Haydn's sonatas, from Christie Skousen's review of tone production in Chopin to GwenolynMok's foray into recreating Ravel's works on an Erard piano, the same used by Ravel himself. Readers will find essays as well on Mozart's piano compositions, Beethoven's sonatas, the influence of Schubert's lieder on his piano works, and works by Schumann, Liszt, Brahms, Debussy, Rachmaninoff, Scriabin, Prokofiev, Shostakovich, Bart k, Gershwin, and Crumb. The contributors--all recognized nationally and internationally for their contributions as performing artists, teachers, recording artists, and clinicians--write thoughtfully about the composers whose work they have studied and played for years. Each author addresses issues unique to the individual composer they have chosen to explore, examining questions of phrasing, tempo, articulation, dynamics, rhythm, color, gesture, lyricism, instrumentation, and genre. Valuable insight is provided into teaching, performing, and preparing these great works. In The Pianist's Craft these great artists and teachers answer questions for readers that are otherwise only addressed in conferences, master classes, and private lessons. In this collection of essays, key points of information and instruction are offered with over 200 musical examples included as illustration. The Pianist's Craft is intended for teachers and students of the intermediate and advanced levels of piano, instructors and performers at the university level, and those who love piano and piano music generally.
Piano Lessons with Claudio Arrau : A Guide to His Philosophy and Techniques by Planning Your Piano Success : A Blueprint for Aspiring Musicians by
Young pianists pursuing a professional career face a barrage of questions, choices, and challenges. In this book, experienced teacher and performer Stewart Gordon offers a new and practical way to approach them by helping readers to plan strategically and build a secure and successful career from the ground up. For decades, Gordon has guided young pianists through the details of how to prepare musically, navigate their college years, and forge a career that will provide a livelihood. In this guide to beginning that musical career, Gordon has assembled the wisdom of decades of teaching: a fundamental body of information emerging pianists will rely on as they work toward their goals. His advice, focused on both mental and practical work, will enhance both motivation and security. Carefully balancing aspiration with reality and inspiration with organization, Gordon creates a blueprint for transforming dreams into achievement, and illustrates his points with examples drawn from the lives of famous musicians. The book also addresses many practical matters, such as developing keyboard technique, acquiring reading and memorizing skills, building repertoire, and balancing the demands of being a musician with living a full life. This volume is a valuable resource for both young pianists and their parents.
Playing Beyond the NotesPlaying Beyond the Notes : A Pianist's Guide to Musical Interpretation by
Playing Beyond the Notes: A Pianist's Guide to Musical Interpretation demystifies the complex concepts of musical interpretation in Western tonal piano music by boiling it down to basic principles in an accessible writing style. Author and veteran piano instructor Deborah Rambo Sinn tackles a different interpretive principle, explaining clearly, for example, how to play effective ornaments and rubatos. As a whole, the book helps pianists understand concrete ways to apply interpretive concepts to their own playing and gives teachers practical ways to teach interpretation to their students. The book is illustrated with over 200 repertoire excerpts and supplemented by a companion website with over 100 audio recordings. Playing Beyond the Notes is essential reading for all performing pianists, independent piano teachers, and piano pedagogy students.
This an elective course on the process and techniques of mixing multi track recordings for records. In this class, you will create music mixes using the Pro tools Digital Audio Workstation System, using its virtual controller. Final outputs will be in broadcast quality stereo or multi-channel format.
The art of mixing : a visual guide to recording, engineering, and production by
David Gibson uses 3D visual representations of sounds in a mix as a tool to explain the dynamics that can be created in a mix. This book provides an in-depth exploration into the aesthetics of what makes a great mix. Gibson's unique approach explains how to map sounds to visuals in order to create a visual framework that can be used to analyze what is going on in any mix. Once you have the framework down, Gibson then uses it to explain the traditions that have be developed over time by great recording engineers for different styles of music and songs. You will come to understand everything that can be done in a mix to create dynamics that affect people in really deep ways. Once you understand what engineers are doing to create the great mixes they do, you can then use this framework to develop your own values as to what you feel is a good mix. Once you have a perspective on what all can be done, you have the power to be truly creative on your own - to create whole new mixing possibilities. It is all about creating art out of technology. This book goes beyond explaining what the equipment does - it explains what to do with the equipment to make the best possible mixes.
In the Box Music Production: Advanced Tools and Techniques for Pro Tools by
Sure, you can import and mix a track in Pro Tools. You can work with MIDI and you know your way around the Edit window. The UI is as familiar as your most broken-in pair of jeans. We get it--you don't need another button-pushing guide starting from the ground floor. Get uniquely in-depth coverage instead with In the Box Music Production: Advanced Tools and Techniques for Pro Tools. Author Mike Collins splits the book into three distinct sections covering how you use Pro Tools now--whether you're working with the synths and samplers or loops and beats of a dance or hip-hop project, the soaring vocals of the next pop sensation, or the lush layers of an instrumental world music track. Use Pro Tools to its full potential with advice on studio techniques and full exploration of its internal capabilities. Learn to leverage Pro Tools and make it work for you with this guide that is fully grounded in real-world applications and process. This book assumes that the user has some music production experience and has worked through the basics in Pro Tools.
Metal music manual : producing, engineering, mixing and mastering contemporary heavy music by
Metal Music Manual shows you the creative and technical processes involved in producing contemporary heavy music for maximum sonic impact. From pre-production to final mastered product, and fundamental concepts to advanced production techniques, this book contains a world of invaluable practical information. Assisted by clear discussion of critical audio principles and theory, and a comprehensive array of illustrations, photos, and screen grabs, Metal Music Manual is the essential guide to achieving professional production standards. The extensive companion website features multi-track recordings, final mixes, processing examples, audio stems, etc., so you can download the relevant content and experiment with the techniques you read about. The website also features video interviews the author conducted with the following acclaimed producers, who share their expertise, experience, and insight into the processes involved: Fredrik Nordström (Dimmu Borgir, At The Gates, In Flames) Matt Hyde (Slayer, Parkway Drive, Children of Bodom) Ross Robinson (Slipknot, Sepultura, Machine Head) Logan Mader (Gojira, DevilDriver, Fear Factory) Andy Sneap (Megadeth, Killswitch Engage, Testament) Jens Bogren (Opeth, Kreator, Arch Enemy) Daniel Bergstrand (Meshuggah, Soilwork, Behemoth) Nick Raskulinecz (Mastodon, Death Angel, Trivium) Quotes from these interviews are featured throughout Metal Music Manual, with additional contributions from: Ross "Drum Doctor" Garfield (one of the world's top drum sound specialists, with Metallica and Slipknot amongst his credits) Andrew Scheps (Black Sabbath, Linkin Park, Metallica) Maor Appelbaum (Sepultura, Faith No More, Halford)
Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio by
Discover how to achieve release-quality mixes even in the smallest studios by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio is the best-selling primer for small-studio enthusiasts who want chart-ready sonics in a hurry. Drawing on the back-room strategies of more than 160 famous names, this entertaining and down-to-earth guide leads you step-by-step through the entire mixing process. On the way, you'll unravel the mysteries of every type of mix processing, from simple EQ and compression through to advanced spectral dynamics and "fairy dust" effects. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis, while chapter summaries and assignments are perfect for school and college use. ▪ Learn the subtle editing, arrangement, and monitoring tactics which give industry insiders their competitive edge, and master the psychological tricks which protect you from all the biggest rookie mistakes. ▪ Find out where you don't need to spend money, as well as how to make a limited budget really count. ▪ Pick up tricks and tips from leading-edge engineers working on today's multi-platinum hits, including Derek "MixedByAli" Ali, Michael Brauer, Dylan "3D" Dresdow, Tom Elmhirst, Serban Ghenea, Jacquire King, the Lord-Alge brothers, Tony Maserati, Manny Marroquin, Noah "50" Shebib, Mark "Spike" Stent, DJ Swivel, Phil Tan, Andy Wallace, Young Guru, and many, many more... Now extensively expanded and updated, including new sections on mix-buss processing, mastering, and the latest advances in plug-in technology.
Producing Music by
During the last two decades, the field of music production has attracted considerable interest from the academic community, more recently becoming established as an important and flourishing research discipline in its own right. Producing Musicpresents cutting-edge research across topics that both strengthen and broaden the range of the discipline as it currently stands. Bringing together the academic study of music production and practical techniques, this book illustrates the latest research on producing music. Focusing on areas such as genre, technology, concepts, and contexts of production, Hepworth-Sawyer, Hodgson, and Marrington have compiled key research from practitioners and academics to present a comprehensive view of how music production has established itself and changed over the years.
Pro Tools 9 : music production, recording, editing, and mixing by
Prepare yourself to be a great producer when using Pro Tools in your studio. Pro Tools 9 for Music Production is the definitive guide to the software for new and professional users, providing you with all the vital skills you need to know. Covering both the Pro Tools HD and LE this book is extensively illustrated in color and packed with time saving hints and tips, it is a great reference to keep on hand as a constant source of information. Detailed chapters on the user interface, the MIDI and scoring features, recording, editing, signal processing and mixing blend essential knowledge with tutorials and practical examples from actual recordings. New and updated materials include: *Pro Tools 9 software described in detail *Details of the new functions and features of PT9 *Full color screen shots and equipment photos Pro Tools 9 for Music Production is a vital source of reference, for the working professional or serious hobbyist looking for professional results.
Pro Tools 11 Ignite! : the Visual Guide for New Users by
This popular introductory guide to Avid's flagship audio software, PRO TOOLS 11 IGNITE!: THE VISUAL GUIDE FOR NEW USERS, is a fully updated edition, covering the latest version of Pro Tools, the industry-standard audio recording/editing/mixing application used around the world. Covering the fundamental features of Pro Tools, including recording and editing audio, using MIDI, and mixing, PRO TOOLS 11 IGNITE! brings you up to speed one step at a time, using a proven method of visual instruction that will have you navigating the Pro Tools interface like a pro in no time. Start building your Pro Tools expertise today with PRO TOOLS 11 IGNITE!: THE VISUAL GUIDE FOR NEW USERS.
Pro Tools 11Pro tools 11 : music production, recording, editing, and mixing by
Hone your Pro Tools music production skills and create better tracks with Pro Tools 11: Music Production, Recording, Editing, and Mixing. With Pro Tools 11, you'll get more than descriptions of Pro Tools features and menus--this book grounds its Pro Tools instruction thoroughly in real-world music production. Learn to leverage this powerful DAW and bend it to your will, whether you're recording and mixing a band or producing a dance track. Get tips that will save you time, even if you're an old hand at Pro Tools. Extensive full-color screenshots visually guide you through the book, and an informal writing style keeps you engaged. Includes coverage of additional features incorporated into version 10.3.6, which can be co-installed alongside Pro Tools 11 to allow use of TDM and RTAS plug-in formats. Author Mike Collins, an independent music producer and music technology consultant who has worked with Pro Tools since 1991, gives you a frank view of the software without the hype. This book is carefully designed for users with basic music production experience or knowledge, but can serve as a quick learning guide for ambitious beginners or as a reference for the advanced or professional user. Pro Tools 11 includes coverage of the application's new features, including: Avid Audio Engine Dynamic Host-based Plug-in Processing Low-latency Input Buffer Offline Bounce Unified Workspace Browser Advanced Metering for Pro Tools HD 11 Co-Install with Pro Tools 10.3.6 Level: Intermediate
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook by
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook provides an easy-to-read guide for music-making in the studio setting, from equipment fundamentals to recording and mixing almost any instrument. In six sections, lessons give a comprehensive introduction to microphone settings andtechniques, audio processing and effects, controlling acoustics, and history lessons on songs recorded with a given technique. The second half of the handbook delves into background theory on microphones, EQ-filters, compressors, and acoustics to give the reader a general understanding of practicalrecording techniques before acquiring deeper comprehension of the tools and the recording processes.Throughout the chapters, lessons on recording methods gradually build complexity and detail to keep readers engaged and challenged. Whether a university student in an audio recording course, a novice audio engineer who needs to build technique, or a busy professional who requires a quick refresh onspecific techniques, any reader will find an essential resource in The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook.
Recording Secrets for the Small Studio by
Discover how to achieve commercial-grade recordings, even in the smallest studios, by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Recording Secrets for the Small Studio is an intensive training course specifically designed for small-studio enthusiasts who want a fast track to release-quality results. Based on the backroom strategies of more than 200 famous names, this thorough and down-to-earth guide leads you through a logical sequence of practical tasks to build your live-room skills progressively from the ground up. On the way, you'll unravel the mysteries of many specialist studio tactics and gain the confidence to tackle a full range of real-world recording situations. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis, while chapter summaries, assignments, and extensive online resources are perfect for school and college use. * Learn the fundamental principles of mic technique that you can apply in any recording scenario -- and how to avoid those rookie mistakes that all too often compromise the sonics of lower-budget productions. * Explore advanced techniques which help industry insiders maintain their competitive edge even under the most adverse conditions: creative phase manipulation, improvised acoustics tweaks, inventive monitoring workarounds, subtle psychological tricks... * Find out where you don't need to spend money, as well as how to make a limited budget really count. * Make the best use of limited equipment and session time, especially in situations where you're engineering and producing single-handed. * Pick up tricks and tips from celebrated engineers and producers across the stylistic spectrum, including Steve Albini, Roy Thomas Baker, Joe Barresi, Tchad Blake, Bruce Botnick, Joe Chiccarelli, Neil Dorfsman, Jack Douglas, Geoff Emerick, Paul Epworth, Humberto Gatica, Nigel Godrich, Andy Johns, Eddie Kramer, Kevin Killen, George Massenburg, Hugh Padgham, Alan Parsons, Jack Joseph Puig, Phil Ramone, Bob Rock, Elliott Scheiner, Al Schmitt, Bruce Swedien, Butch Vig, Tony Visconti, and many, many more...
This an elective course on the process and techniques of mixing multi track recordings for records. In this class, you will create music mixes using the Pro tools Digital Audio Workstation System, using its virtual controller. Final outputs will be in broadcast quality stereo or multi-channel format.
Contemporary Carioca : technologies of mixing in a Brazilian music scene by
Brazilian popular music is widely celebrated for its inventive amalgams of styles and sounds. Cariocas, native residents of Rio de Janeiro, think of their city as particularly conducive to musical mixture, given its history as a hub of Brazilian media and culture. In Contemporary Carioca, the ethnomusicologist Frederick Moehn introduces a generation of Rio-based musicians who collaboratively have reinvigorated Brazilian genres, such as samba and maracatu, through juxtaposition with international influences, including rock, techno, and funk. Moehn highlights the creativity of individual artists, including Marcos Suzano, Lenine, Pedro Luís, Fernanda Abreu, and Paulinho Moska. He describes how these artists manage their careers, having reclaimed some control from record labels. Examining the specific meanings that their fusions have in the Carioca scene, he explains that musical mixture is not only intertwined with nationalist discourses of miscegenation, but also with the experience of being middle-class in a country confronting neoliberal models of globalization. At the same time, he illuminates the inseparability of race, gender, class, place, national identity, technology, and expressive practice in Carioca music and its making. Moehn offers vivid depictions of Rio musicians as they creatively combine and reconcile local realities with global trends and exigencies.
Mixing a musical : Broadway theatrical sound techniques by
When mixing a live show, for the first time or hundredth time, there are countless things running through your mind, foremost- this is live and you have to get it right! Whether you are working on Broadway, in a regional theatre or on the school production, having an understanding of the equipment, set up, and how sound behaves is crucial to the success of your show's performance. In this guide to live sound mixing for theatre, Shannon Slaton shares his expert knowledge and proven, effective techniques acquired from years of experience working on Broadway shows. Written in a clear and easy to read style, and illustrated with real world examples of personal experience and professional interviews, Slaton shows you how how to mix live theatre shows from the basics of equipment, set ups, and using sound levels to creating atmosphere, emotion and tension to ensure a first rate performance every time.
Mixing Musics : Turkish Jewry and the Urban Landscape of a Sacred Song by
This book traces the mixing of musical styles across 20th and 21st-century Istanbul and argues that the Turkish and Ottoman Jewry formed a single genre.
Modern Recording Techniques by
Modern Recording Techniques is the bestselling, authoritative guide to sound and music recording. Whether you're just starting out or are looking for a step-up in the industry, Modern Recording Techniques provides an in-depth read on the art and technologies of music production. It's a must-have reference for all audio bookshelves. Using its familiar and accessible writing style, this ninth edition has been fully updated, presenting the latest production technologies and includes an in-depth coverage of the DAW, networked audio, MIDI, signal processing and much more. A robust companion website features video tutorials, web-links, an online glossary, flashcards, and a link to the author's blog. Instructor resources include a test bank and an instructor's manual. The ninth edition includes: Updated tips, tricks and insights for getting the best out of your studio An introduction to the Apple iOS in music production Introductions to new technologies and important retro studio techniques The latest advancements in DAW systems, signal processing, mixing and mastering
Pro Tools 11Pro tools 11 : music production, recording, editing, and mixing by
Hone your Pro Tools music production skills and create better tracks with Pro Tools 11: Music Production, Recording, Editing, and Mixing. With Pro Tools 11, you'll get more than descriptions of Pro Tools features and menus--this book grounds its Pro Tools instruction thoroughly in real-world music production. Learn to leverage this powerful DAW and bend it to your will, whether you're recording and mixing a band or producing a dance track. Get tips that will save you time, even if you're an old hand at Pro Tools. Extensive full-color screenshots visually guide you through the book, and an informal writing style keeps you engaged. Includes coverage of additional features incorporated into version 10.3.6, which can be co-installed alongside Pro Tools 11 to allow use of TDM and RTAS plug-in formats. Author Mike Collins, an independent music producer and music technology consultant who has worked with Pro Tools since 1991, gives you a frank view of the software without the hype. This book is carefully designed for users with basic music production experience or knowledge, but can serve as a quick learning guide for ambitious beginners or as a reference for the advanced or professional user. Pro Tools 11 includes coverage of the application's new features, including: Avid Audio Engine Dynamic Host-based Plug-in Processing Low-latency Input Buffer Offline Bounce Unified Workspace Browser Advanced Metering for Pro Tools HD 11 Co-Install with Pro Tools 10.3.6 Level: Intermediate
Trauma-informed music therapy : theory and practice by
"Trauma-Informed Music Therapy is a timely volume that combines theoretical perspectives on trauma-informed practice with real-life applications in music therapy practice. Board-certified music therapists are in a unique position to provide comfort, create a sense of safety, and empower people to find their voice during and after traumatic experiences. In this book, the theory behind trauma-informed practice (TIP) is explored and expanded through stories of clinical implementation, social justice practices, and music therapy theories. Spanning topics such as grief and loss, adverse childhood experiences and their intergenerational effects, domestic abuse, urban trauma, polyvagal theory, and psychological first aid, this book addresses music therapy as the emerging therapeutic treatment modality for adults, children, and teenagers alike. This book will be of interest to practicing music therapists and music therapy students who are learning how to bring music therapy to victims and survivors of trauma."--Back cover.
Introduction to Music Technology
This course introduces the science and technology used in music production today. You will expand your understanding with the concepts and terms employed in software and hardware, which will equip your creativity in producing music using current technology. The course will also initiate your experience in technology with the use of notation and audio editing software.
Creativities, Technologies, and Media in Music Learning and Teaching by
Creativities, Media, and Technology in Music Learning and Teaching is one of five paperback books derived from the foundational two-volume Oxford Handbook of Music Education. Designed for music teachers, students, and scholars of music education, as well as educational administrators andpolicy makers, this fifth book in the set comprises three complementary sections: musical creativity as practice; music teaching and learning through technology; and the interplay of media, music, and education.The first section reviews notions of musical creativity, examining practice-based perspectives to support and develop understanding of the diverse types of creativity found within music education practice across the globe. In the second section, authors explore the essential role of technology inmusical discourse and in various forms of musical learning, even as technology continually evolves and the needs and possibilities continue to rapidly change. The third section provokes readers to assess their own thinking about the transformative changes occurring within the discipline as a resultof advances in media, and the increasing infiltration of media into all aspects of life, the classroom, and music making.ContributorsAndrew R. Brown, Pamela Burnard, Bernadette Colley, Ian Cross, Rokus de Groot, Steven C. Dillon, Randi Margrethe Eidsaa, David G. Hebert, Evangelos Himonides, Neryl Jeanneret, Ailbhe Kenny, Andrew King, Eleni Lapidaki, Felicity Laurence, Samuel Leong, Bo Wah Leung, Alagi Mbye, Gary E. McPherson,Ross Purves, Tal-Chen Rabinowitch, S. Alex Ruthmann, Eva Saether, Jonathan Savage, Reza Shayesteh, Petros Stagkos, Matthew D. Thibeault, Evan S. Tobias, Carole Waugh, Graham F. Welch
IPractice : technology in the 21st century music practice room by
This book provides new practical tools that bridge the gap between familiar, easy-to-use technology and musical practice to enhance musicianship and motivate students. Authors Jennifer Mishra and Barbara Fast provide ideas for use with students of all levels, from beginners to musiciansperforming advanced repertoire. This book is written for teachers (both studio teachers and ensemble directors), but can be read by performers to help give new guidance to their own practice sessions.Some strategies in this book would not have been possible without advances in technology; others expand tried-and-true practice strategies with the use of technology. Most of the technologies discussed are free or inexpensive and don't require extensive specialist equipment or learning. Rather thanreplacing quality practice strategies, technology brings new tools to the practicing tool box. The strategies lay the foundation for how technology can be used in the practice room and are intended to spark creativity. The book encourages teachers and students to vary the integration of practicestrategies with technology in personal ways to fit their own studios or practice routines.This book is all about exploring our musical practice through technology. The ideas in this book will invigorate your musical practice and lead to even more creativity between you and your students
Live-electronic music : composition, performance, study by
During the twentieth century, electronic technology enabled the explosive development of new tools for the production, performance, dissemination and conservation of music. The era of the mechanical reproduction of music has, rather ironically, opened up new perspectives, which have contributed to the revitalisation of the performer's role and the concept of music as performance. This book examines questions related to music that cannot be set in conventional notation, reporting and reflecting on current research and creative practice primarily in live electronic music. It studies compositions for which the musical text is problematic, that is, non-existent, incomplete, insufficiently precise or transmitted in a nontraditional format. Thus, at the core of this project is an absence. The objects of study lack a reliably precise graphical representation of the work as the composer or the composer/performer conceived or imagined it. How do we compose, perform and study music that cannot be set in conventional notation? The authors of this book examine this problem from the complementary perspectives of the composer, the performer, the musical assistant, the audio engineer, the computer scientist and the musicologist.
Music, Indigeneity, Digital Media by
The essays in this volume offer rich and diverse perspectives on the encounter between Indigenous music and digital technologies. They explore how digital media -- whether on CD, VCD, the Internet, mobile technology, or in the studio -- have transformed and become part of the fabric of Indigenous cultural expression across the globe. Communication technologies have long been tools for nation building and imperial expansion, but these studies reveal how over recent decades digital media have become a creative and political resource for Indigenous peoples, often nurturing cultural revival, assisting activism, and complicating earlier hegemonic power structures. Bringing together the work of scholars and musicians across five continents, the volume addresses timely issues of transnationalism and sovereignty, production and consumption, archives and transmission, subjectivity and ownership, and virtuality and the posthuman.Music, Indigeneity, Digital Media is essential reading for scholars working on topics in ethnomusicology, Indigeneity, and media studies while also offering useful resources for Indigenous musicians and activists. The volume provides new perspectives on Indigenous music, refreshes and extends debates about digital culture, and points to how digital media shape what it means to be Indigenous in the twenty-first century.Contributors: Linda Barwick, Beverley Diamond, Thomas R. Hilder, Fiorella Montero-Diaz, John-Carlos Perea, Henry Stobart, Shzr Ee Tan, Russell WallaceThomas R. Hilder is postdoctoral fellow in musicology at the University of Bergen. Henry Stobart is reader in music at Royal Holloway, University of London. Shzr Ee Tan is senior lecturer at Royal Holloway, University of London.
The Music and Sound of Experimental Film by
This book explores music/sound-image relationships in non-mainstream screen repertoire from the earliest examples of experimental audiovisuality to the most recent forms of expanded and digital technology. It challenges presumptions of visual primacy in experimental cinema and rethinks screenmusic discourse in light of the aesthetics of non-commercial imperatives. Several themes run through the book, connecting with and significantly enlarging upon current critical discourse surrounding realism and audibility in the fiction film, the role of music in mainstream cinema, and theaudiovisual strategies of experimental film.The contributors investigate repertoires and artists from Europe and the USA through the critical lenses of synchronicity and animated sound, interrelations of experimentation in image and sound, audiovisual synchresis and dissonance, experimental soundscape traditions, found-footage film,re-mediation of pre-existent music and sound, popular and queer sound cultures, and a diversity of radical technological, aesthetic, tropes in film media traversing the work of early pioneers such as Walther Ruttmann and Len Lye, through the mid-century innovations of Norman McLaren, Stan Brakhage,Lis Rhodes, Kenneth Anger, Andy Warhol, and studio collectives in Poland, to latter-day experimentalists John Smith and Bill Morrison, as well as the contemporary practices of Vjing.
Music Technology and EducationMusic technology and education : amplifying musicality by
Music Technology in Education lays out the principles of music technology and how they can be used to enhance musical teaching and learning in primary and secondary education. Previously published as Computers in Music Education, this second edition has been streamlined to focus on the needs of today's music education student. It has been completely updated to reflect mobile technologies, social networks, rich media environments, and other technological advances. Topics include: Basic audio concepts and recording techniques Enhanced music instruction with interactive systems, web-based media platforms, social networking, and musicianship software Administration and management of technology resources Distance education and flexible learning Music Technology in Education provides a strong theoretical and philosophical framework for examining the use of technology in music education while outlining the tools and techniques for implementation in the classroom. Reflective Questions, Teaching Tips, and Suggested Tasks link technology with effective teaching practice. The companion website provides resources for deeper investigation into the topics covered in each chapter, and includes an annotated bibliography, website links, tutorials, and model projects.
Popular Music, Digital Technology and Society by
From shifts in format, through the effects on circulation and ownership, to the rise of digitally-produced genres, the ways we create, share and listen to music have changed fundamentally. In Popular Music, Digital Technology and Society, Nick Prior explores the social, cultural and industrial contexts in which these shifts have taken place. Both accessible and authoritative, the book: Clarifies key concepts such as assemblage, affordance, mediation and musicking and defines new concepts such as playsumption and digital vocalities Considers the impact of music production technologies such as MIDI, sampling, personal computing and smartphone apps Looks at the ways in which the internet shapes musical consumption, from viral marketing to streaming services Examines the effects of mobile audio devices on everyday social interactions Opens up new ways to think and write about the personal experience of making and performing digital music This book is an invaluable resource for anyone who wants to understand the place of popular music in contemporary culture and society. It will be fascinating reading for students and researchers across media and communication studies, sociology, cultural studies and the creative industries.
Popular Music and Retro Culture in the Digital Era by
This book explores the trend of retro and nostalgia within contemporary popular music culture. Using empirical evidence obtained from a case study of fans' engagement with older music, the book argues that retro culture is the result of an inseparable mix of cultural and technological changes, namely, the rise of a new generation and cultural mood along with the encouragement of new technologies. Retro culture has become a hot topic in recent years but this is the first time the subject has been explored from an academic perspective and from the fans' perspective. As such, this book promises to provide concrete answers about why retro culture dominates in contemporary society. For the first time ever, this book provides an empirically grounded theory of popular music, retro culture and its intergenerational audience in the twenty-first century. It will appeal to advanced students of popular music studies, cultural studies, media studies, sociology and music.
The Routledge Research Companion to Electronic Music by
The theme of this Research Companion is 'connectivity and the global reach of electroacoustic music and sonic arts made with technology'. The possible scope of such a companion in the field of electronic music has changed radically over the last 30 years. The definitions of the field itself are now broader - there is no clear boundary between 'electronic music' and 'sound art'. Also, what was previously an apparently simple divide between 'art' and 'popular' practices is now not easy or helpful to make, and there is a rich cluster of streams of practice with many histories, including world music traditions. This leads in turn to a steady undermining of a primarily Euro-American enterprise in the second half of the twentieth century. Telecommunications technology, most importantly the development of the internet in the final years of the century, has made materials, practices and experiences ubiquitous and apparently universally available - though some contributions to this volume reassert the influence and importance of local cultural practice. Research in this field is now increasingly multi-disciplinary. Technological developments are embedded in practices which may be musical, social, individual and collective. The contributors to this companion embrace technological, scientific, aesthetic, historical and social approaches and a host of hybrids ¿ but, most importantly, they try to show how these join up. Thus the intention has been to allow a wide variety of new practices to have voice ¿ unified through ideas of 'reaching out' and 'connecting together' ¿ and in effect showing that there is emerging a different kind of 'global music'.
Teaching Music Improvisation with Technology by
Incorporating technology in music classrooms can take the mystery out of improvisation. What music technology does is establish a strong foundation for chord, scale, phrase, ear training, and listening exercises, creating a solid backdrop for student expression. As author and educator MikeFein shows, technology is a valuable tool that can be used effectively to supplement student practice time while also developing the skills necessary to become a proficient improviser. Complete with notated exercises, accompaniment tracks, and listening resources, this book gives teachers methods toset their students free to make mistakes and to develop their own ear for improvisation at their own pace. Broken down into significant areas of music technology, each chapter focuses on developing a new skill and guides readers to tangible outcomes with the assistance of hands-on activities thatcan be immediately implemented into the classroom. In addition to these hands-on activities, each chapter provides the reader with an "iPad Connection" to various iOS applications, which allows teachers and students another, albeit significantly less expensive, medium through which to learn, share,and create art.This book will appeal to music educators of students in grades K-12. It will serve collegiate music education courses secondarily, and will also appeal to those music educators who work with improvisation and technology.
Introduction to Music Technology
This course introduces the science and technology used in music production today. You will expand your understanding with the concepts and terms employed in software and hardware, which will equip your creativity in producing music using current technology. The course will also initiate your experience in technology with the use of notation and audio editing software.
The Computer and Music by
The first of its kind, this is book consists of twenty-one essays describing the many different uses of the digital computer in the field of music. Musicologists will find that various historical periods-from medieval to contemporary-are represented, and examples of computer analysis of ethnic music are considered. Edmund A. Bowles contributes an entertaining historical survey of music research and the computer. Lejaren Hill here discusses computer composition, both in this country and in Europe, and gives a bibliography of composers and their works. A. James Gabura's essay describes experiments in analyzing and identifying the keyboard styles of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. There is also a section of particular interest to music librarians.
Developing Virtual Synthesizers with VCV Rack by
Developing Virtual Synthesizers with VCV Rack takes the reader step by step through the process of developing synthesizer modules, beginning with the elementary and leading up to more engaging examples. Using the intuitive VCV Rack and its open-source C++ API, this book will guide even the most inexperienced reader to master efficient DSP coding to create oscillators, filters, and complex modules. Examining practical topics related to releasing plugins and managing complex graphical user interaction, with an intuitive study of signal processing theory specifically tailored for sound synthesis and virtual analog, this book covers everything from theory to practice. With exercises and example patches in each chapter, the reader will build a library of synthesizer modules that they can modify and expand. Supplemented by a companion website, this book is recommended reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of audio engineering, music technology, computer science, electronics, and related courses; audio coding and do-it-yourself enthusiasts; and professionals looking for a quick guide to VCV Rack. VCV Rack is a free and open-source software available online.
Digital Sound Studies by
The digital turn has created new opportunities for scholars across disciplines to use sound in their scholarship. This volume's contributors provide a blueprint for making sound central to research, teaching, and dissemination. They show how digital sound studies has the potential to transform silent, text-centric cultures of communication in the humanities into rich, multisensory experiences that are more inclusive of diverse knowledges and abilities. Drawing on multiple disciplines--including rhetoric and composition, performance studies, anthropology, history, and information science--the contributors to Digital Sound Studies bring digital humanities and sound studies into productive conversation while probing the assumptions behind the use of digital tools and technologies in academic life. In so doing, they explore how sonic experience might transform our scholarly networks, writing processes, research methodologies, pedagogies, and knowledges of the archive. As they demonstrate, incorporating sound into scholarship is thus not only feasible but urgently necessary. Contributors. Myron M. Beasley, Regina N. Bradley, Steph Ceraso, Tanya Clement, Rebecca Dowd Geoffroy-Schwinden, W. F. Umi Hsu, Michael J. Kramer, Mary Caton Lingold, Darren Mueller, Richard Cullen Rath, Liana M. Silva, Jonathan Sterne, Jennifer Stoever, Jonathan W. Stone, Joanna Swafford, Aaron Trammell, Whitney Trettien
Innovation in music : performance, production, technology and business by
Innovation in Music: Performance, Production, Technology and Business is an exciting collection comprising of cutting-edge articles on a range of topics, presented under the main themes of artistry, technology, production and industry. Each chapter is written by a leader in the field and contains insights and discoveries not yet shared. Innovation in Music covers new developments in standard practice of sound design, engineering and acoustics. It also reaches into areas of innovation, both in technology and business practice, even into cross-discipline areas. This book is the perfect companion for professionals and researchers alike with an interest in the Music industry. Chapter 31 of this book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. https://tandfbis.s3-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/rt-files/docs/Open+Access+Chapters/9781138498211_oachapter31.pdf
Logic of experimentation : reshaping music performance in and through artistic research by Modern Recording Techniques by
Modern Recording Techniques is the bestselling, authoritative guide to sound and music recording. Whether you're just starting out or are looking for a step-up in the industry, Modern Recording Techniques provides an in-depth read on the art and technologies of music production. It's a must-have reference for all audio bookshelves. Using its familiar and accessible writing style, this ninth edition has been fully updated, presenting the latest production technologies and includes an in-depth coverage of the DAW, networked audio, MIDI, signal processing and much more. A robust companion website features video tutorials, web-links, an online glossary, flashcards, and a link to the author's blog. Instructor resources include a test bank and an instructor's manual. The ninth edition includes: Updated tips, tricks and insights for getting the best out of your studio An introduction to the Apple iOS in music production Introductions to new technologies and important retro studio techniques The latest advancements in DAW systems, signal processing, mixing and mastering
Sound and Image by
Sound and Image: Aesthetics and Practices brings together international artist scholars to explore diverse sound and image practices, applying critical perspectives to interrogate and evaluate both the aesthetics and practices that underpin the audiovisual. Contributions draw upon established discourses in electroacoustic music, media art history, film studies, critical theory and dance; framing and critiquing these arguments within the context of diverse audiovisual practices. The volume's interdisciplinary perspective contributes to the rich and evolving dialogue surrounding the audiovisual, demonstrating the value and significance of practice-informed theory, and theory derived from practice. The ideas and approaches explored within this book will find application in a wide range of contexts across the whole scope of audiovisuality, from visual music and experimental film, to narrative film and documentary, to live performance, sound design and into sonic art and electroacoustic music. This book is ideal for artists, composers and researchers investigating theoretical positions and compositional practices which bring together sound and image.
Philippine Contemporary Popular Music
In this course you will increase your understanding and appreciation of various musical genres, forms and styles of Philippine Contemporary Popular Music through an interdisciplinary approach, by making cross-references to the economy, politics, culture to sub-cultures, technology in general and the social conditions of the Philippines.
Modernismo sa sining musika by Musika : an essay on the American colonial and contemporary traditions in Philippine music by Philippine Contemporary Popular Music
In this course you will increase your understanding and appreciation of various musical genres, forms and styles of Philippine Contemporary Popular Music through an interdisciplinary approach, by making cross-references to the economy, politics, culture to sub-cultures, technology in general and the social conditions of the Philippines.
Countercultures and Popular Music by
'Counterculture' emerged as a term in the late 1960s and has been re-deployed in more recent decades in relation to other forms of cultural and socio-political phenomena. This volume provides an essential new academic scrutiny of the concept of 'counterculture' and a critical examination of the period and its heritage.
Dance of Life : Popular Music and Politics in Southeast Asia by
The rock era is over, according to one pop music expert. Another laments that rock music is "metamorphosed into the musical wallpaper of ten thousand lifts, hotel foyers, shopping centers, airport lounges, and television advertisements that await us in the 1990s." Whatever its current role and significance in Anglo-American society, popular music has been and remains a tremendous social and cultural force in many parts of the world. This book explores the connections between popular music genres and politics in Southeast Asia, with particular emphasis on Indonesia, the Philippines, Thailand, Malaysia, and Singapore.
Genre in Popular Music by
The popularity of the motion picture soundtrack "O Brother, Where Art Thou? "brought an extraordinary amount of attention to bluegrass, but it also drew its share of criticism from some aficionados who felt the albumOCOs inclusion of more modern tracks misrepresented the genre. This soundtrack, these purists argued, wasnOCOt bluegrass, but OC roots music, OCO a new and, indeed, more overarching category concocted by journalists and marketers. Why is it that popular music genres like these and others are so passionately contested? And how is it that these genres emerge, coalesce, change, and die out? In "Genre in Popular Music, " Fabian Holt provides new understanding as to why we debate music categories, and why those terms are unstable and always shifting. To tackle the full complexity of genres in popular music, Holt embarks on a wide-ranging and ambitious collection of case studies. Here he examines not only the different reactions to "O Brother, " but also the impact of rock and rollOCOs explosion in the 1950s and 1960s on country music and jazz, and how the jazz and indie music scenes in Chicago have intermingled to expand the borders of their respective genres. Throughout, Holt finds that genres are an integral part of musical cultureOCofundamental both to musical practice and experience and to the social organization of musical life. "
This course will cover the vast and varied musical traditions of the Philippines providing you a socio-historical approach to understanding its music, beginning with indigenous civilization and moving all the way to contemporary performance practices. The emphasis in the course will be the basic knowledge of the more common musical instruments of the region, have some understanding of the construction of vocal and instrumental music, playing techniques of the instruments, and be able to recognize their sounds. You should be able to relate sound recordings to different musical traditions, regions and peoples, and be able to comment on the use of the different elements of music.
Laon-laon : perspectives in transmission and pedagogy of musical traditions in post-colonial Southeast Asia by Musika at bagong lipunan : pagbuo ng lipunang Filipino, 1972-1986 by Musika sa Kasaysayan ng Filipinas : pana-panahong diskurso by Philippine modernities : music, performing arts, and language, 1880 to 1941 by Saysay himig : a sourcebook on Philippine music history, 1880-1941 by 
Sibod : ideology and expressivity in Binanog dance, music, and folkways of the Panay Bukidnon by
In this book, Christine Muyco provides us with a magic key to enter a remarkable world where music, dance, and gesture are woven together to create a fabric of human meaning. - Elena Rivera Mirano
Song of the babaylan : living voices, medicines, spiritualities of Philippine ritualist-oralist-healers by The vocal repertoire of the Ibaloi from Kabayan = Ang repertoryong pantinig ng Ibaloi sa kabayan by This course will cover the vast and varied musical traditions of the Philippines providing you a socio-historical approach to understanding its music, beginning with indigenous civilization and moving all the way to contemporary performance practices. The emphasis in the course will be the basic knowledge of the more common musical instruments of the region, have some understanding of the construction of vocal and instrumental music, playing techniques of the instruments, and be able to recognize their sounds. You should be able to relate sound recordings to different musical traditions, regions and peoples, and be able to comment on the use of the different elements of music.
Songs and gifts at the frontier : person and exchange in the Agusan Manobo possession ritual, Philippines by
First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company.
Songs of Memory in Islands of Southeast Asia by
Twenty-three years of joint endeavors and extensive field collecting of the narratives referred to in the present volume have resulted in the availability of a multimedia archive of Philippine epics, ballads and rituals both at the Pardo de Tavera collection of the Rizal Library, Ateneo de Manila University, and online. The linguists, anthropologists, and ethno-musicologists who have contributed to this book have long been conscious of the close links between OCyIntangible HeritageOCO and OCyTangib..."
Principles of Acoustics and their Musical Applications
This is the science of sound: its production, transmission, detection and all of its effects. The scope of acoustics is not limited to those phenomena that can be heard by humans and animals, but includes all phenomena that are governed by the same physical principles.
Acoustics : an introduction by
This definitive textbook provides students with a comprehensive introduction to acoustics. Beginning with the basic physical ideas, Acoustics balances the fundamentals with engineering aspects, applications and electroacoustics, also covering music, speech and the properties of human hearing. The concepts of acoustics are exposed and applied in: room acoustics sound insulation in buildings noise control underwater sound and ultrasound Scientifically thorough, but with mathematics kept to a minimum, Acoustics is the perfect introduction to acoustics for students at any level of mechanical, electrical or civil engineering courses and an accessible resource for architects, musicians or sound engineers requiring a technical understanding of acoustics and their applications.
Acoustics and Psychoacoustics by
The acoustics of a space can have a real impact on the sounds you create and capture. Acoustics and Psychoacoustics, Fifth Edition provides supportive tools and exercises to help you understand how music sounds and behaves in different spaces, whether during a performance or a recording, when planning a control room or listening space, and how it is perceived by performers, listeners, and recording engineers. With their clear and simple style, Howard and Angus cover both theory and practice by addressing the science of sound engineering and music production, the acoustics of musical instruments, the ways in which we hear musical sounds, the underlying principles of sound processing, and the application of these concepts to music spaces to create professional sound. This new edition is fully revised to reflect new psychoacoustic information related to timbre and temporal perception, including an updated discussion of vocal fold vibration principles, samples of recent acoustic treatments, and a description of variable acoustics in spaces, as well as coverage of the environment's effect on production listening, sonification, and other topics. Devoted to the teaching of musical understanding, an accompanying website (www.routledge.com/cw/howard) features various audio clips, tutorial sheets, questions and answers, and trainings that will take your perception of sound to the next level. This book will help you: Gain a basic grounding in acoustics and psychoacoustics with respect to music audio technology systems Incorporate knowledge of psychoacoustics in future music technology system designs as appropriate Understand how we hear pitch, loudness, and timbre Learn to influence the acoustics of an enclosed space through designed physical modifications
Audio production principles : practical studio applications by
With this all-in-one manual, students and teachers have an easy-to-read reference that provides a reliable and current rundown of the world of sound production, from planning a recording session to mastering the final product. Organized by four main topics - pre-production, recording various instruments, mixing theories and tools, and mastering - Audio Production Principles follows the actual flow of instruction given over the course of a student's tenure. Chapters address etiquette and basic operations for any recording session written in useful, tutorial style language, providing guidelines for beginner audio engineers on topics including pre-production, equipment selection, and mixing tips by instrument. Jumpstarting the mastering process, lessons delve into features unique to specific tools and techniques. All sections offer instructional scenarios of studio setups, asking students to brainstorm the best production technique for each situation. These exercises also help teachers generate new ideas for instruction and production projects of their own.
Fundamentals of Physical Acoustics by
AN AUTHORITATIIVE, UP-TO-DATE INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL ACOUSTICS Easy to read and understand, Fundamentals of Physical Acoustics fills a long-standing need for an acoustics text that challenges but does not overpower graduate students in engineering and physics. Mathematical results and physical explanations go hand in hand, and a unique feature of the book is the balance it strikes between time-domain and frequency-domain presentations. Fundamentals of Physical Acoustics is intended for a two-semester, first-year graduate course, but is also suitable for advanced undergraduates. Emphasis on plane waves in the first part of the book keeps the mathematics simple yet accommodates a broad range of topics: propagation, reflection and transmission, normal modes and simple waveguides for rectilinear geometries, horns, inhomogeneous media, and sound absorption and dispersion. The second part of the book is devoted to a more rigorous development of the wave equation, spherical and cylindrical waves (including the more advanced mathematics required), advanced waveguides, baffled piston radiation, diffraction (treated in the time domain), and arrays. Applications and examples are drawn from: * Atmospheric acoustics * Noise control * Underwater acoustics * Engineering acoustics * Acoustical measurements Supplemented with more than 300 graphs and figures as well as copious end-of-chapter problems, Fundamentals of Physical Acoustics is also an excellent professional reference for engineers and scientists.
Handbook of Contemporary Acoustics and Its Applications by
Modern acoustics has blossomed rapidly in the past decades. Beginning as a branch off from the classical physics, modern acoustics has become an interdisciplinary science that has exceeded the boundaries of its origins. As a result, the demand for graduate students, professionals and specialists who need to master the knowledge of acoustics is growing quickly. The primary goal of this publication is to meet this urgent need by providing an updated, comprehensive reference book that educates readers on both fundamental concepts as well as their broader applications in the fast-moving technological world. The Handbook of Contemporary Acoustics and Its Applications systematically covers the theoretical principle and analytical methodology of generation, propagation and reception of acoustic waves in an ideal (inviscid) and non-ideal fluid media. The topics include the transduction, radiation, scattering, diffraction and reception of the acoustic wave. It also discusses the acoustic field in a duct/pipe, waveguide and cavity, the wave propagation in the multi-layers, nonlinear finite amplitude wave propagation and the mechanisms of physical and biological effects and their broad modern applications such as sonoporation, targeted drug delivery, acoustic tweezers, noninvasive high intensity focused ultrasound (HIFU) surgery, as well as sonoluminscence. Readers are also provided with the fundamental mathematic background and relevant references necessary for their creative inventions and applications.This handbook is intended for senior undergraduate and graduate students, as well as specialists working in relevant fields, and may be used as a textbook in courses covering acoustics.
Master Handbook of Acoustics, Sixth Edition by
Publisher's Note: Products purchased from Third Party sellers are not guaranteed by the publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. The most complete and current guide to architectural acoustics principles and practices Design and construct audiophile-quality sonic environments of all sizes--from home theaters and project studios to large-scale recording studios. Thoroughly revised to include new acoustical design techniques, Master Handbook of Acoustics, Sixth Edition, explains the art and science of room acoustics and architecture by combining theoretical instruction with matter-of-fact engineering advice. Written by renowned experts in the field and refined through several editions, this fully updated classic describes the fundamentals of acoustical properties, as well as the latest solutions to acoustical problems. Throughout, this authoritative text provides clear explanations, describes hands-on techniques, and features numerous room designs that can be built as presented, or adapted to your particular needs. Understand how sound waves travel in free fields and in enclosed spaces Learn how human sound perception and psychoacoustics affect room design Calculate and predict reflections, reverberation times, and room modes Perform acoustical measurements and site surveys, and choose construction materials Design, build, and install treatment modules to optimize early reflections, reverberation, and diffusion Design and build home theaters, home studios, control rooms, recording studios, and other acoustically sensitive spaces Reduce HVAC noise levels, and achieve excellent sound isolation with proven wall, window, and door designs Understand the acoustics of auditoriums and concert halls Utilize the supplied cost-effective plans and specifications for a variety of recording and listening rooms
Mathematics and music : composition, perception, and performance by
At first glance, mathematics and music seem to be from separate worlds--one from science, one from art. But in fact, the connections between the two go back thousands of years, such as Pythagoras's ideas about how to quantify changes of pitch for musical tones (musical intervals). Mathematics and Music: Composition, Perception, and Performanceexplores the many links between mathematics and different genres of music, deepening students' understanding of music through mathematics. In an accessible way, the text teaches the basics of reading music and explains how various patterns in music can be described with mathematics. The authors extensively use the powerful time-frequency method of spectrograms to analyze the sounds created in musical performance. Numerous examples of music notation assist students in understanding basic musical scores. The text also provides mathematical explanations for musical scales, harmony, and rhythm and includes a concise introduction to digital audio synthesis. Along with helping students master some fundamental mathematics, this book gives them a deeper appreciation of music by showing how music is informed by both its mathematical and aesthetic structures. Web Resource On the book's CRC Press web page, students can access videos of many of the spectrograms discussed in the text as well as musical scores playable with the free music software MuseScore. An online bibliography offers many links to free downloadable articles on math and music. The web page also provides links to other websites related to math and music, including all the sites mentioned in the book.
Musical Acoustics by
Musical acoustics presents a unique opportunity to see science and art working together. This book is a balanced presentation of all aspects of musical acoustics. It explains how our ears and brains interpret musical events, and connects traditional physical analyses to musical reality. The purpose of the book is two fold: (1) To help readers use simple physical concepts as tools for understanding how music works, and (2) To use readers' interest in music to motivate the study and appreciation of scientific methods. Any given chapter will challenge readers with several points that are not obvious on the first reading. Starred sections are optional and are not a prerequisite to later sections.
The Oxford Handbook of Sound Studies by
Written by the world's leading scholars and researchers in the emerging field of sound studies, The Oxford Handbook of Sound Studies offers new and fully engaging perspectives on the significance of sound in its material and cultural forms. The book considers sounds and music as experienced insuch diverse settings as shop floors, laboratories, clinics, design studios, homes, and clubs, across an impressively broad range of historical periods and national and cultural contexts.Science has traditionally been understood as a visual matter, a study which has historically been undertaken with optical technologies such as slides, graphs, and telescopes. This book questions that notion powerfully by showing how listening has contributed to scientific practice. Sounds havealways been a part of human experience, shaping and transforming the world in which we live in ways that often go unnoticed. Sounds and music, the authors argue, are embedded in the fabric of everyday life, art, commerce, and politics in ways which impact our perception of the world. Through anextraordinarily diverse set of case studies, authors illustrate how sounds - from the sounds of industrialization, to the sounds of automobiles, to sounds in underwater music and hip-hop, to the sounds of nanotechnology - give rise to new forms listening practices. In addition, the book discussesthe rise of new public problems such as noise pollution, hearing loss, and the "end" of the amateur musician that stem from the spread and appropriation of new sound- and music-related technologies, analog and digital, in many domains of life.Rich in vivid and detailed examples and compelling case studies, and featuring a companion website of listening samples, this remarkable volume boldly challenges readers to rethink the way they hear and understand the world.
The Physics of Sound by
This book incorporates the developments in digital audio technology, including consumer products, into a firm foundation of the physics of sound. No knowledge of physics, mathematics, or music is required. KEY TOPICS: Includes updated information on musical synthesizers. Provides recent information on the ear, including new advances in cochlear implant technology. Updates material for modern technology, particularly MP3. Features abundant examples, including discussion of demonstration experiments. Includes historical discussion of musical temperaments and instruments. Offers videotapes of musical demonstrations on topics discussed in the book, available from author. MARKET: A useful reference for musicians or anyone interested in learning more about the physics of music.
Principles of Acoustics and their Musical Applications
This is the science of sound: its production, transmission, detection and all of its effects. The scope of acoustics is not limited to those phenomena that can be heard by humans and animals, but includes all phenomena that are governed by the same physical principles.
Computational Thinking in Sound : Teaching the Art and Science of Music and Technology by
With Computational Thinking in Sound, veteran educators Gena R. Greher and Jesse M. Heines provide the first book ever written for music fundamentals educators that is devoted specifically to music, sound, and technology. Using a student-centered approach that emphasizes project-based experiences, the book provides music educators with multiple strategies to explore, create, and solve problems with music and technology in equal parts. It also provides examples of hands-on activities that encourage students, alone and in groups, to explore the basic principles that underlie today's music technology and freely available multimedia creation tools. Computational Thinking in Sound is an effective tool for educators to introduce students to the complex process of computational thinking in the context of the creative arts through the more accessible medium of music.
Ecoacoustics : The Ecological Role of Sounds by
The sounds produced by geophonic, biophonic and technophonic sources are relevant to the function of natural and human modified ecosystems. Passive recording is one of the most non-invasive technologies as its use avoids human intrusion during acoustic surveys and facilitates the accumulation of huge amounts of acoustical data. For the first time, this book collates and reviews the science behind ecoaucostics; illustrating the principles, methods and applications of this exciting new field. Topics covered in this comprehensive volume include; the assessment of biodiversity based on sounds emanating from a variety of environments the best technologies and methods necessary to investigate environmental sounds implications for climate change and urban systems the relationship between landscape ecology and ecoacoustics the conservation of soundscapes and the social value of ecoacoustics areas of potential future research. An invaluable resource for scholars, researchers and students, Ecoacoustics: The Ecological Role of Sounds provides an unrivalled set of ideas, tools and references based on the current state of the field.
Parametric Time-Frequency Domain Spatial Audio by
A comprehensive guide that addresses the theory and practice of spatial audio This book provides readers with the principles and best practices in spatial audio signal processing. It describes how sound fields and their perceptual attributes are captured and analyzed within the time-frequency domain, how essential representation parameters are coded, and how such signals are efficiently reproduced for practical applications. The book is split into four parts starting with an overview of the fundamentals. It then goes on to explain the reproduction of spatial sound before offering an examination of signal-dependent spatial filtering. The book finishes with coverage of both current and future applications and the direction that spatial audio research is heading in. Parametric Time-frequency Domain Spatial Audio focuses on applications in entertainment audio, including music, home cinema, and gaming--covering the capturing and reproduction of spatial sound as well as its generation, transduction, representation, transmission, and perception. This book will teach readers the tools needed for such processing, and provides an overview to existing research. It also shows recent up-to-date projects and commercial applications built on top of the systems. Provides an in-depth presentation of the principles, past developments, state-of-the-art methods, and future research directions of spatial audio technologies Includes contributions from leading researchers in the field Offers MATLAB codes with selected chapters An advanced book aimed at readers who are capable of digesting mathematical expressions about digital signal processing and sound field analysis, Parametric Time-frequency Domain Spatial Audio is best suited for researchers in academia and in the audio industry.
Recording Analysis by
Recording Analysis: How the Record Shapes the Song identifies and explains how the sounds imparted by recording processes enhance the artistry and expression of recorded songs. Moylan investigates how the process of recording a song transforms it into a richer experience and articulates how the unique elements of recorded sound provide essential substance and expression to recorded music. This book explores a broad array of records, evaluating the music, lyrics, social context, literary content and meaning, and offers detailed analyses of recording elements as they appear in a wide variety of tracks. Accompanied by a range of online resources, Recording Analysis is an essential read for students and academics, as well as practitioners, in the fields of record production, song-writing and popular music.
The Science of Sound Recording by
The Science of Soundnbsp;Recordingnbsp;will providenbsp;you with more than just an introduction to sound and recording, it will allow you to dive rightnbsp;into some of the technical areas thatnbsp;oftennbsp;appear overwhelming to anyone without an electrical engineering or physics background.nbsp;nbsp; The Sciencenbsp;of Sound Recordingnbsp;helps you build a basic foundation of scientific principles, explaining how recording really works. Packed with valuable must know information,nbsp;illustrations and examples of 'worked through' equationsnbsp;this booknbsp;introduces thenbsp;theory behind sound recording practices in a logical and practical way whilenbsp;placingnbsp;an emphasis on the concepts of measurement as they relate to sound recording, physical principles of mechanics and acoustics, biophysics of hearing, introduction to electronics, analog and digital recording theory and how science determines mixing techniques.
Sound Visualization and Manipulation by
Unique in addressing two different problems - sound visualization and manipulation - in a unified way Advances in signal processing technology are enabling ever more accurate visualization of existing sound fields and precisely defined sound field production. The idea of explaining both the problem of sound visualization and the problem of the manipulation of sound within one book supports this inter-related area of study. With rapid development of array technologies, it is possible to do much in terms of visualization and manipulation, among other technologies involved with the spatial distribution of sound. This book aims to explore various basic functions for the visualization and manipulation and demonstrate to the reader how these properties determine the quality of visualization and manipulation. The first half of the book introduces some basic and general concepts and theories and the second part of the book explains a number of techniques in sound visualization and manipulation. It offers a unified presentation to two very different topics - sound field visualization techniques based on microphone arrays, and techniques for generation of controlled sound fields using loudspeaker arrays. The authors emphasize the similarities between these two physical problems and between the mathematical methods used for solving them. With extensive examples throughout the book, chapters include: Acoustic Wave Equation and its Basic Physical Measures, Acoustic Wave Equation and its Basic Physical Measures, Basic Theory of Sound Visualization, Acoustic Holography, Beamforming, Basic Theory of Sound Manipulation, Sound Focusing, and Sound Field Reproduction. The first book to combine both the visualization and manipulation of sound technologies in one comprehensive volume Presents the basic concepts using simple one dimensional cases and then extends the concept to three dimensional cases, enabling easier understanding of the fundamental concepts through the use of minimum mathematics Provides a solid understanding of associated physics as well as mathematical concepts for understanding the technologies, addressing diffraction problems in an integrated format by using Kirchhoff-Helmholtz integral equation Uses extensive examples demonstrating the benefits and drawbacks of various applications, including beamforming and acoustic holography A valuable resource forpost/graduate students, acoustic engineers, audio and noise control system developers
In this course, you will be introduced to the guidelines, procedures, and principles for writing songs. You will be taught techniques to help cultivate and realize your own ideas in the art of songwriting. As an exercise in analysis and for further artistic development, you will be expected to express your opinion regarding your classmates’ songs and perhaps provide constructive criticism for each other’s benefit.
The Art of Writing Great Lyrics by
Packed with literally hundreds of hints, tips, and inside information only a working writer would know, The Art of Writing Great Lyrics demonstrates proven, no-fail methods for everything from communicating through song, defining styles, and collaborating with a partner to studying the market, making a great demo, and getting started on a career. Includes a handy A to Z checklist for reviewing new songs.
Composing for VoiceComposing for voice : exploring voice, language and music by
Composing for Voice: Exploring Voice, Language and Music, Second Edition, elucidates how language and music function together from the perspectives of composers, singers and actors, providing an understanding of the complex functions of the voice pedagogically, musicologically and dramatically. Composing for Voice examines the voice across a wide range of musical genres (including pop, jazz, folk, classical, opera and the musical) and explores the fusion of language and music that is unique to song. This second edition is enlarged to attract a wider readership amongst all music and theatre professionals and educators, whilst also engaging an international audience with the introduction of new co-author Maria Huesca. New to the second edition: A review of the history of singing An overview of the development of melisma A chapter to help performers understand each other, as singers and actors often receive disparate educations Case studies and qualitative research around song, lyric and meaning A discussion of the synthetic voice An introduction to the concept of embodied composition Interviews with composers and singers Summaries of various vocal styles A website with links to performances discussed, as well as related workshops: www.composingforvoice.com Composing for Voice: Exploring Voice, Language and Music, Second Edition, articulates possibilities for the practical exploration of language, music and voice by composers, singers and actors.
The Craft and Business of Songwriting by
This updated edition of John Braheny's classic book is essential reading for anyone contemplating a career as a professional songwriter. He shares the insider secrets that help songwriters make their work competitive in an overcrowded marketplace. Readers will learn how to: Develop a songwriter's consciousness in picking out original ideas; Overcome barriers in the creative process; Discover what subjects work best for them, from novelty to message songs; Know what their audience wants; Focus on one idea when writing lyrics, ensuring the greatest impact; Handle the business of demos and contracts; Readers will also find anecdotes, exercises and examples from dozens of successful songwriters.
Great Songwriting Techniques by
In Great Songwriting Techniques, veteran composer and teacher Jack Perricone shares years of experience in the art, science, and pedagogy of songwriting to teach readers the craft. Whether they write for a small group of friends or in the hopes of creating a smash hit, aspiring songwriters canlearn how to focus on topics essential to their success in this competitive field; every songwriter must be aware of audience, thick-skinned enough to handle rejection and competition, and most importantly have the confidence to master the craft of composing and producing. Perricone teaches readersto accomplish this through a targeted series of lessons on key elements of songwriting from building blocks like melody, harmony, and rhythm to more advanced topics like lyric placement and tone texture.Chapters explore loop-based harmonic patterns, tone tendencies, form, function, and lyric writing, all in service of preparing the aspiring songwriter to be a master of prosody and keen in understanding the relationship between words and music. The volume includes examples of exceptional songwritingfrom well-known artists such as Irving Berlin, Prince, Bob Dylan, Stevie Wonder, Justin Timberlake, and Taylor Swift.
Music Composition for Film and Television by
(Berklee Guide). Learn film-scoring techniques from one of the great film/television composers of our time. Lalo Schifrin shares his insights into the intimate relationship between music and drama. The book is illustrated with extended excerpts from his most iconic scores such as Mission: Impossible , Cool Hand Luke , Bullitt and many others and peppered with anecdotes from inside the Hollywood studios. Schifrin reveals the technical details of his own working approach, which has earned him six Oscar nominations, 21 Grammy nominations (with four awards), and credits on hundreds of major productions. Includes the full score of Schifrin's Fanfare for Screenplay and Orchestra , a treasure-trove of unfettered dramatic sound painting, commissioned by the Chicago Symphony Orchestra, and a great thesis on the emblematic language of film music.
Righting Wrongs in Writing Songs by
This book gives both aspiring and seasoned songwriters a powerful new approach to writing songs, focusing on common obstacles in the songwriting process and techniques to help songwriters overcome them. Each chapter goes to the root of a specific songwriting problem and provides exercises to help readers over the hurdles and put their new skills to work. Topics include writing approach, purpose, structure, melodic significance and construction, basic music theory, word meaning, word design and arrangement, chords, and how they are all pieced together. Along the way, a song is created to act as a case study and a demonstration of what each exercise can result in. The lessons are fun, informal, and include fresh suggestions and exercises born out of the author's experience in teaching songwriting at the college level. The book's companion website provides audio clips to accompany the relevant exercises and examples presented in the book.
The songwriter's workshop : melody by
(Berklee Press). Spark your imagination with hundreds of creative songwriting techniques! This hands-on guide provides lessons on how to write innovative songs, based on popular songwriting courses at Berklee College of Music. Whether you're a beginning songwriter who can't read a note of music, or an experienced professional looking for new ideas, this book will provide new insight into your craft; it teaches the fundamental techniques behind today's hit songs, together with easy-to-follow exercises so you can immediately apply these tools to your own art. This book comes with access to online audio recordings so you can practice your songs with accompaniment, even if you can't play an instrument.
Songwriting for Dummies by
Learn to write songs like a pro Want to know how to make it as a songwriter? Songwriting For Dummies, 2nd Edition gives you a chance to learn from the best. Written by a group of music industry pros, this practical guide shows you how to develop your songwriting skills and successfully utilize the Internet to promote and market your work! Whether you're a first-time songwriter or songwriting vet looking for a fast-track into the recording industry, this friendly, easy-to-follow guide is the source for you. Using well-known tunes as examples, the authors walk you through everything you need to know to write hit singles, catchy jingles, and everything in between. 25% new and updated content, including information on social media networks YouTube, Twitter, Viddler, and Digg Coverage of the latest music industry trends and techniques Tips and tricks to combat songwriter's block Whether you want to know how to compose a love song for that special someone or you're looking break into the industry Songwriting For Dummies, 2nd Edition is a gold mine of inspiration and how-to information.
Songwriting success : how to write songs for fun and (maybe) profit : an introduction to the art and business of songwriting by one struggling singer-songwriter for the aid and comfort of other strugglers by
So you want to write songs? Join the club! Everyone dreams of being a successful songwriter. In every city and town, down the block in every neighborhood, someone is taking a guitar in hand and dreaming of a career as a songwriter. While many will not become world famous (or even locally well-known) through their songwriting, there's no reason why they-and you-can't enjoy writing their own songs. For creative challenges, life-long learning, and just plain fun, nothing beats writing (and singing and playing) your own songs. Assuming no musical knowledge,Songwriting Successbreaks down the craft of melody and lyric writing into easily digested lessons that anyone can follow. This book shows the beginning songwriter how to integrate the craft's many skills into a seamless artistic and commercial whole. Lydon also has recorded a special CD taking the budding songwriter who can't read music (or prefers to learn by listening) step-by-step through the writing of a song-from initial ideathrough crafting melodic hooks and catchy choruses to creating a final "demo" version for marketing the song. This invaluable learning aid sets apartSongwriting Successfrom the competing titles that don't feature an audio component. Also includes 25 musical examples.
In this course, you will be introduced to the guidelines, procedures, and principles for writing songs. You will be taught techniques to help cultivate and realize your own ideas in the art of songwriting. As an exercise in analysis and for further artistic development, you will be expected to express your opinion regarding your classmates’ songs and perhaps provide constructive criticism for each other’s benefit.
LitpopLitpop: Writing and Popular Music : Writing and Popular Music by
Bringing together exciting new interdisciplinary work from emerging and established scholars in the UK and beyond, Litpop addresses the question: how has writing past and present been influenced by popular music, and vice versa? Contributions explore how various forms of writing have had a crucial role to play in making popular music what it is, and how popular music informs 'literary' writing in diverse ways. The collection features musicologists, literary critics, experts in cultural studies, and creative writers.
The man that got away : the life and songs of Harold Arlen by
Over the Rainbow, "Stormy Weather," and "One for My Baby" are just a few of Harold Arlen's well-loved compositions. Yet his name is hardly known--except to the musicians who venerate him. At a gathering of songwriters George Gershwin called him "the best of us." Irving Berlin agreed. Paul McCartney sent him a fan letter and became his publisher. Bob Dylan wrote of his fascination with Arlen's "bittersweet, lonely world." A cantor's son, Arlen believed his music was from a place outside himself, a place that also sent tragedy. When his wife became mentally ill and was institutionalized he turned to alcohol. It nearly killed him. But the beautiful songs kept coming: "Blues in the Night," "My Shining Hour," "Come Rain or Come Shine," and "The Man That Got Away." Walter Rimler drew on interviews with friends and associates of Arlen and on newly available archives to write this intimate portrait of a genius whose work is a pillar of the Great American Songbook.
The Poetics of American Song Lyrics by
The Poetics of American Song Lyrics is the first collection of academic essays that regards songs as literature and that identifies intersections between the literary histories of poems and songs. The essays by well-known poets and scholars including Pulitzer Prize winner Claudia Emerson, Peter Guralnick, Adam Bradley, David Kirby, Kevin Young, and many others, locate points of synthesis and separation so as to better understand both genres and their crafts. The essayists share a desire to write on lyrics in a way that moves beyond sociological, historical, and autobiographical approaches and explicates songs in relation to poetics. Unique to this volume, the essays focus not on a single genre but on folk, rap, hip hop, country, rock, indie, soul, and blues. The first section of the book provides a variety of perspectives on the poetic history and techniques within songs and poems, and the second section focuses on a few prominent American songwriters such as Bob Dylan, Bruce Springsteen, and Michael Stipe. Through conversational yet in-depth analyses of songs, the essays discuss sonnet forms, dramatic monologues, Modernism, ballads, blues poems, confessionalism, Language poetry, Keatsian odes, unreliable narrators, personas, poetic sequences, rhythm, rhyme, transcription methods, the writing process, and more. While the strategies of explication differ from essay to essay, the nexus of each piece is an unveiling of the poetic history and poetic techniques within songs.
Sound Reinforcement Technology
This is a class on the basics preparation and processes involved in live sound reinforcement mixing. You will be experience working as part of the live sound stage crew, from the set up to breakdown and will likewise experience mixing for a live audience.
The art of mixing : a visual guide to recording, engineering, and production by
David Gibson uses 3D visual representations of sounds in a mix as a tool to explain the dynamics that can be created in a mix. This book provides an in-depth exploration into the aesthetics of what makes a great mix. Gibson's unique approach explains how to map sounds to visuals in order to create a visual framework that can be used to analyze what is going on in any mix. Once you have the framework down, Gibson then uses it to explain the traditions that have be developed over time by great recording engineers for different styles of music and songs. You will come to understand everything that can be done in a mix to create dynamics that affect people in really deep ways. Once you understand what engineers are doing to create the great mixes they do, you can then use this framework to develop your own values as to what you feel is a good mix. Once you have a perspective on what all can be done, you have the power to be truly creative on your own - to create whole new mixing possibilities. It is all about creating art out of technology. This book goes beyond explaining what the equipment does - it explains what to do with the equipment to make the best possible mixes.
Basic live sound reinforcement : a practical guide for starting live audio by
Access and interpret manufacturer spec information, find shortcuts for plotting measure and test equations, and learn how to begin your journey towards becoming a live sound professional. Land and perform your first live sound gigs with this guide that gives you just the right amount of information. Don't get bogged down in details intended for complex and expensive equipment and Madison Square Garden-sized venues. Basic Live Sound Reinforcement is a handbook for audio engineers and live sound enthusiasts performing in small venues from one-mike coffee shops to clubs. With their combined years of teaching and writing experience, the authors provide you with a thorough foundation of the theoretical and the practical, offering more advanced beginners a complete overview of the industry, the gear, and the art of mixing, while making sure to remain accessible to those just starting out.
The Mixing Engineer's Handbook by
Thanks to the revolution in affordable recording and mixing technology, more music is being written, produced, and mixed today than ever before. The mixer's art is now a unique blend of time-tested principles and skillful technique using the latest high-tech tools. If you're ready to learn today's art of mixing, this is the book for you. THE MIXING ENGINEER'S HANDBOOK, 3RD EDITION, is the latest update of the most popular book on audio mixing ever written (more than 150,000 copies sold). Popular producer/engineer, author, and teacher Bobby Owsinski covers all the fundamentals, breaking the mixing process down into easily understandable elements. He covers the things you need to know most, including the variety of mixing styles, the six elements of a mix, the rules for arrangement, and how to build a mix. You'll also learn the secrets of equalization and "magic frequencies," along with easy-to-grasp methods for adding effects, EQ'ing reverbs, sonic layering, calculating delay time, and much more. In addition to the solid instruction in today's mixing principles, you'll also find great advice in Bobby's interviews with top mixing engineers and producers. Getting a great mix is no accident; it requires a thorough knowledge of the fundamentals of the art. Read THE MIXING ENGINEER'S HANDBOOK to learn how it's done.
Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio by
Discover how to achieve release-quality mixes even in the smallest studios by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio is the best-selling primer for small-studio enthusiasts who want chart-ready sonics in a hurry. Drawing on the back-room strategies of more than 160 famous names, this entertaining and down-to-earth guide leads you step-by-step through the entire mixing process. On the way, you'll unravel the mysteries of every type of mix processing, from simple EQ and compression through to advanced spectral dynamics and "fairy dust" effects. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis, while chapter summaries and assignments are perfect for school and college use. ▪ Learn the subtle editing, arrangement, and monitoring tactics which give industry insiders their competitive edge, and master the psychological tricks which protect you from all the biggest rookie mistakes. ▪ Find out where you don't need to spend money, as well as how to make a limited budget really count. ▪ Pick up tricks and tips from leading-edge engineers working on today's multi-platinum hits, including Derek "MixedByAli" Ali, Michael Brauer, Dylan "3D" Dresdow, Tom Elmhirst, Serban Ghenea, Jacquire King, the Lord-Alge brothers, Tony Maserati, Manny Marroquin, Noah "50" Shebib, Mark "Spike" Stent, DJ Swivel, Phil Tan, Andy Wallace, Young Guru, and many, many more... Now extensively expanded and updated, including new sections on mix-buss processing, mastering, and the latest advances in plug-in technology.
Music technology and education : amplifying musicality by
Music Technology in Education lays out the principles of music technology and how they can be used to enhance musical teaching and learning in primary and secondary education. Previously published as Computers in Music Education, this second edition has been streamlined to focus on the needs of today's music education student. It has been completely updated to reflect mobile technologies, social networks, rich media environments, and other technological advances. Topics include: Basic audio concepts and recording techniques Enhanced music instruction with interactive systems, web-based media platforms, social networking, and musicianship software Administration and management of technology resources Distance education and flexible learning Music Technology in Education provides a strong theoretical and philosophical framework for examining the use of technology in music education while outlining the tools and techniques for implementation in the classroom. Reflective Questions, Teaching Tips, and Suggested Tasks link technology with effective teaching practice. The companion website provides resources for deeper investigation into the topics covered in each chapter, and includes an annotated bibliography, website links, tutorials, and model projects.
Producing Great Sound for Film and VideoProducing great sound for film and video : expert tips from preproduction to final mix by
In Producing Great Sound for Film and Video, Fourth Edition audio guru Jay Rose revises his popular text for a new generation of filmmakers. You'll learn practical, time-saving ways to get better recordings, solve problems with existing audio, create compelling tracks, and boost your filmmaking to the next level! Here you'll find real-world advice and practical guidelines for every aspect of your soundtrack: planning and budgeting, field and studio recording, editing, sound effects and music, audio repair, processing, and mixing. Rose's combination of solid technical information and a clear, step-by-step approach has made this the go-to book for producers and film students for over a decade. New in this edition: Insights and from-the-trenches tips from top professionals Instructions for getting the best results from new DSLRs and digital recorders An all-new companion website www.GreatSound.info with downloadable diagnostics, examples, and exercises for you to try What you need to know about new regulations for wireless mics and broadcast loudness An expanded "How Do I Fix This?" section to help you solve problems quickly Whether you're an aspiring filmmaker who wants better tracks, or an experienced professional looking for a reference, Producing Great Sound for Film and Video, Fourth Edition has the information you need. Please visit the book's companion website for more information and companion files: http://www.GreatSound.info
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook by
The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook provides an easy-to-read guide for music-making in the studio setting, from equipment fundamentals to recording and mixing almost any instrument. In six sections, lessons give a comprehensive introduction to microphone settings andtechniques, audio processing and effects, controlling acoustics, and history lessons on songs recorded with a given technique. The second half of the handbook delves into background theory on microphones, EQ-filters, compressors, and acoustics to give the reader a general understanding of practicalrecording techniques before acquiring deeper comprehension of the tools and the recording processes.Throughout the chapters, lessons on recording methods gradually build complexity and detail to keep readers engaged and challenged. Whether a university student in an audio recording course, a novice audio engineer who needs to build technique, or a busy professional who requires a quick refresh onspecific techniques, any reader will find an essential resource in The Recording, Mixing, and Mastering Reference Handbook.
The SOS guide to live sound : optimizing your band's live-performance audio by
If you've ever handled live sound, you know the recipe for creating quality live sound requires many steps. Your list of ingredients, shall we say, requires an understanding of sound and how it behaves, the know-how to effectively use a sound system), and the knowledge to choose and use your gear well. Add a dash of miking ability, stir in a pinch of thinking on your feet for when your system starts to hum or the vocals start to feed back, and mix. In practice, there really is no "recipe" for creating a quality performance. Instead, musicians and engineers who effectively use sound systems have a wealth of knowledge that informs their every move before and during a live performance. You can slowly gather that knowledge over years of live performance, or you can speed up the process with The SOS Guide to Live Sound. With these pages, you get practical advice that will allow you to accomplish your live-sound goals in every performance. Learn how to choose, set up, and use a live-performance sound system. Get the basics of live-sound mixing, save money by treating your gear well with a crash course in maintenance, and fix issues as they happen with a section on problem-solving, full of real-world situations. You'll also get information on stage-monitoring, both conventional and in-ear, along with the fundamentals of radio microphones and wireless mixing solutions. Finally, a comprehensive glossary of terminology rounds out this must-have reference.
Zen and the art of mixing by
(Technical Reference). In his first book, The Daily Adventures of Mixerman , the author detailed the frustrating and often hilarious goings-on during the process of recording a major-label band. Musicians, engineers, and producers laughed and cried at the crazy goings-on they'd never imagined or recognized all too well. Now in his REV 2, fully updated edition of Zen and the Art of Mixing, Mixerman turns his razor-sharp gaze to the art of mixing and gives followers and the uninitiated reason to hope if not for logic and civility in the recording studio then at least for a good sounding record. With a firm commitment to art over technology and to maintaining a grasp of each, Mixerman outlines his own approach to recording success, based on his years mixing records in all genres of music for all kinds of artists, often under trying circumstances. As he states in his introduction to the new volume, "Even if you're not a professional mixer, even if you're a musician trying to mix your own work or a studio owner in a smaller market, you have your own set of pressures to deal with while you're mixing. Regardless of what those pressures are, it's important to identify and recognize them, if for no other reason than so you can learn to completely ignore them." But how? "That's where the Zen comes in."
Sound Reinforcement Technology
This is a class on the basics preparation and processes involved in live sound reinforcement mixing. You will be experience working as part of the live sound stage crew, from the set up to breakdown and will likewise experience mixing for a live audience.
Ambisonics : a practical 3D audio theory for recording, studio production, sound reinforcement, and virtual reality by 
Basic Live Sound Reinforcement by
Access and interpret manufacturer spec information, find shortcuts for plotting measure and test equations, and learn how to begin your journey towards becoming a live sound professional. Land and perform your first live sound gigs with this guide that gives you just the right amount of information. Don't get bogged down in details intended for complex and expensive equipment and Madison Square Garden-sized venues. Basic Live Sound Reinforcement is a handbook for audio engineers and live sound enthusiasts performing in small venues from one-mike coffee shops to clubs. With their combined years of teaching and writing experience, the authors provide you with a thorough foundation of the theoretical and the practical, offering more advanced beginners a complete overview of the industry, the gear, and the art of mixing, while making sure to remain accessible to those just starting out.
Chasing Sound : Technology, Culture, and the Art of Studio Recording from Edison to the LP by
In Chasing Sound, Susan Schmidt Horning traces the cultural and technological evolution of recording studios in the United States from the first practical devices to the modern multi-track studios of the analog era. Charting the technical development of studio equipment, the professionalization of recording engineers, and the growing collaboration between artists and technicians, she shows how the earliest efforts to capture the sound of live performances eventually resulted in a trend toward studio creations that extended beyond live shows, ultimately reversing the historic relationship between live and recorded sound. Schmidt Horning draws from a wealth of original oral interviews with major labels and independent recording engineers, producers, arrangers, and musicians, as well as memoirs, technical journals, popular accounts, and sound recordings. Recording engineers and producers, she finds, influenced technological and musical change as they sought to improve the sound of records. By investigating the complex relationship between sound engineering and popular music, she reveals the increasing reliance on technological intervention in the creation as well as in the reception of music. The recording studio, she argues, is at the center of musical culture in the twentieth century.
Mixing Audio by
Mixing Audio: Concepts, Practices, and Tools, Third Edition is a vital read for anyone wanting to succeed in the field of mixing. This book covers the entire mixing process - from fundamental concepts to advanced techniques. Packed full of photos, graphs, diagrams, and audio samples, it teaches the importance of a mixing vision, how to craft and evaluate your mix, and then take it a step further. The book describes the theory, the tools used, and how these are put into practice while creating mixes. The companion website, featuring over 2,000 audio samples as well as Pro Tools/ Multitrack Audio Sessions, is a perfect complement to the third edition. The new edition includes: A new 'Mixing and The Brain' chapter that provides a cognitive/psychological overview of many　aspects related to and affecting mixing engineers (and, to a narrow extent, listeners). Updated figures and text reflecting recent software updates and trends.
Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio by
Discover how to achieve release-quality mixes even in the smallest studios by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio is the best-selling primer for small-studio enthusiasts who want chart-ready sonics in a hurry. Drawing on the back-room strategies of more than 160 famous names, this entertaining and down-to-earth guide leads you step-by-step through the entire mixing process. On the way, you'll unravel the mysteries of every type of mix processing, from simple EQ and compression through to advanced spectral dynamics and "fairy dust" effects. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis, while chapter summaries and assignments are perfect for school and college use. ▪ Learn the subtle editing, arrangement, and monitoring tactics which give industry insiders their competitive edge, and master the psychological tricks which protect you from all the biggest rookie mistakes. ▪ Find out where you don't need to spend money, as well as how to make a limited budget really count. ▪ Pick up tricks and tips from leading-edge engineers working on today's multi-platinum hits, including Derek "MixedByAli" Ali, Michael Brauer, Dylan "3D" Dresdow, Tom Elmhirst, Serban Ghenea, Jacquire King, the Lord-Alge brothers, Tony Maserati, Manny Marroquin, Noah "50" Shebib, Mark "Spike" Stent, DJ Swivel, Phil Tan, Andy Wallace, Young Guru, and many, many more... Now extensively expanded and updated, including new sections on mix-buss processing, mastering, and the latest advances in plug-in technology.
Mixing with Impact : Learning to Make Musical Choices by
In Mixing with Impact: Learning to Make Musical Choices, Wessel Oltheten discusses the creative and technical concepts behind making a mix. Whether you're a dance producer in your home studio, a live mixer in a club, or an engineer in a big studio, the mindset is largely the same. The same goes for the questions you run into: where do you start? How do you deal with a context in which all the different parts affect each other? How do you avoid getting lost in technique? How do you direct your audience's attention? Why doesn't your mix sound as good as someone else's? How do you maintain your objectivity when you hear the same song a hundred times? How do your speakers affect your perception? What's the difference between one compressor and another? Following a clear structure, this book covers these and many other questions, bringing you closer and closer to answering the most important question of all: how do you tell a story with sound?
Pro tools 11 : music production, recording, editing, and mixing by
Hone your Pro Tools music production skills and create better tracks with Pro Tools 11: Music Production, Recording, Editing, and Mixing. With Pro Tools 11, you'll get more than descriptions of Pro Tools features and menus--this book grounds its Pro Tools instruction thoroughly in real-world music production. Learn to leverage this powerful DAW and bend it to your will, whether you're recording and mixing a band or producing a dance track. Get tips that will save you time, even if you're an old hand at Pro Tools. Extensive full-color screenshots visually guide you through the book, and an informal writing style keeps you engaged. Includes coverage of additional features incorporated into version 10.3.6, which can be co-installed alongside Pro Tools 11 to allow use of TDM and RTAS plug-in formats. Author Mike Collins, an independent music producer and music technology consultant who has worked with Pro Tools since 1991, gives you a frank view of the software without the hype. This book is carefully designed for users with basic music production experience or knowledge, but can serve as a quick learning guide for ambitious beginners or as a reference for the advanced or professional user. Pro Tools 11 includes coverage of the application's new features, including: Avid Audio Engine Dynamic Host-based Plug-in Processing Low-latency Input Buffer Offline Bounce Unified Workspace Browser Advanced Metering for Pro Tools HD 11 Co-Install with Pro Tools 10.3.6 Level: Intermediate
The SOS Guide to Live Sound by
If you've ever handled live sound, you know the recipe for creating quality live sound requires many steps. Your list of ingredients, shall we say, requires an understanding of sound and how it behaves, the know-how to effectively use a sound system), and the knowledge to choose and use your gear well. Add a dash of miking ability, stir in a pinch of thinking on your feet for when your system starts to hum or the vocals start to feed back, and mix. In practice, there really is no "recipe" for creating a quality performance. Instead, musicians and engineers who effectively use sound systems have a wealth of knowledge that informs their every move before and during a live performance. You can slowly gather that knowledge over years of live performance, or you can speed up the process with The SOS Guide to Live Sound. With these pages, you get practical advice that will allow you to accomplish your live-sound goals in every performance. Learn how to choose, set up, and use a live-performance sound system. Get the basics of live-sound mixing, save money by treating your gear well with a crash course in maintenance, and fix issues as they happen with a section on problem-solving, full of real-world situations. You'll also get information on stage-monitoring, both conventional and in-ear, along with the fundamentals of radio microphones and wireless mixing solutions. Finally, a comprehensive glossary of terminology rounds out this must-have reference.
Sound Systems: Design and Optimization by
Sound Systems: Design and Optimization provides an accessible and unique perspective on the behavior of sound systems in the practical world. The third edition reflects current trends in the audio field thereby providing readers with the newest methodologies and techniques. In this greatly expanded new edition, you'll find clearer explanations, a more streamlined organization, increased coverage of current technologies and comprehensive case studies of the author's award-winning work in the field. As the only book devoted exclusively to modern tools and techniques in this emerging field, Sound Systems: Design and Optimization provides the specialized guidance needed to perfect your design skills. This book helps you: Improve your design and optimization decisions by understanding how audiences perceive reinforced sound Use modern analyzers and prediction programs to select speaker placement, equalization, delay and level settings based on how loudspeakers interact in the space Define speaker array configurations and design strategies that maximize the potential for spatial uniformity Gain a comprehensive understanding of the tools and techniques required to generate a design that will create a successful transmission/reception model
This is a study on vocal arranging, with and without instrumental accompaniment. This course will also review harmonic principles, touch on treatment of text and other features of vocal arranging. This course will equip you in analyzing vocal scores and performances. Application of this course will be for arrangements, transcriptions and original works for various vocal combinations.
Behind bars : the definitive guide to music notation by
Behind Bars is the indispensable reference book for composers, arrangers, teachers and students of composition, editors, and music processors. In the most thorough and painstakingly researched book to be published since the 1980s, specialist music editor Elaine Gould provides a comprehensive grounding in notational principles. Behind Bars covers everything from basic rules, conventions and themes to complex instrumental techniques, empowering the reader to prepare music with total clarity and precision. With the advent of computer technology, it has never been more important for musicians to have ready access to principles of best practice in this dynamic field, and this book will support the endeavors of software users and devotees of hand-copying alike. The author's understanding of, and passion for, her subject has resulted in a book that is not only practical but also compellingly readable. This seminal and all-encompassing guide encourages new standards of excellence and accuracy and, at a weighty 704 pages, it is supported by 1,500 music examples of published scores from Bach to Xenakis. Chapters include: Section I - General * Conventions: Ground Rules * Chords -- Dotted notes -- Ties * Accidentals and Key Signatures * Dynamics and Articulation * Grace Notes, Arpeggiated Chords, Trills, Glissandos and Vibrato * Metre * Tuplets * Repeat Signs. Section II - Idiomatic Notation: Woodwind and Brass * Percussion * Keyboard * Harp * Classical Guitar * Strings * Vocal Music. Section III - Layout and Presentation: Preparing Materials * Score Layout * Part Preparation * Electroacoustic Music * Freedom and Choice.
Composing for voice : exploring voice, language and music by
Composing for Voice: Exploring Voice, Language and Music, Second Edition, elucidates how language and music function together from the perspectives of composers, singers and actors, providing an understanding of the complex functions of the voice pedagogically, musicologically and dramatically. Composing for Voice examines the voice across a wide range of musical genres (including pop, jazz, folk, classical, opera and the musical) and explores the fusion of language and music that is unique to song. This second edition is enlarged to attract a wider readership amongst all music and theatre professionals and educators, whilst also engaging an international audience with the introduction of new co-author Maria Huesca. New to the second edition: A review of the history of singing An overview of the development of melisma A chapter to help performers understand each other, as singers and actors often receive disparate educations Case studies and qualitative research around song, lyric and meaning A discussion of the synthetic voice An introduction to the concept of embodied composition Interviews with composers and singers Summaries of various vocal styles A website with links to performances discussed, as well as related workshops: www.composingforvoice.com Composing for Voice: Exploring Voice, Language and Music, Second Edition, articulates possibilities for the practical exploration of language, music and voice by composers, singers and actors.
Dictionary for the Modern Singer by
Titles in the Dictionaries for the Modern Musician series offer both the novice and the advanced artist key information designed to convey the field of study and performance for a major instrument or instrument class, as well as the workings of musicians in areas from conducting to composing. Each dictionary covers topics from instrument parts to technique, major works to key figures--a must-have for any musician's personal library A Dictionary for the Modern Singer is an indispensable guide for students of singing, voice pedagogues, and lovers of the art of singing. In addition to classical singing, genres, and styles, musical theatre and popular and global styles are addressed. With an emphasis on contemporary practice, this work includes terms and figures that influenced modern singing styles. Topics include voice pedagogy, voice science, vocal health, styles, genres, performers, diction, and other relevant topics. The dictionary will help students to more fully understand the concepts articulated by their teachers. Matthew Hoch's book fills a gap in the singer's library as the only one-volume general reference geared toward today's student of singing. An extensive bibliography is invaluable for students seeking to explore a particular subject in greater depth. Illustrations and charts further illuminate particular concepts, while appendixes address stage fright, tips on practicing, repertoire selection, audio technology, and contemporary commercial music styles. A Dictionary for the Modern Singer will appeal to students of singing at all levels. For professionals, it will serve as a quick and handy reference guide, useful in the high school or college library and the home teaching studio alike; students and amateurs will find it accessible and full of fascinating information about the world of the singing.
Embodying voice : singing Verdi, singing Wagner by
Embodying Voice: Singing Verdi, Singing Wagnerarticulates the process of developing an operatic voice, explaining how and why the training of such a voice is as complex and sophisticated as it is mysterious. This book illustrates how putting together a voice, embodying a sound, and creating a character are vital to an audience's emotional involvement and enjoyment. Moreover, it addresses an imbalance of power between the opera director and the orchestra conductor - ultimately, it is the communicative power of the singer's voice that brings life to an opera, a fact well known by Verdi and Wagner. Embodying Voice highlights the singer's creative agency to be co-creator of the composer's music. It explores the ways in which vocal performance is constructed and controlled, connecting layers of mind and bodily engagement that allow operatic singers to achieve expression beyond the text itself. Further reading, listening, and performance lists are provided at the end of each chapter, complemented by musical examples throughout.
The free voice : a guide to natural singing by
Great vocal teachers from the 16th century through the early 19th century discovered through trial and error how to properly develop the singing voice, and the term bel canto came to be applied to both the manner of singing and the vocal music of that period. But by 1858, according to Rossini,the term was already being misused and wrongly confused with fioriture. Well-schooled in the teaching of singing, Rossini more accurately describes bel canto as being composed of: the building of the instrument; technique, or the means of using the instrument; and style, of which the ingredients aretaste and feeling.In this 50th anniversary edition of The Free Voice, renowned vocal pedagogue Cornelius L. Reid articulates the teaching principles of his own school of functional vocal training, grounded firmly in the old principles while remaining in line with a modern understanding of the physical value of thevocal instrument. The muscles that move the vocal folds and the vocal folds themselves are involuntary, and as such, the singing voice is not an instrument that can be manipulated directly. Reid's approach to singing is one of indirect control, stemming from an understanding of the vocal registersand how specific patterns of pitch, intensity, and vowel affect the vocal folds. Through the vocal exercises outlined in this book, and catered to each individual, a poorly coordinated musculature can be brought to efficiency. Only when the musculature of the vocal mechanism is well-balanced andcoordinated can the voice be free, and the natural beauty and resonance of the individual voice come through without force.
Popular Singing and Style by
This second edition of the highly successful Popular Singing serves as a practical guide to exploring the singing voice while helping to enhance vocal confidence in a range of popular styles. The book provides effective alternatives to traditional voice training methods, and demonstrates how these methods can be used to create a flexible and unique sound. This updated and thoroughly revised edition features a new chapter on training for popular singing, which incorporates recent movements in teaching the discipline across the globe, taking into account recent developments in the area. The book also features a new section on 'bridging' - ie. using all the technical elements outlined in the book to help the singer find their own particular expressive style to inspire more playfulness and creativity, both for the individual singer and for the teacher in practice and performance.
A Practical Guide to Choral Conducting by
Rooted in the experience of a professional choral conductor, this book provides a guide to practical issues facing conductors of choral ensembles at all levels, from youth choruses to university ensembles, church and community choirs, and professional vocal groups. Paired with the discussion of practical challenges is a discussion of over fifty key works from the choral literature, with performance suggestions to aid the choral conductor in directing each piece. Dealing with often-overlooked yet vital considerations such as how to work with composers, recording, concert halls, and choral tours, A Practical Guide to Choral Conducting offers a valuable resource for both emerging choral conductors and students of choral conducting at the undergraduate and graduate levels.
Singing in style : a guide to vocal performance practices by
The first historical overview of vocal performance practice and style ever published, Singing In Style provides an introduction to how such issues as ornamentation, vibrato, rubato, portamento, articulation, tempo, language, and accompaniment with period instruments have been handled since the seventeenth century. Each chapter presents a historical period and gives background information on the singers and composers, the vocal repertoire, and the stylistic conventions of that time. Specific repertoire examples are discussed as well, to show how to use the music itself as a context for making stylistic choices. Each chapter also has an extensive reference list arranged by topic, so the interested reader can pursue a particular subject in more depth.Covering the Baroque period to the present, Elliott casts a wide net, bringing together information from historical treatises, personal accounts from composers, performers, historians, critics, and current scholarly commentary into one convenient handbook for the student and the amateur and professional performer who want to learn more about how vocal works were sung in their day.
SingingSinging : personal and performance values in training by
What is it in singing that makes for high quality, deeply moving performances? Quality and depth, vocal stability, and stamina all depend on firm foundations being laid at the outset of a singer's development. The key to truly effective procedures of serious voice training and the best model of singers' education is the recognition and understanding of the unique nature of the singing instrument. Compared with other musicians, a singer begins serious study relatively late. Even at institutions of higher education a singer begins work with only a partially formed instrument. It is development of this most personal instrument that forms the focus of Peter T. Harrison's book. These factors are among those that present the complex challenges for singers that are unique in the musical training world. They also give rise to searching ethical questions. To date no science or methodology has been able to prevent a growing existential crisis regarding what the author perceives to be declining standards and values in both training and performance. The author maintains that, while the primary responsibility for setting standards and effective curricula lies with the musical institutions, what constitutes excellence in singing, and what is required to achieve it, are in urgent need of clarification. He proposes a progressive training model that arises logically from holistic principles. A sequel to The Human Nature of the Singing Voice, in which the author explored a holistic basis for teaching and learning this is a challenging book, addressed to all those who have responsibility for singers' voices, not least singers themselves. In so doing Peter T. Harrison addresses substantial ethical issues.
So you want to sing music theater : a guide for professionals by
In some ways, the successor of vaudeville and an extension of the opera and operetta, the stage musical has evolved into a worldwide juggernaut. Musicals are staged not only across the globe but are offered in a variety of settings, from the high school stage and major theater to the big screen. The stage musical has become a staple for the professional singer and the object of close study by students of singing. In So You Want to Sing Music Theater: A Guide for Professionals, singer and scholar Karen S. Hall fills an important gap in the instructional literature for those who sing or teach singing to those seeking their fortunes in music theatrical productions. Developed in coordination with the National Association for Teachers of Singing, this work draws on current research from the world of voice scholarship to advance the careers of singers seeking to make a foray into or already deeply embedded in the world of music theater. So You Want to Sing Music Theater covers a vast array of topics. It includes a brief history of music theater; the basics of vocal science and anatomy; information on vocal and bodily health and maintenance, from diet to exercise to healing techniques; advice on teaching music theater to others, with focuses on breath, posture, registers, range, and tone quality; repertoire recommendations for voice and singing types, from female and male belting to classical and contemporary styles; a survey of music theater styles, such as folk, country, rock, gospel, rhythm and blues, jazz, and pop; insights on working with other music theater stakeholder, from singing teacher, vocal coach and accompanist, to acting teacher, director, dance instructor, composer, and music director; and finally sage advice on working with and without amplification or microphones, auditioning tips, and casting challenges. So You Want to Sing Music Theater includes guest-authored chapters by singing professionals Scott McCoy and Wendy LeBorgne. This work is not only the ideal guide to singing professionals, but the perfect reference works for voice teachers and their students, music directors, acting teachers, dance instructors and choreographers, and composers, and conductors. The So You Want to Sing series is produced in partnership with the National Association of Teachers of Singing. Like all books in the series, So You Want to Sing Music Theater features online supplemental material on the NATS website. Please visit www.nats.org to access style-specific exercises, audio and video files, and additional resources.
This is a study on vocal arranging, with and without instrumental accompaniment. This course will also review harmonic principles, touch on treatment of text and other features of vocal arranging. This course will equip you in analyzing vocal scores and performances. Application of this course will be for arrangements, transcriptions and original works for various vocal combinations.
Dictionary for the Modern Singer by
Titles in the Dictionaries for the Modern Musician series offer both the novice and the advanced artist key information designed to convey the field of study and performance for a major instrument or instrument class, as well as the workings of musicians in areas from conducting to composing. Each dictionary covers topics from instrument parts to technique, major works to key figures--a must-have for any musician's personal library A Dictionary for the Modern Singer is an indispensable guide for students of singing, voice pedagogues, and lovers of the art of singing. In addition to classical singing, genres, and styles, musical theatre and popular and global styles are addressed. With an emphasis on contemporary practice, this work includes terms and figures that influenced modern singing styles. Topics include voice pedagogy, voice science, vocal health, styles, genres, performers, diction, and other relevant topics. The dictionary will help students to more fully understand the concepts articulated by their teachers. Matthew Hoch's book fills a gap in the singer's library as the only one-volume general reference geared toward today's student of singing. An extensive bibliography is invaluable for students seeking to explore a particular subject in greater depth. Illustrations and charts further illuminate particular concepts, while appendixes address stage fright, tips on practicing, repertoire selection, audio technology, and contemporary commercial music styles. A Dictionary for the Modern Singer will appeal to students of singing at all levels. For professionals, it will serve as a quick and handy reference guide, useful in the high school or college library and the home teaching studio alike; students and amateurs will find it accessible and full of fascinating information about the world of the singing.
A History of the Handel Choir of Baltimore (1935 2013) by
A History of the Handel Choir of Baltimore (1935-2013): Music, Spread Thy Voice Around chronicles the history of one of America's longstanding volunteer choral organizations, one that has followed in the footsteps of venerable ensembles such as the Handel and Haydn Society (Boston), the Bethlehem Bach Choir, and the Handel Society of Dartmouth College. It begins by considering music in the city of Baltimore, and establishing the reasons surrounding the choir's formation. Substantial coverage is given to the influence of Katharine M. Lucke, one of Baltimore's grandes dames--as a composer, mover, and shaker--and a vital force in Baltimore's National Music Week from her position on the faculty of the Peabody Conservatory of Music. Subsequently the book focuses on the contributions of each of the ten conductor/music directors, the vicissitudes of funding a volunteer choir, the choir's contributions to music education in the greater Baltimore metropolitan area, and the choir's repertoire. The book contains extensive appendices describing the choir's repertoire, its presidents, and its unbroken string of Messiah performances. Throughout more than seventy-five years, the Handel Choir of Baltimore has remained true to its original charter as an amateur choral organization that aspires to the highest standards of artistic excellence. A History of the Handel Choir of Baltimore is an invaluable resource to those interested in choral music studies, the running of an amateur, volunteer choir, and other disciplines of music studies.
A New Perpsective on the Role of Musicality in the Theatre by
Music continues to be immensely influential in key developments of theatrical practices. In this study of musicality in the theatre, David Roesner offers a revised view of the nature of the relationship between music and theatre. The theoretical scope of the book is developed from a wide range of case studies, some of which are re-readings of the classics of theatre history (Appia, Meyerhold, Artaud, Beckett), while others introduce or rediscover less-discussed practitioners such as Joe Chaikin, Thomas Bernhard, Elfriede Jelinek, Michael Thalheimer and Karin Beier.
The Owner's Manual to the Voice : A Guide for Singers and Other Professional Voice Users by
Singers must equip themselves with enough knowledge to clearly convey specific sensations and difficulties with their instrument. Understanding of potential dangers and disorders, familiarity with a variety of medical procedures, and comprehension in various facets of diagnosis and treatments empower singers to "own," just like other musicians, their instrument. The Owner's Manual to the Voice provides singers with the knowledge necessary to communicate effectively and in intelligent terms about their instrument, especially when conversing with medical professionals. Beginning with an overview of the vocal anatomy, lead author Rachael Gates, and co-authors L. Arick Forrest, M.D. and Kerri Obert, M.A., C.C.C/S.L.P, proceed through detailed discussions of caring for the voice and common causes of vocal changes and problems before guiding the reader through the process of choosing, talking to, and working with an ENT. In so doing, they give insights that any professional voice user - whether singer, actor, broadcaster, politician, teacher, preacher, or lawyer - will find helpful if not essential.
Vocal Music and Contemporary Identities : Unlimited Voices in East Asia and the West by
Looking at musical globalization and vocal music, this collection of essays studies the complex relationship between the human voice and cultural identity in 20th- and 21st-century music in both East Asian and Western music. The authors approach musical meaning in specific case studies against the background of general trends of cultural globalization and the construction/deconstruction of identity produced by human (and artificial) voices. The essays proceed from different angles, notably sociocultural and historical contexts, philosophical and literary aesthetics, vocal technique, analysis of vocal microstructures, text/phonetics-music-relationships, historical vocal sources or models for contemporary art and pop music, and areas of conflict between vocalization, "ethnicity," and cultural identity. They pinpoint crucial topical features that have shaped identity-discourses in art and popular musical situations since the1950s, with a special focus on the past two decades. The volume thus offers a unique compilation of texts on the human voice in a period of heightened cultural globalization by utilizing systematic methodological research and firsthand accounts on compositional practice by current Asian and Western authors.
This course will cover the study of the development of western music from Antiquity to the Present, and the musical styles of these periods providing you a socio-historical approach to understanding its music. Through a historical study of the style, structure, and function of music, you will discover the rich diversity of Western European Music while continuing to develop and extend their musical terminology and understanding of musical language. By examining the music itself, the scores and recordings, you will learn to identify the musical characteristics of each musical era.
A century of American popular music : 2000 best-loved and remembered songs (1899-1999) by
First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis, an informa company.
European Film Music by
The vast majority of writing on film music is concentrated on Hollywood in particular and on a canon of North American scores and films more generally. Recent scholarship acknowledges other traditions of film scoring but little has been written about European film music specifically. Miguel Mera and David Burnand present a volume that redresses the balance by exploring specific European filmic texts, composers and approaches to film scoring that have hitherto been neglected. Films involving British, French, German, Greek, Irish, Italian, Polish and Spanish composers are considered in detail. Starting from a study of the influence of propaganda on musical aesthetics in Nazi Germany the book includes an analysis of Italian neo-realist cinema, a consideration of the Ealing Comedies, experimental music in contemporary Spanish scoring, the invocation of traditional music, the portrayal of classical music performers, the use of space, silence and manipulation of time, and the depiction of the processes of scoring in independent film-making. Important issues that permeate all the essays involve the working relationship of composer and director, the dialectic between the diegetic and non-diegetic uses of music in films, the music-image synergism and the levels of realism that are created by the audio-visual mix. The book will appeal to those working in film studies, popular music studies, musicology, media studies and cultural theory.
A history of the American musical theatre : no business like it by
From the diverse proto-theatres of the mid-1800s, though the revues of the '20s, the 'true musicals' of the '40s, the politicisation of the '60s and the 'mega-musicals' of the '80s, every era in American musical theatre reflected a unique set of socio-cultural factors.　 Nathan Hurwitz uses these factors to explain the output of each decade in turn, showing how the most popular productions spoke directly to the audiences of the time. He explores the function of musical theatre as commerce, tying each big success to the social and economic realities in which it flourished.　 This study spans from the earliest spectacles and minstrel shows to contemporary musicals such as Avenue Q and Spiderman. It traces the trends of this most commercial of art forms from the perspective of its audiences, explaining how staying in touch with writers and producers strove to stay in touch with these changing moods.　 Each chapter deals with a specific decade, introducing the main players, the key productions and the major developments in musical theatre during that period.
Listening to western music by 
Listening to Western Music (with Download, 1 Term (6 Months) Printed Access Card) by
LISTENING TO WESTERN MUSIC equips you with the tools to actively listen to and inspire a lifelong appreciation for music. Known for his clear, conversational style, Professor Wright helps you immediately find connections to music by comparing pop and classical music concepts. His text is organized chronologically and discusses musical examples from each era in its social context -- describing the construction and culture of each piece. LISTENING TO WESTERN MUSIC is fully integrated with MindTap to better help you develop your listening skills and maximize your course success. Online resources include interactive exercises, streaming music, Active Listening Guides, chapter and critical thinking quizzes, iAudio lectures, YouTube videos, Beat the Clock games, and more. You also can download all music directly to a music library.
Musical performance and the changing city : post-industrial contexts in Europe and the United States by
A contribution to the field of urban music studies, this book presents new interdisciplinary approaches to the study of music in urban social life. It takes musical performance as its key focus, exploring how and why different kinds of performance are evolving in contemporary cities in the interaction among social groups, commercial entrepreneurs, and institutions. From conventional concerts in rock clubs to new genres such as the flash mob, the forms and meanings of musical performance are deeply affected by urban social change and at the same time respond to the changing conditions. Music has taken on complex roles in the post-industrial city where culture and cultural consumption have an unprecedented power in defining publics, policies, and marketing strategies. Further, changes in real estate markets and the penetration of new media have challenged even fairly modern music cultures. At the same time, new music cultures have emerged, and music has become a driver for cultural events and festivals, channeling the dynamics of a society characterized by the social change, media intensity, and the neoliberal forces of post-industrial urban contexts. The volume brings together scholars from a broad range of disciplines to build a shared understanding of post-industrial contexts in Europe and the United States. Most directly grounded in contemporary developments in music studies and urban studies, its broad interdisciplinary range serves to strengthen the relevance of urban music studies to fields such as anthropology, sociology, urban geography, and beyond. Offering in-depth studies of changing music culture in concert venues, cultural events, and neighborhoods, contributors visit diverse locations such as Barcelona, Berlin, London, New York, and Austin.
The Musical Theatre Composer As Dramatist by
Dramaturgy is at the heart of any musical theatre score, proving that song and music combined can collectively act as drama. The Musical Theatre Composer as Dramatist: A Handbook for Collaboration offers techniques for approaching a musical with the drama at the centre of the music. Written by a working composer of British musical theatre, this original and highly practical book is intended for composers, students of musical theatre and performing arts and their collaborators. Through detailed case studies, conceptual frameworks and frank analysis, this book encourages the collaboration between the languages of music and drama. It offers a shared language for talking about music in the creation of musical theatre, as well as practical exercises for both composers and their collaborators and ways of analysing existing musical theatre scores for those who are versed in musical terminology, and those who are not. Speaking directly to the contemporary artist, working examples are drawn from a wide range of musicals throughout Part One, before a full case study analysis of Matilda the Musical brings all the ideas together in Part Two. Part Three offers a range of practical exercises for anyone creating new musicals, particularly composers and their collaborators.
Music education : source readings from ancient Greece to today by
Music Education: Source Readings from Ancient Greece to Today is a collection of thematically organized essays that illuminate the importance of music education to individuals, communities and nations. The fourth edition has been expanded to address the significant societal changes that have occurred since the publication of the last edition, with a greater focus on current readings in government, philosophy, psychology, curriculum, sociology, and advocacy. This comprehensive text remains an essential reference for music educators today, demonstrating the value and support of their profession in the societies in which they live.
Teaching music in American society : a social and cultural understanding of teaching music by
Teaching Music in American Society, Third Edition, provides a comprehensive overview of social and cultural themes directly related to music education, teacher training, and successful teacher characteristics. Music teachers need to be not only knowledgeable in conducting and performing but also socially and culturally aware of students, issues, and events that affect their classrooms. This book is designed for educators seeking K-12 music teacher certification to teach in American schools. At the conclusion of each chapter is a summary of the chapter and a list of key items and people discussed, plus a series of related questions for students to consider. Current topics in the third edition include: * an emphasis on social justice, sensitivity to transgender students, and bullying, * the influences of social media, * a focus on urban music education, and * a new chapter on diverse learning. Further, recent policy issues are addressed in this new edition: * the evolution of the No Child Left Behind Act into the Every Student Succeeds Act, * the increasing emphasis on charter schools, the privatization of public school, * changes in how schools are assessed, and * changes occurring within the teaching profession--and how all of these affect developments in music education. A major structural change is the chapter on equality of education has been split into two chapters, providing a stronger focus on both educational equality and diverse inclusive learning.
This course will cover the study of the development of western music from Antiquity to the Present, and the musical styles of these periods providing you a socio-historical approach to understanding its music. Through a historical study of the style, structure, and function of music, you will discover the rich diversity of Western European Music while continuing to develop and extend their musical terminology and understanding of musical language. By examining the music itself, the scores and recordings, you will learn to identify the musical characteristics of each musical era.
American Folk Music as Tactical Media : From the Hootenanny to the People's Microphone. by
This book draws on the fields of media archaeology, performance studies, and sound studies to explore the various modes of communication that can be uncovered from the long American folk revival.
Canadian Music of the Twentieth Century by
This book is the first practical guide to Canadian classical music of the twentieth century; it includes extensive lists of scores and recordings, arranged chronologically by performance medium.
The Global Politics of Jazz in the Twentieth Century by
From the mid-1950s to the late 1970s, jazz was harnessed as America's "sonic weapon" to promote an image to the world of a free and democratic America. Dizzy Gillespie, Dave Brubeck, Duke Ellington and other well-known jazz musicians were sent around the world - including to an array of Communist countries - as "jazz ambassadors" in order to mitigate the negative image associated with domestic racial problems. While many non-Americans embraced the Americanism behind this jazz diplomacy without question, others criticized American domestic and foreign policies while still appreciating jazz - thus jazz, despite its popularity, also became a medium for expressing anti-Americanism. This book examines the development of jazz outside America, including across diverse historical periods and geographies - shedding light on the effectiveness of jazz as an instrument of state power within a global political context. Saito examines jazz across a wide range of regions, including America, Europe, Japan and Communist countries. His research also draws heavily upon a variety of sources, primary as well as secondary, which are accessible in these diverse countries: all had their unique and culturally specific domestic jazz scenes, but also interacted with each other in an interesting dimension of early globalization. This comparative analysis on the range of unique jazz scenes and cultures offers a detailed understanding as to how jazz has been interpreted in various ways, according to the changing contexts of politics and society around it, often providing a basis for criticizing America itself. Furthering our appreciation of the organic relationship between jazz and global politics, Saito reconsiders the uniqueness of jazz as an exclusively "American music." This book will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations, the history of popular music, and global politics.
The jazz republic : music, race, and American culture in Weimar Germany by
The Jazz Republic examines jazz music and the jazz artists who shaped Germany's exposure to this African American art form from 1919 through 1933. Jonathan O. Wipplinger explores the history of jazz in Germany as well as the roles that music, race (especially Blackness), and America played in German culture and follows the debate over jazz through the fourteen years of Germany's first democracy. He explores visiting jazz musicians including the African American Sam Wooding and the white American Paul Whiteman and how their performances were received by German critics and artists. The Jazz Republic also engages with the meaning of jazz in debates over changing gender norms and jazz's status between paradigms of high and low culture. By looking at German translations of Langston Hughes's poetry, as well as Theodor W. Adorno's controversial rejection of jazz in light of racial persecution, Wipplinger examines how jazz came to be part of German cultural production more broadly in both the US and Germany, in the early 1930s. Using a wide array of sources from newspapers, modernist and popular journals, as well as items from the music press, this work intervenes in the debate over the German encounter with jazz by arguing that the music was no mere "symbol" of Weimar's modernism and modernity. Rather than reflecting intra-German and/or European debates, it suggests that jazz and its practitioners, African American, white American, Afro-European, German and otherwise, shaped Weimar culture in a central way.
Making light : Haydn, musical camp, and the long shadow of German idealism by
In Making Light Raymond Knapp traces the musical legacy of German Idealism as it led to the declining prestige of composers such as Haydn while influencing the development of American popular music in the nineteenth century. Knapp identifies in Haydn and in early popular American musical cultures such as minstrelsy and operetta a strain of high camp--a mode of engagement that relishes both the superficial and serious aspects of an aesthetic experience--that runs antithetical to German Idealism's musical paradigms. By considering the disservice done to Haydn by German Idealism alongside the emergence of musical camp in American popular music, Knapp outlines a common ground: a humanistically based aesthetic of shared pleasure that points to ways in which camp receptive modes might rejuvenate the original appeal of Haydn's music that has mostly eluded audiences. In so doing, Knapp remaps the historiographical modes and systems of critical evaluation that dominate musicology while troubling the divide between serious and popular music.
A Pioneer Songster : Texts from the Stevens-Douglass Manuscript of Western New York, 1841-1856 by
Folklorists and lovers of folk songs will delight in this collection of the lyrics of songs sung by settlers of western New York in the middle of the nineteenth century. The manuscript on which this book is based is the most important collection of traditional song-texts, British and American in origin, to survive from its period. Discovered in the 1930s in the attic of Harry S. Douglass in Arcade, New York, it was written by Julia S. and Volney O. Stevens, who transcribed nearly ninety of the songs with which their father, Artemas Stevens, so often entertained them. The Stevens family had come to Wyoming County, New York, from New England in 1836, bringing with them traditional songs and ballads. The Stevens-Douglass manuscript contains the texts of 89 songs. In A Pioneer Songster, these are organized first by their origins (36 are from the British Isles; 53 were composed in America) and then according to themes and subjects, including love, history, politics, the pioneering life, politics, murder and shipwrecks, minstrel songs, spirituals, Indian legends, temperance, and satire. The book features a general introduction and shorter introductions to each themed section. In addition, each song is accompanied by an informative headnote detailing its history, meaning, and significance.A Pioneer Songster, first published by Cornell University Press in 1958, has been edited for the enjoyment of the general reader, but in their annotation, the editors have aimed at assisting students and scholars of folklore, musicology, and American history. While preserving the manuscript's original punctuation and spelling, they have succeeded in creating a resource that will be of interest to all who care for the American folk tradition and the history of New York State.
The Role of Music in European Integration : Conciliating Eurocentrism and Multiculturalism by
The volume focuses on music during the process of European integration since the Second World War. Often music in Europe is defined by its relation to the concept of Occidentalism (Musik im Abendland; western music). The emphasis here turns rather to recent manifestations of its evolvement in ensembles, events, musical organisations and ideas; questions of unity and diversity from Bergen to Tel Aviv, from Lisbon to Baku; and deals with the tension between local, regional and national music within the larger confluence of European music. The status of classical and avante-garde music, and to a degree rock and pop, during Europe's development the past sixty years are also reviewed within the context of eurocentrism - the domination of European music within world music, a term propagated by anthropologists and ethnomusicologists several decades ago and based on multiculturalism. Conversely, the search for a musical European identity and the ways in which this search has in turn been influenced by multiculturalism is an ongoing, dynamic process.
A Theory of Virtual Agency for Western Art Music by
In his third volume on musical expressive meaning, Robert S. Hatten examines virtual agency in music from the perspectives of movement, gesture, embodiment, topics, tropes, emotion, narrativity, and performance. Distinguished from the actual agency of composers and performers, whose intentional actions either create music as notated or manifest music as significant sound, virtual agency is inferred from the implied actions of those sounds, as they move and reveal tendencies within music-stylistic contexts. From our most basic attributions of sources for perceived energies in music, to the highest realm of our engagement with musical subjectivity, Hatten explains how virtual agents arose as distinct from actual ones, how unspecified actants can take on characteristics of (virtual) human agents, and how virtual agents assume various actorial roles. Along the way, Hatten demonstrates some of the musical means by which composers and performers from different historical eras have staged and projected various levels of virtual agency, engaging listeners imaginatively and interactively within the expressive realms of their virtual and fictional musical worlds.
Writing Jingles and Music for Commercials
This course is an in-depth study of the principles, guidelines, procedures and techniques for the creation of music used for commercials and advertisements.
Cash tracks : compose, produce, and sell your original soundtrack music and jingles by
This new, updated second edition provides musicians with all the latest information they need to make jingles and score video productions. With so many changes in the industry, this is a much-needed revision to this popular guide. With major emphasis on promotion, this book covers some new technological information based on today's soundtrack composition techniques. With a huge demand for professional compositions for movies, TV, video, radio, and other multimedia formats, this book delves into how to take advantage of this demand and make a successful career. Fisher educates readers on how to organize production resources, prepare and present demo recordings, work with clients, craft profit-producing copy, promote work, protect themselves legally, get the money they deserve and more.
The Craft of Contemporary Commercial Music by Guerrilla film scoring : practical advice from Hollywood composers by
As the movie and music industries have changed, film scoring has become an overwhelmingly independent process. Film composers have more responsibilities than ever before, and they must fulfill them with smaller budgets and shorter schedules. As a result, composers are increasingly becoming armies of one. In Guerrilla Film Scoring: Practical Advice from Hollywood Composers, Jeremy Borum provides valuable guidance on how to make a good film score both quickly and inexpensively. This handbook encompasses the entire film scoring process including education, preparation, writing and recording a score, editing, mixing and mastering, finding work, career development, and sample contracts. Offering strategic tools and techniques, this insider's guide draws on the expertise from a number of prominent composers in movies, television, and video gaming, including Stewart Copeland, Bruce Broughton, and Jack Wall. A straightforward do-it-yourself manual, this book will help composers at all levels create the best-sounding scores quickly and cost effectively--without jeopardizing their art. With access to rare and extremely useful input from the best in the business, Guerrilla Film Scoring will benefit not only students but also professionals looking to update their game.
Marketing and Merchandising for Musicians by
Everything has changed. The old way of " making it" in the music business--get a recording contract, then relax and enjoy the ride while your record label does all the work--is gone forever. Succeeding as a musician today calls for new skills, new attitudes, and a new approach. And today, more than ever, how far you get in the business depends on you. The technology-driven, do-it-yourself ethos that revolutionized the way music is recorded and distributed has also transformed the way musicians and songwriters market themselves and their creations. In MARKETING AND MERCHANDISING FOR MUSICIANS, veteran composer, producer, and engineer Robert Safir gives you the nuts-and-bolts information you need to craft a promotional strategy that will draw attention and get results. You'll learn how to understand your markets and target them with precision, grow your fan base, make your own CDs and website, sell your music online, leverage social media as a promotional tool, create T-shirts, hats, and other merchandise, keep up with the rapid changes in the industry, and more! There are great opportunities in today's music business, but achieving success is as tough as it's ever been, maybe tougher. And there's a lot to learn. Give yourself every possible advantage: Get MARKETING AND MERCHANDISING FOR MUSICIANS and get your music career on the fast track. It's up to you.
Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio by
Discover how to achieve release-quality mixes even in the smallest studios by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Mixing Secrets for the Small Studio is the best-selling primer for small-studio enthusiasts who want chart-ready sonics in a hurry. Drawing on the back-room strategies of more than 160 famous names, this entertaining and down-to-earth guide leads you step-by-step through the entire mixing process. On the way, you'll unravel the mysteries of every type of mix processing, from simple EQ and compression through to advanced spectral dynamics and "fairy dust" effects. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis, while chapter summaries and assignments are perfect for school and college use. ▪ Learn the subtle editing, arrangement, and monitoring tactics which give industry insiders their competitive edge, and master the psychological tricks which protect you from all the biggest rookie mistakes. ▪ Find out where you don't need to spend money, as well as how to make a limited budget really count. ▪ Pick up tricks and tips from leading-edge engineers working on today's multi-platinum hits, including Derek "MixedByAli" Ali, Michael Brauer, Dylan "3D" Dresdow, Tom Elmhirst, Serban Ghenea, Jacquire King, the Lord-Alge brothers, Tony Maserati, Manny Marroquin, Noah "50" Shebib, Mark "Spike" Stent, DJ Swivel, Phil Tan, Andy Wallace, Young Guru, and many, many more... Now extensively expanded and updated, including new sections on mix-buss processing, mastering, and the latest advances in plug-in technology.
Music Business Handbook and Career Guide by
The special Tenth Edition of this powerhouse bestselling text maintains its tradition as the most comprehensive, up-to-date guide to the music industry. The breadth of coverage that this book offers is unlike that of any other resource available. Music business newcomers and professionals alike will find the book a valuable resource, whatever their specialty within the field music. It is ideal as the core textbook in courses dealing with the music business. Key features includes: * expanded and enhanced coverage of state-of-the-art technology and its implications for the music industry, including digital downloads, changing production technologies, marketing via social networking, and new distribution channels including video games * new business models and their implications including the topics of Internet outlets, the independent musician, the evolving role of producers, and satellite and Internet radio * updated information on careers * coverage of alternatives to radio airplay and to luring teens to local record stores, in light of the weakened format of radio and the disappearance of neighborhood music shops * cxamination of sophisticated marketing research tools for the industry, due to consumer clicks that illuminate customer buying behavior and changes in tastes and desires * reflection on the global shift of the music business world as it becomes less centered on American companies and culture * companion websites include password-protected Instructor Resources Site (featuring PowerPoint slides, tests, tips, and more) and an open-access Student Study Site (featuring new interactive exercises and links to material online to enhance learning).
The Musician's Business and Legal Guide by
The Musician's Business and Legal Guide provides vital information to help demystify the music business and the complex body of law that shapes it. This book answers such questions as how to protect name and copyright; what is and is not legal about sampling; what are the legal issues surrounding digital downloads and streaming; what are the jobs of managers, talent agents and publishers; what are common contractual relationship between independent and major labels. The new edition includes chapters not covered in depth by other books: social media law, TV talent shows, YouTube, and international copyright. As in previous editions, the book features clause-by-clause contract analyses for 360 record deals, music publishing, management, and producer agreements.
Popular music as promotion : music and branding in the digital age by
'Business-as-usual' has been transformed across the music industries in the post-CD age. Against widespread hype about the purported decline of the major music labels, this book provides a critique of the ways these companies have successfully adapted to digital challenges - and what is at stake for music makers and for culture. Today, recording artists are positioned as 'artist-brands' and popular music as a product to be licensed by consumer and media brands. Leslie M. Meier examines key consequences of shifting business models, marketing strategies, and the new 'common sense' in the music industries: the gatekeeping and colonization of popular music by brands. Popular Music as Promotion is important reading for students and scholars of media and communication studies, cultural studies and sociology, and will appeal to anyone interested in new intersections of popular music, digital media and promotional culture.
Producing Music by
During the last two decades, the field of music production has attracted considerable interest from the academic community, more recently becoming established as an important and flourishing research discipline in its own right. Producing Musicpresents cutting-edge research across topics that both strengthen and broaden the range of the discipline as it currently stands. Bringing together the academic study of music production and practical techniques, this book illustrates the latest research on producing music. Focusing on areas such as genre, technology, concepts, and contexts of production, Hepworth-Sawyer, Hodgson, and Marrington have compiled key research from practitioners and academics to present a comprehensive view of how music production has established itself and changed over the years.
Recording Secrets for the Small Studio by
Discover how to achieve commercial-grade recordings, even in the smallest studios, by applying power-user techniques from the world's most successful producers. Recording Secrets for the Small Studio is an intensive training course specifically designed for small-studio enthusiasts who want a fast track to release-quality results. Based on the backroom strategies of more than 200 famous names, this thorough and down-to-earth guide leads you through a logical sequence of practical tasks to build your live-room skills progressively from the ground up. On the way, you'll unravel the mysteries of many specialist studio tactics and gain the confidence to tackle a full range of real-world recording situations. User-friendly explanations introduce technical concepts on a strictly need-to-know basis, while chapter summaries, assignments, and extensive online resources are perfect for school and college use. * Learn the fundamental principles of mic technique that you can apply in any recording scenario -- and how to avoid those rookie mistakes that all too often compromise the sonics of lower-budget productions. * Explore advanced techniques which help industry insiders maintain their competitive edge even under the most adverse conditions: creative phase manipulation, improvised acoustics tweaks, inventive monitoring workarounds, subtle psychological tricks... * Find out where you don't need to spend money, as well as how to make a limited budget really count. * Make the best use of limited equipment and session time, especially in situations where you're engineering and producing single-handed. * Pick up tricks and tips from celebrated engineers and producers across the stylistic spectrum, including Steve Albini, Roy Thomas Baker, Joe Barresi, Tchad Blake, Bruce Botnick, Joe Chiccarelli, Neil Dorfsman, Jack Douglas, Geoff Emerick, Paul Epworth, Humberto Gatica, Nigel Godrich, Andy Johns, Eddie Kramer, Kevin Killen, George Massenburg, Hugh Padgham, Alan Parsons, Jack Joseph Puig, Phil Ramone, Bob Rock, Elliott Scheiner, Al Schmitt, Bruce Swedien, Butch Vig, Tony Visconti, and many, many more...
Six Steps to Songwriting Success, Revised Edition by
"What' s the secret to writing a hit song? It' s as simple as 1-2-3-4-5-6! Innovative, practical, and inspiring, Six Steps to Songwriting Success presents a surefire step-by-step approach to mastering the elements consistently found in hit songs. Author Jason Blume, a songwriter with the rare distinction of having had songs on the Country, Pop, and R&B charts simultaneously, has packed this book with such key aids as the three-step lyric writing technique used by the pros; lyric, melody, and demo checklists; and tools for self-evaluation - plus many other exercises that work. Blume' s warm, humorous style features motivational anecdotes and entertaining stories of how hit songs came to be written and recorded. Get Six Steps to Songwriting Success, and get on the charts!"
Writing Jingles and Music for Commercials
This course is an in-depth study of the principles, guidelines, procedures and techniques for the creation of music used for commercials and advertisements.
Artist Management for the Music Business by
With the evolution of the music business and the shifting influence of large record labels, the artist manager is now - more than ever - at the center of an artist's career. Artist managers are tasked with keeping abreast of the music industry and supporting the artists under their management while simultaneously managing their own careers. Including key industry insights, exclusive planning guidance, management tools, and strategies for a successful career, Artist Management for the Music Business has the tools to support any new or experienced artist manager. Through its analysis of over a dozen case studies, lessons, and contract examples, author Paul Allen provides a focused look at managing artists' careers. This follow-up to the best-selling second edition features a new chapter on entrepreneurship including detailed information on how to run an artist management enterprise as a business and includes coverage of anticipating risks, reacting to challenges, and basic money management. The chapter also contains additional sections on the effective use of social media, the Web, and handling online promotion. For additional resources, visit the book's website at www.artistmanagementonline.com.
A Composer's Guide to Game Music by
A comprehensive, practical guide to composing video game music, from acquiring the necessary skills to finding work in the field. Music in video games is often a sophisticated, complex composition that serves to engage the player, set the pace of play, and aid interactivity. Composers of video game music must master an array of specialized skills not taught in the conservatory, including the creation of linear loops, music chunks for horizontal resequencing, and compositional fragments for use within a generative framework. In A Composer's Guide to Game Music, Winifred Phillips--herself an award-winning composer of video game music--provides a comprehensive, practical guide that leads an aspiring video game composer from acquiring the necessary creative skills to understanding the function of music in games to finding work in the field. Musicians and composers may be drawn to game music composition because the game industry is a multibillion-dollar, employment-generating economic powerhouse, but, Phillips writes, the most important qualification for a musician who wants to become a game music composer is a love of video games. Phillips offers detailed coverage of essential topics, including musicianship and composition experience; immersion; musical themes; music and game genres; workflow; working with a development team; linear music; interactive music, both rendered and generative; audio technology, from mixers and preamps to software; and running a business. A Composer's Guide to Game Music offers indispensable guidance for musicians and composers who want to deploy their creativity in a dynamic and growing industry, protect their musical identities while working in a highly technical field, and create great music within the constraints of a new medium.
Litpop: Writing and Popular Music : Writing and Popular Music by
Bringing together exciting new interdisciplinary work from emerging and established scholars in the UK and beyond, Litpop addresses the question: how has writing past and present been influenced by popular music, and vice versa? Contributions explore how various forms of writing have had a crucial role to play in making popular music what it is, and how popular music informs 'literary' writing in diverse ways. The collection features musicologists, literary critics, experts in cultural studies, and creative writers.
Redefining Mainstream Popular Music by
Redefining Mainstream Popular Music is a collection of seventeen essays that critically examines the idea of the "mainstream" in and across a variety of popular music styles and contexts. Notions of what is popular vary across generations and cultures - what may have been considered alternative to one group may be perceived as mainstream to another. Incorporating a wide range of popular music texts, genres, scenes, practices and technologies from the United Kingdom, North America, Australia and New Zealand, the authors theoretically challenge and augment our understanding of how the mainstream is understood and functions in the overlapping worlds of popular music production, consumption and scholarship. Spanning the local and the global, the historic and contemporary, the iconic and the everyday, the book covers a broad range of genres, from punk to grunge to hip-hop, while also considering popular music through other mediums, including mash-ups and the music of everyday work life. Redefining Mainstream Popular Music provides readers with an innovative and nuanced perspective of what it means to be mainstream.
Selling Sounds : The Commercial Revolution in American Music by
From Tin Pan Alley to grand opera, player-pianos to phonograph records, David Suisman explores the rise of music as big business and the creation of a radically new musical culture. Provocative, original, and lucidly written, Selling Sounds reveals the commercial architecture of America's musical life.
The Sounds of Capitalism : Advertising, Music, and the Conquest of Culture by
From the early days of radio through the rise of television after World War II to the present, music has been used more and more to sell goods and establish brand identities. And since the 1920s, songs originally written for commercials have become popular songs, and songs written for a popular audience have become irrevocably associated with specific brands and products. Today, musicians move flexibly between the music and advertising worlds, while the line between commercial messages and popular music has become increasingly blurred. Timothy D. Taylor tracks the use of music in American advertising for nearly a century, from variety shows like "The Clicquot Club Eskimos" to the rise of the jingle, the postwar upsurge in consumerism, and the more complete fusion of popular music and consumption in the 1980s and after. "The Sounds of Capitalism" is the first book to tell truly the history of music used in advertising in the United States and is an original contribution to this little-studied part of our cultural history. a
This course will cover the fundamentals of music and listening through a study of traditional, classical, popular, and intercultural music around the world. Through a historical study of the style, structure, and function of music, you will discover the numerous different musical styles originating from a large number of cultures. By examining the music itself, the scores and recordings, you will learn to identify the musical characteristics of each regions of the world.
Focus: Choral Music in Global Persepective by
Focus: Choral Music in Global Perspective introduces the little-known traditions and repertoires of the world¿s choral diversity, from prison choirs in Thailand and gay and lesbian choruses of the Western world to community choruses in the Middle East and youth choirs in the United States. The book weaves together the stories of diverse individuals and organizations, examining their music and pedagogical practices while presenting the author¿s research on how choral cultures around the world interact with societies and transform the lives of their members. Through an engaging series of portraits that pushes beyond the scope of extant texts and studies, the author explores the dynamic realm of world choral activity and repertoire. These personal portraits of musical communities are enriched by sample repertoire lists, performance details, and research findings that reposition a once Western phenomenon as a global concept. Focus: Choral Music in Global Perspective is an accessible, engaging, and provocative study of one of the world¿s most ubiquitous and socially significant forms of music-making.
Musical minorities : the sounds of Hmong ethnicity in Northern Vietnam by
Musical Minorities is the first English-language monograph on the performing arts of an ethnic minority in Vietnam. Living primarily in the northern mountains, the Hmong have strategically maintained their cultural distance from foreign invaders and encroaching state agencies for almost twocenturies. They use cultural heritage as a means of maintaining a resilient community identity, one which is malleable to their everyday needs and to negotiations among themselves and with others in the vicinity. Case studies of revolutionary songs, countercultural rock, traditional vocal andinstrumental styles, tourist shows, animist and Christian rituals, and light pop from the diaspora illustrate the diversity of their creative outputs.This groundbreaking study reveals how performing arts shape understandings of ethnicity and nationality in contemporary Vietnam. Based on three years of fieldwork, Lonan O Briain traces the circulation of organized sounds that contribute to the adaptive capacities of this diverse social group. In anoriginal investigation of the sonic materialization of social identity, the book outlines the full multiplicity of Hmong music-making through a fascinating account of music, minorities, and the state in a post-socialist context.
Music in the Classical World by
Music in the Classical World: Genre, Culture, and Historyprovides a broad sociocultural and historical perspective of the music of the Classical Period as it relates to the world in which it was created. It establishes a background on the time span--1725 to 1815--offering a context for the music made during one of the more vibrant periods of achievement in history. Outlining how music interacted with society, politics, and the arts of that time, this kaleidescopic approach presents an overview of how the various genres expanded during the period, not just in the major musical centers but around the globe. Contemporaneous treatises and commentary documenting these changes are integrated into the narrative. Features include the following: A complete course with musical scores on the companion website, plus links to recordings--and no need to purchase a separate anthology The development of style and genres within a broader historical framework Extensive musical examples from a wide range of composers, considered in context of the genre A thorough collection of illustrations, iconography, and art relevant to the music of the age Source documents translated by the author Valuable student learning aids throughout, including a timeline, a register of people and dates, sidebars of political importance, and a selected reading list arranged by chapter and topic A companion website featuring scores of all music discussed in the text, recordings of most musical examples, and tips for listening Music in the Classical World: Genre, Culture, and History tells the story of classical music through eighteenth-century eyes, exposing readers to the wealth of music and musical styles of the time and providing a glimpse into that vibrant and active world of the Classical Period. development of style and genres within a broader historical framework Extensive musical examples from a wide range of composers, considered in context of the genre A thorough collection of illustrations, iconography, and art relevant to the music of the age Source documents translated by the author Valuable student learning aids throughout, including a timeline, a register of people and dates, sidebars of political importance, and a selected reading list arranged by chapter and topic A companion website featuring scores of all music discussed in the text, recordings of most musical examples, and tips for listening Music in the Classical World: Genre, Culture, and History tells the story of classical music through eighteenth-century eyes, exposing readers to the wealth of music and musical styles of the time and providing a glimpse into that vibrant and active world of the Classical Period. and providing a glimpse into that vibrant and active world of the Classical Period.
Singing the rite to belong : music, ritual, and the new Irish by
This book explores the way in which singing can foster experiences of belonging through ritual performance. Based on more than two decades of ethnographic, pedagogical and musical research, it is set against the backdrop of "the new Ireland" of the late 20th and early 21st centuries. ChartingIreland's growing multiculturalism, changing patterns of migration, the diminished influence of Catholicism, and synergies between indigenous and global forms of cultural expression, it explores rights and rites of belonging in contemporary Ireland.Helen Phelan examines a range of religious, educational, civic and community-based rituals including religious rituals of new migrant communities in "borrowed" rituals spaces; baptismal rituals in the context of the Irish citizenship referendum; rituals that mythologize the core values of aneducational institution; a ritual laboratory for students of singing; and community-based festivals and performances. Her investigation peels back the physiological, emotional and cultural layers of singing to illuminate how it functions as a potential agent of belonging. Each chapter engagestheoretically with one of five core characteristic of singing (resonance, somatics, performance, temporality, and tacitness) in the context of particular performed rituals. Phelan offers a persuasive proposal for ritually-framed singing as a valuable and potent tool in the creation of inclusive,creative and integrated communities of belonging.
Theory and Practice in the Music of the Islamic World by
This volume of original essays is dedicated to Owen Wright in recognition of his formative contribution to the study of music in the Islamic Middle East. Wright's work, which comprises, at the time of writing, six field-defining volumes and countless articles, has reconfigured the relationship between historical musicology and ethnomusicology. No account of the transformation of these fields in recent years can afford to ignore his work. Ranging across the Middle East, Central Asia and North India, this volume brings together historical, philological and ethnographic approaches. The contributors focus on collections of musical notation and song texts, on commercial and ethnographic recordings, on travellers' reports and descriptions of instruments, on musical institutions and other spaces of musical performance. An introduction provides an overview and critical discussion of Wright's major publications. The central chapters cover the geographical regions and historical periods addressed in Wright's publications, with particular emphasis on Ottoman and Timurid legacies. Others discuss music in Greece, Iraq and Iran. Each explores historical continuities and discontinuities, and the constantly changing relationships between music theory and practice. An edited interview with Owen Wright concludes the book and provides a personal assessment of his scholarship and his approach to the history of the music of the Islamic Middle East. Extending the implications of Wright's own work, this volume argues for an ethnomusicology of the Islamic Middle East in which past and present, text and performance are systematically in dialogue.
Towards a global music history : intercultural convergence, fusion, and transformation in the human musical story by
How do we explain the globalized musical world in which we find ourselves in the early 21st century and how did we arrive here? This extraordinary book outlines an understanding of the human musical story as an intercultural--and ultimately a transcultural--one, with travel and trade as the primary conditions and catalysts for the ongoing development of musical styles. Starting with the cultural and civilizational precedents that gave rise to the first global trading and travel network in both directions across the Afro-Eurasian Old World Web in the form of the Silk Road, the book proceeds to the rise of al-Andalus and its influence on Europe through the Iberian peninsula before considering the fusion of European, African and indigenous musics that emerged in the Americas between c1500-1920 as part of Atlantic culture and the New World Web, as well as the concurrent acceleration of globalism in music through European empires and exoticism. The book concludes by examining the musical implications of our current Age of Instantaneous Exchange that technology permits, and by revisiting the question of interculturality and transculurality in music.
The transformation of black music : the rhythms, the songs, and the ships of the African diaspora by
Powerful and embracive, The Transformation of Black Music explores the full spectrum of black musics over the past thousand years as Africans and their descendants have traveled around the globe making celebrated music both in their homelands and throughout the Diaspora. Authors Samuel A. Floyd, Melanie Zeck, and Guthrie Ramsey brilliantly discuss how the music has blossomed, permeated present traditions, and created new practices. As a companion to the ground-breaking The Power of Black Music, this text brilliantly situates emerging, morphing, and influential black musics in a broader framework of cultural, political, and social histories. Grappling with subjects frequently omitted from traditional musical texts, The Transformation of Black Music is guided by more than just the ideals of inclusivity and representation. This work covers overlooked topics that include classical musicians of African descent, and builds upon the contributions of esteemed predecessors in the field of black music study. Providing a sweeping list of figures rarely included in conventional music history and theory textbooks, the text elucidates the findings of ethnomusicologists, cultural historians, Americanists, Africanists, and anthropologists, and weaves these accounts into a powerful and informative narrative. Taking its readers on a journey - one that has never been attempted in a single volume alone - this book reflects the musical phenomena generated by forced African migration and collective memory, and considers the kinds of powerful stories that these musics were meant to tell. Filling in critical musical and historical gaps previously ignored, authors Floyd, Zeck, and Ramsey infuse an engaging musical dialogue with a deeper understanding of the interrelationships between black musical genres and mainstream music. The Transformation of Black Music will solidify not only the inestimable value of black musics, but also the importance and relevance of black music research to all musical endeavors.
Unlimited replays : video games and classical music by
Classical music is everywhere in video games. Works by composers like Bach and Mozart fill the soundtracks of games ranging from arcade classics, to indie titles, to major franchises like BioShock, Civilization, and Fallout. Children can learn about classical works and their histories frominteractive iPad games. World-renowned classical orchestras frequently perform concerts of game music to sold-out audiences. But what do such combinations of art and entertainment reveal about the cultural value we place on these media? Can classical music ever be video game music, and can gamemusic ever be classical? Delving into the shifting and often contradictory cultural definitions that emerge when classical music meets video games, Replay Value offers a new perspective on the possibilities and challenges of trying to distinguish between art and pop culture in contemporarysociety.
World Music by
"World Music: Traditions and Transformations, fourth edition, is an introductory-level survey of diverse musics from around the world. It assumes no prior formal training or education in music, and with one brief exception avoids the use of Western music notation entirely. It is written primarily for undergraduate nonmusic majors but is equally appropriate for music majors, and is therefore ideal for courses enrolling music and nonmusic stu-dents alike"--
World music concise : a global journey by
World Music CONCISE: A Global Journey, Second Edition, introduces students to the diversity of musical expression around the world, taking them across the globe to experience cultural traditions that challenge the ear, the mind, and the spirit. Based on the Fourth Edition, this Second CONCISE Edition serves as an introduction to the many and varied world music traditions. It stays rooted in a solid pedagogical framework and maintains the text's familiar travel theme while condensing the number of "sites" from 70 to 44. These sites are carefully selected from the existing compilation so as to remain representative of all continents and regions. Features: An easy-to-follow and proven chapter structure, organized by geographic region Many Listening Guides, detailed maps, and hundreds of colorful photos Coverage of an eclectic blend of world musics, including popular music as well as traditional music A two-CD set featuring hours of diverse music examples NEW updates from the Fourth Edition carried over to the CONCISE, such as certain dance traditions, and kora and jali NEW sites: Bali and Korea NEW, dynamic companion website--unique to the Second CONCISE Edition--hosts interactive listening guides and assorted student and instructor resources pulled from the Fourth Edition website, making it a valuable tool for distance learning courses World Music CONCISE: A Global Journey, Second Edition, provides students and instructors with a fundamental resource as they begin their exploration of world music and culture. PURCHASING OPTIONS Print Paperback Pack - Book and CD set: 9780815386094 Print Paperback - Book only: 9780815386087 eBook Pack - eBook and mp3 file: 9781351176033* *For eBook users, please email ebooksupplementaryrequests@tandf.co.uk with proof of purchase to obtain access to the mp3 audio compilation. An access code and instructions will be provided. (The mp3 audio compilation is not available for separate sale.)
World Music Pedagogy, Volume I: Early Childhood Education by
World Music Pedagogy, Volume I: Early Childhood Education is a resource for music educators to explore the intersection of early childhood music pedagogy and music in cultural contexts across the world. Focusing on the musical lives of children in preschool, kindergarten, and grade 1 (ages birth to 7 years), this volume provides an overview of age-appropriate world music teaching and learning encounters that include informal versus formal teaching approaches and a selection of musical learning aids and materials. It implements multimodal approaches encompassing singing, listening, movement, storytelling, and instrumental performance. As young children are enculturated into their first family and neighborhood environments, they can also grow into ever-widening concentric circles of cultural communities through child-centered encounters in music and the related arts, which can serve as a vehicle for children to know themselves and others more deeply. Centered around playful engagement and principles of informal instruction, the chapters reveal techniques and strategies for developing a child's musical and cultural knowledge and skills, with attention to music's place in the development of young children. This volume explores children's perspectives and capacities through meaningful (and fun!) engagement with music.
This course will cover the fundamentals of music and listening through a study of traditional, classical, popular, and intercultural music around the world. Through a historical study of the style, structure, and function of music, you will discover the numerous different musical styles originating from a large number of cultures. By examining the music itself, the scores and recordings, you will learn to identify the musical characteristics of each regions of the world.
China and the West : music, representation, and reception by
Western music reached China nearly four centuries ago, with the arrival of Christian missionaries, yet only within the last century has Chinese music absorbed its influence. The emergence of "Westernized" music from China -concurrent with the technological advances that have made global culture widely accessible - has not established a prominent presence in the West. China and the West brings together essays on centuries of Sino-Western musical exchange by musicologists, ethnomusicologists, and music theorists from around the world. It opens with a look at theoretical approaches of prior studies of musical encounters and a comprehensive survey of the intercultural and cross-cultural theoretical frameworks-exoticism, orientalism, globalization, transculturation, and hybridization-that inform these essays. Part I focuses on the actual encounters between Chinese and European musicians, their instruments and institutions, and the compositions inspired by these encounters, while Part II examines theatricalized and mediated East-West cultural exchanges, which often drew on stereotypical tropes, resulting in performances more inventive than accurate.Part III looks at the musical language, sonority, and subject matters of "intercultural" compositions by Eastern and Western composers. Essays in Part IV address reception studies and consider the ways in which differences are articulated in musical discourse by actors serving different purposes, whether self-promotion, commercial ma
Music by the numbers : from Pythagoras to Schoenberg by
How music has influenced mathematics, physics, and astronomy from ancient Greece to the twentieth century Music is filled with mathematical elements, the works of Bach are often said to possess a math-like logic, and Igor Stravinsky said "musical form is close to mathematics," while Arnold Schoenberg, Iannis Xenakis, and Karlheinz Stockhausen went further, writing music explicitly based on mathematical principles. Yet Eli Maor argues that music has influenced math at least as much as math has influenced music. Starting with Pythagoras, proceeding through the work of Schoenberg, and ending with contemporary string theory, Music by the Numbers tells a fascinating story of composers, scientists, inventors, and eccentrics who played a role in the age-old relationship between music, mathematics, and the sciences, especially physics and astronomy. Music by the Numbers explores key moments in this history, particularly how problems originating in music have inspired mathematicians for centuries. Perhaps the most famous of these problems is the vibrating string, which pitted some of the greatest mathematicians of the eighteenth century against each other in a debate that lasted more than fifty years and that eventually led to the development of post-calculus mathematics. Other highlights in the book include a comparison between meter in music and metric in geometry, complete with examples of rhythmic patterns from Bach to Stravinsky, and an exploration of a suggestive twentieth-century development: the nearly simultaneous emergence of Einstein's theory of relativity and Schoenberg's twelve-tone system. Weaving these compelling historical episodes with Maor's personal reflections as a mathematician and lover of classical music, Music by the Numbers will delight anyone who loves mathematics and music.
Musicians in transit : Argentina and the globalization of popular music by
In Musicians in Transit Matthew B. Karush examines the transnational careers of seven of the most influential Argentine musicians of the twentieth century: Afro-Argentine swing guitarist Oscar Alemán, jazz saxophonist Gato Barbieri, composer Lalo Schifrin, tango innovator Astor Piazzolla, balada singer Sandro, folksinger Mercedes Sosa, and rock musician Gustavo Santaolalla. As active participants in the globalized music business, these artists interacted with musicians and audiences in the United States, Europe, and Latin America and contended with genre distinctions, marketing conventions, and ethnic stereotypes. By responding creatively to these constraints, they made innovative music that provided Argentines with new ways of understanding their nation's place in the world. Eventually, these musicians produced expressions of Latin identity that reverberated beyond Argentina, including a novel form of pop ballad; an anti-imperialist, revolutionary folk genre; and a style of rock built on a pastiche of Latin American and global genres. A website with links to recordings by each musician accompanies the book.
Recasting Folk in the Himalayas : Indian Music, Media, and Social Mobility by Whatever It Takes : Life Lessons from Degrassi and Elsewhere in the World of Music and Television by
This book will change the way you think about success. Producer of television's iconic Degrassi franchise Stephen Stohn tells stories from behind the scenes and of making it in the music and television world in this star-studded, rock 'n' roll trip through a Canadian show business explosion. Stohn, who has been at the heart of the entertainment industry for over forty years, shares a lifetime of experience and unique insights into how dreams are turned into reality. "Whatever It Takes" -- both a mantra and Degrassi's theme song -- has been heard millions of times all over the world. It embodies a philosophy of struggle and self-belief leading to accomplishment, as well as the story of an exploring mind, an adventurous pursuit of experience, ringing failures, and the willingness to see things in a different way.
Explore these full text databases dealing with Music Production to view and download articles/readings for your research:
